WO2010079357A1 - Rapid bioluminescence detection system - Google Patents

Rapid bioluminescence detection system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010079357A1
WO2010079357A1 PCT/GB2010/050018 GB2010050018W WO2010079357A1 WO 2010079357 A1 WO2010079357 A1 WO 2010079357A1 GB 2010050018 W GB2010050018 W GB 2010050018W WO 2010079357 A1 WO2010079357 A1 WO 2010079357A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
giy
leu
thr
giu
lys
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/GB2010/050018
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Mark J. Sutton
Toryn Poolman
Richard J. Hesp
Original Assignee
Health Protection Agency
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Health Protection Agency filed Critical Health Protection Agency
Priority to AU2010204173A priority Critical patent/AU2010204173B2/en
Priority to JP2011544086A priority patent/JP6042066B2/en
Priority to US13/143,722 priority patent/US8512970B2/en
Priority to EP10700590.2A priority patent/EP2385988B1/en
Priority to CA2749021A priority patent/CA2749021C/en
Priority to ES10700590.2T priority patent/ES2588181T3/en
Priority to CN201080008250.XA priority patent/CN102325897B/en
Publication of WO2010079357A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010079357A1/en
Priority to HK11112693.2A priority patent/HK1158272A1/en
Priority to US13/958,335 priority patent/US9046523B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/58Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving labelled substances
    • G01N33/581Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving labelled substances with enzyme label (including co-enzymes, co-factors, enzyme inhibitors or substrates)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/48Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving transferase
    • C12Q1/485Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving transferase involving kinase
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/66Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving luciferase

Definitions

  • the invention relates to the field of rapid bioluminescence detection systems, in particular to rapid and very sensitive bioluminescence detection systems for detecting the activity of reporter kinases.
  • Bioluminescent assays, devices, and kits for detecting the activity of reporter kinases are also provided.
  • kinases as reporter enzymes has been described in the art.
  • the present inventors have described the use of reporter kinases in diagnostic systems for detecting the presence of an analyte in a sample (see WO00/46357), and also in systems for validating the effectiveness of decontamination processes (see WO2005/093085).
  • the activity of these reporter kinases is typically detected using an ATP bioluminescence system (e.g. luciferin-luciferase), which generates a light output signal.
  • the light output generated is measured using a luminometer, and these measurements are then correlated with the amount of kinase activity.
  • a potential problem associated with reporter kinase systems is the length of time required to obtain the output signal. To date, the typical time required to obtain an output signal ranges from 30 minutes to several hours. There is thus a need in the art for a quicker and/ or simplified reporter system.
  • the present invention provides an assay for detecting the activity of a reporter kinase, comprising:
  • the assay mixture is substantially free from non-reporter kinase ( ⁇ e kinase other than reporter kinase) and
  • the method further composes the step of recording the light output data obtained in step (ii) on a suitable data carrier
  • the reporter kinase is contacted with the bioluiTiinescent reagent no more than 2 minutes, no more than 1 minute, no more than 30 seconds, or no more than 10 seoonds. after being contaoted with the ADP. ln another embodiment, the reporter kinase is contacted simultaneously with the ADP and the bioiuminescent reagent
  • the reporter kinases are exposed to a source of ADP substrate and incubated for a sufficient time to allow the generation of ATP [1]
  • the lucife ⁇ n/ luciferase reagent is added to convert the ATP generated by the reporter kinase into light [2]
  • This "two-step bioiuminescent assay has been shown to provide aoourate Mnase detection.
  • its two-step " nature ⁇ e the addition of ADP, incubation and then separate addition of bioiuminescent reagent
  • steps [1] and [2] have been considered incompatible as AMP generated d ⁇ ng step [2] drives the equilibrium of step [1] over to the left-hand side, thereby favoring the re-conversion of ATP generated in step [1] into ADP. Since the light signal output of the system is dependent on the presence of ATP, this makes the detection of kinase activity more difficult
  • steps [1] and [2] have been separated either temporally ( ⁇ e by including an incubation step as desci ibed above ) or spatially (i.e. where the reactions are carried out in separate compartments)
  • reaction steps [1] and [2] can in fact be performed simultaneously, without any significant advei se effect on the sensitivity of the detection of the reporter kinases
  • the resulting ' one-step' bioiuminescent assay provides significant advantages in terms of speed and convenience and is particularly advantageous in point-of-care diagnostic tests and rapid process release indicators, i e for the detection of kinase activity in the field i athei than in the laboratory.
  • the present inventors have found it advantageous to ensure that prior to the addition of any ADP, the sample containing the reporter kinase is substantially free from any non-reporter (ie contaminating) kinase activity, and/ or any endogenous ATP As will be clear from the reaction schemes above the presence of either of these contaminants can significantly adversely affect the sensitivity/ accuracy of the detection of kinase activity
  • non-reporter kinases may convert ADP to ATP and thus generate a false (or increased) light output signal
  • non-reporter kinase is removed and/ or inactivated using one or more of the treatment steps described below
  • preferred non- reporter hnases that are inactivated or removed in accordance with the present invention are mammalian f ⁇ ngai and/ or plant kinases (eg a mammalian, fungal or plan! adenylate hnase ; These treatments may be used in any number (preferably one or more or at [east two, or at least three ) and/ or in any combination. ln all oases, however, the treatment leaves the reporter kinase substantially intact (eg. active in terms of kinase activity) Any one or more of the following treatment steps can be applied to any aspect of the invention
  • non-reporter kinase is inactivated by exposure to a temperature of between 50 to 120 C for a period of between 1 and 30 minutes, for example 90 C for 10 minutes 90 C for 3 minutes. 90 C for 1 minute, 120 C for 3 minutes, or 120 C for 1 minute.
  • the temperature and duration of the mactivation process denature non-reporter kinase whilst leaving the activity of the ieporter kinase substantially intact.
  • non-reporter kinase is removed/ inactivated using a chemical denaturation treatment
  • suitable treatments include exposure to a chaotrope such as uiea (e g concentrations greater than 2 M urea) or guanidtne (e.g concentrations greater than 1 M guamdine ;, exposure to a detergent (e g greater than 0 5% SDS sai kosyl or tnton X-100) e>posu ⁇ e to a free-radical generator (e g. " > IOOOppm active chlorine derived from sodium hypochloi ite or equivalent reagents) or exposure to an oxidative treatment
  • a chaotrope such as uiea (e g concentrations greater than 2 M urea) or guanidtne (e.g concentrations greater than 1 M guamdine ;, exposure to a detergent (e g greater than 0 5% SDS sai kosyl
  • non-reporter kinase is removed/ inactivated using an enzymatic denaturation treatment
  • suitable enzymes include highly processive pioteases, such as e g P ⁇ onzyme ( K ) Pro ⁇ erase ( K ) prote ⁇ nase-K, and thermolysin Sn
  • non-reporter kinase is removed' 1 inactivated by exposure to a selected pH (e g. below pH 4. or greater than pH 11 using buffers such as 5OmM CAPS pH 11 ) a selected salt concentration (e.g >2M ammonium sulphate) EDTA, or combinations thereof.
  • a selected pH e g. below pH 4. or greater than pH 11 using buffers such as 5OmM CAPS pH 11
  • a selected salt concentration e.g >2M ammonium sulphate
  • non-reporter kinase is removed/ inactivated by the addition of an inhibitor, which selectively or specifically inhibits the non-reporter kinase (i.e. the inhibitor inactivates the non-reporter kinase, whilst leaving the activity of the reporter kinase substantially intact)
  • an inhibitor which selectively or specifically inhibits the non-reporter kinase (i.e. the inhibitor inactivates the non-reporter kinase, whilst leaving the activity of the reporter kinase substantially intact)
  • suitable inhibitors include , staurospo ⁇ ne; vanadate (eg. orthovanadate or decavanadate ); glycerophosphate.
  • Diadenosine phosphates such as A ⁇ 6A (Diadenosine hexaphosphate), Ap5A (Diadenosine pentaphosphate), Ap4A (Diadenosine tetraphosphate), and/ or Ap3A (Diadenosine triphosphate), vitamin C.
  • non-reporter kinases eg of non-reporter adenylate kinase
  • Dtadenosine phosphate inhibitors such as Ap4A and- or ApSA
  • the inhibitor selectively or specifically inhibits mammalian and fungal (eg yeast) and plant non-reporter kinases
  • the inhibitor eg. ApSA
  • the inhibitor selectively or specifically inhibits mammalian and fungal (eg yeast) non-reporter kinases
  • the inhibitor eg Ap4A and/ or Ap ⁇ A
  • Inhibitors may be determined empirically, for example for different samples or matrices For example a range of different inhibitors have been shown experimentally to provide discrimination between a reporter kinase (e g a kinase from S aadocaSdanus, T.mantima.
  • a reporter kinase e g a kinase from S aadocaSdanus, T.mantima.
  • the use of one or more inhibitor such as A ⁇ 4A, ApSA and/ or Ap ⁇ A substantially reduces the activity of non-reporter kinase ⁇ eg endogenous tissue-derived kinase such as adenylate kinase) - the employed inhibitor concentrations are typically in the low micromolar range and have no significant effect on a reporter kinase.
  • a ⁇ 5A discriminates reporter kinase from non-reporter kinase (eg. fungal adenylate kinase) represented here by the enzyme from Sacchammyces cerevi&iae.
  • inhibitor selection may be based on both the nature of the reporter kinase and the background ( ⁇ e, non-reporter kinase) of the sample.
  • reporter kinase applications of the present invention are illustrated in Table 1 (below) - also shown afe examples of contaminating non-reporter kinases typically encountered in said applications
  • Table 1 also lists, purely by way of example, a selection of inhibitors that may be employed (eg, by addition to sample preparation buffers) in the context of the present invention.
  • non-reporter kinase may be separated from reporter kinase on the basis of ssze.
  • the sample containing the reporter kinase can be run on a filtration device, which separates the non-reporter kinase and the reporter kinase on the basss of size, with the reporter kinase being retained on a suitable filter whilst the non-reporter kinase passes through (see e g Example 14.
  • Physical size may aiso be used as a basss for separation of non-reporter kinase from reporter kinase using gel filtration or size exclusion chromatography
  • the reporter kinase has a lower molecular weight than the non-reporter kinase.
  • the reporter kinase has a higher molecular weight than the non-reporter kinase
  • the reporter kinase may have a molecular weight of at least 40 to 80 kDa.
  • the non-reporter kinase may have a molecular weight of no more than 30 KDa When run through a size exclusion resin or membrane, this provides very efficient separation with the larger protein (eg the reporter kinase) running at or near the void volume of the mat ⁇ x (hence running quickly) whilst the non- reporter kinase (eg endogenous kinase such as mammalian tissue kinase) interacts wilh the pores of the matrix and elutes more slowly.
  • Suitable 'higher molecular weight' reporter kinases may be obtained from Archael sources (e g i ⁇ me ⁇ c adenylate kinases enzymes from Arachea!
  • non-reporter kinase eg. endogenous kinase such as mammalian tissue kinase
  • size differential between the reporter and non-reporter kinase may be enhanced by the addition of a protein or antibody fragment (e g a single chain antibody variable region (soFv).
  • a t ⁇ me ⁇ c adenylate kinase fused lo a single chain antibody variable region has a size in the order of 12OkDa (based on an scFv size of approximately 2OkDa, attached to each of the three subunits)
  • separation of non-reporter kinase from reporter kinase can be achieved by the use of surface charge ln one embodiment, the isoelectric point of the reporter kinase may be lower than that of the non-reporter kinase, in another embodiment, the isoelectric point of the reporter Kinase may be higher than that of the non-reporter kinase As such, the reporter kinase can be separated from the non- reporter kinases with selective binding of either the reporter kinase or the non-reporter kinase to a cation exchange matrix or anion exchange matrix at a suitable pH
  • the isoelectric point of reporter kinase is frequently in the high basso range; e g the tAK from S -ladocaldan ⁇ s has a predicted pi of 9.03 (although the inventors have demonstrated that the actual p!
  • the reporter kinase can be separated from the non-reporter kinases with selective binding of the reporter kinase, by the use of either a cation exchange resin, membrane or other solid matrix at a pH of at least S, or using an anion exchange resin, membrane or other solid mat ⁇ above pH 10
  • a cation exchange resin, membrane or other solid matrix at a pH of at least S or using an anion exchange resin, membrane or other solid mat ⁇ above pH 10
  • Many of the reporter kinases of the invention retain enzymatic activity in this pH range.
  • non-reporter kinases can be selectively removed by binding them to suitable matrices, e.g an anion exchange mat ⁇ up to pH9
  • non-reporter kinase can be separated from reporter kinase using a 'hydrophobic capture" technique
  • Reporter kinases eg those from the Sulfolubus family, and related Sulfolobaceae families such as n ⁇ dianus. meta ⁇ osphaeta, stygiolobus, and s ⁇ lfunsphaen
  • tnme ⁇ c reporter kinases such as those derived from S nctdocaidanw-,, S s- r >! fit incus and related genera are particularly adherent in these circumstances
  • One or more of the above treatments for removing/ inactivating non-reporter kinase can be combined to achieve or enhance the desired effect This may mean that the relative concentrations of one or more of the chemical components may be reduced in the presence of second component.
  • the level of urea required to inactivate non-reporter kinase may be around 2M on its own but can be reduced to 1 M in the psesence of 0 5 % SDS, as they both exert an effect on the tasget molecules
  • a preferred application of the present invention is the detection of a microbial infection in a biological sample. Accordingly, the present application provides a sensitive and sapid point-of-care microbial assay The invention is particularly suited to the rapid detection of bacterial visa! and/ os fungal infections in biological samples, such as the microbial sources listed under 'reporter kinase' in Table 1.
  • Additional microbial infections include those descubed sn the Examples, such as hepatitis species, measles specses, norovirus species, legionella species chlamydia species, listeria species, salmonella species, and burkholde ⁇ a species
  • the present invention facilitates the detection of microorganisms in stool samples (for example, by the addition of urea and SDS), both in terms of more uniform samples and in the release of the microbial antigens from clumps or aggregates
  • the addition of sodium hypochlorite to a stool sample may simultaneously sterilise the sample (minimising the chance of infections) and reduce the activity of the non-reporter kinase.
  • the precise order' timing of the steps for removing non-reporter kinase is not critical, provided that these steps are carried out before the reporter kinase comes into contact with ADP Thus, they can be carried out in the sample preparation phase, or during the assay before the reporter kinase comes into contact with ADP
  • the treatment is instead of, or in addition to, a washing step
  • any ATP present prior to addition of ADP is optionally removed using one or more of the treatment steps described below
  • These treatments mav be used in any number (preferably one or more or at least two, or at least three) and/ or in any combination In all cases, however, the treatment leaves the reporter kinase substantially intact.
  • the treatment steps can be applied to any aspect of the invention.
  • the removal of endogenous ATP is achieved using an ATPase (e g a ⁇ yrase)
  • the ATPase may then be removed and/ or inactivated before ihe contact with ADP, to avoid the presence of the ATPase adversely influencing the Signal obtained using the reporter kinase.
  • an ATPase can be used to remove ATP and then the ATPase is itself destroyed by use of elevated temperature
  • the ATPase can be immobilised on a device (such as a lateral flow device or filtration device described elsewhere in this specification ⁇ , such that when ATP flows over the ATPase, the ATP is inactivated As above, this inactivation step must occur before the reporter kinase comes into contact with the ADP.
  • endogenous ATP can be removed by physical means.
  • a filtration device can be used, which separates out the ATP on the basis of size in a similar way to that described above for separation of the reporter kinase from non-reporter kinases
  • the removal of both the ATP and non-reporter kinase can be achieved simultaneously as they are both much smaller than the reporter kinase, either when the latter is on its own or when attached to an antibody, structure or other diagnostic reagent
  • endogenous ATP can be removed on the basis of surface charge as described above.
  • the negative charge of the ATP at pH 5.5 allow it to bind to an anion exchange resin, along with non-reporter kinases, but not the reporter kinase This again effectively separates the contaminating ATP and non-reporter kinase from the signal-generating reporter kinase in a single step
  • the precise order/ timing of the steps for removing endogenous ATP is not critical, provided that these steps are earned out before the reporter kinase comes into contact with ADP. Thus, they can be carried out in the sample preparation phase, or during the assay before the reporter kinase comes into contact with ADP.
  • the treatment is instead of. or sn addition to, a washing step
  • Data of the type presented in Figure 3 are helpful when deciding on the type and/ or number of background-reduction steps (i.e.
  • the reporter kinase is an adenylate kinase, acetate kinase or pyruvate kinase, or a combination thereof.
  • the reporter kinase used in the invention may have a trimeric or monomeric structure - these tertiary structures are associated with an improved stability of the kinase to conditions such as e.g. temperature, pH, chemical denaturants. or proteases.
  • the reporter kinase is a non-mammalian, a non-fungal, and/ or a non-plant kinase.
  • the reporter kinase is a microbial kinase - suitable kinases include Pyrococcus species kinases such as Pyrococcus furiousus kinase, P. abyssi kinase, P. furiosus kinase, P. horikoshii kinase, P. woesii kinase; Sulfolobus species kinases such as Sulfolobus solfataricus kinase, S. acidocaldarius kinase, S.
  • Pyrococcus species kinases such as Pyrococcus furiousus kinase, P. abyssi kinase, P. furiosus kinase, P. horikoshii kinase, P. woesii kinase
  • Sulfolobus species kinases such as Sulfolobus solfataricus kinase
  • the kinase is an Archeoglobus species kinase such as A. fulgidus kinase; an Aeropyrum species kinase such as A.
  • pemix kinase an Aquifex species kinase such as A. pyrophil ⁇ s kinase, an Alicyclobacillus kinase such as A. acidocaldarius kinase; a Bacillus species kinase such as B. caldotenax BT 1 kinase, a Bacillus species PS3 kinase, B. stearothermophilus 11057 kinase, ⁇ . stearothermophilus 12001 kinase, S. thermocaten ⁇ latus kinase; a clostridial species kinase such as C.
  • Aquifex species kinase such as A. pyrophil ⁇ s kinase, an Alicyclobacillus kinase such as A. acidocaldarius kinase
  • Bacillus species kinase such as B. caldotenax BT 1 kinase
  • the kinase is a T. litoralis kinase, T. maritime kinase, or a T. neapolitana kinase.
  • the reporter kinase is thermostable.
  • thermostable kinases are also found to be resistant to other biochemical and physical processes that routinely damage or destroy proteins or render them inactive, such as exposure to certain chemicals e.g. chaotropes, free-radical damage, detergents, extremes of pH, exposure to proteases, protein cross-linking, encapsulation within non-permeable or semi-permeable membranes or polymers, or irreversible immobilisation onto surfaces.
  • certain chemicals e.g. chaotropes, free-radical damage, detergents, extremes of pH, exposure to proteases, protein cross-linking, encapsulation within non-permeable or semi-permeable membranes or polymers, or irreversible immobilisation onto surfaces.
  • the reporter kinase may be an E.coli kinase, Clostridium difficile kinase, Bacillus anthracis kinase, Acinetobacter baumanii kinase, Burkholderia pseudomallei kinase, Chlamydia trachomatis kinase, Chlamydia pneumonia kinase, Staphylococcus aureus kinase, Klebsiella pneumonia kinase, Rickettsia prowazekii kinase, Mycobacterium tuberculosis kinase, Saccharomyces cerevisiae kinase, Leishmania donovanii kinase, Trypanosoma cruzii kinase, Shigella flexneri kinase, Listeria monocytogenes kinase, Plasmodium falciparum kinase, Mycobacterium marinum
  • the kinase derived from these organisms is non- thermostable, but can be distinguished from non-reporter kinase by the use of different sample treatment extraction or separation techniques
  • Many of these reporter kinases in combination with the method to distinguish their activity from non-reporter kinases may be used in rapid assays to detect the presence/ absence , viability or destruction of the organism from which they originate Such methods are suitable for assessing the presence of an infection within patient sample, tissue or cell population and the effectiveness of different therapeutic regimes or drugs
  • Examples of specific kinases that have been sequenced and that are suitable for use in the invention are SEO lD NOs 1 -25, 31-36, 38. 40. 42, 44, 46. 48. 50, 52, 54. 56. 58, and 61 -84.
  • the kinases used in the invention have at least 70%, 80%. 85%, 90%, 95%. 99% or 100% identity to SEQ ID Nos- 1-25. 31-36. 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48 50, 52, 54 56. 58, and 61-84.
  • reporter kinases may be found in WO00/46357 and VVO2005/0930S5. which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety
  • the stability of the reporter kinases may be increased using a variety of methods well- known to those familiar with the art.
  • stabilising agents such as sorbitol up to a concentration of 4M, or other poiyols such as ethylene glycol, glycerol, or mannitol at a concentration of up to 2M
  • Other additives such as >ylan.
  • trehalose, gelatin may also provide additional stabilisation effects either individually or in combination.
  • Addition of a range of divalent metal ions, most notably Ca ⁇ + , Mg ⁇ + or Mn 2 " may also improve stability of the kinase
  • Chemical modification of the kinases can also be used to improve their stability Reductive aikyiation of surface exposed amino groups by glyoxylic acid (e g MeSiK- Nubarov ⁇ 1987) Biotech letts 9 725-730 ⁇ , addition of carbohydrates to the protein surface (e g. Klibanov ( 1979) Anal Biochem 93 1 -25) and amidatson (e g Khbanov (1983) Ad v Appl Microbioi 23.1-28) may ail increase the stability of the kinase
  • Formulation of the kinase in a solution containing up to around IOmg ⁇ mi of a suitable carrier protein such as casein or albumin or the addition of free amino acids such as glycine, tyrosine, tryptophan or dipeptides to the formulation, may increase the stability of the kinase to protease treatments
  • thermostability of the 1- ⁇ nase enzymes taken with the defined 3-D structure of the trime ⁇ c (arcbaeal) AKs has identified amino acids that influence the stability of the enzyme
  • Suitable solid supports include a plastic (e g. polycarbonate, polystyrene or polypropylene) surface a ceramic surface a latex surface, a magnetic surface a steel or other metalhc surface a flow matrix (as described elsewhere in this specification), a filter membrane, or other polymer surface
  • the solid support can take the form of e.g. st ⁇ ps dipsticks, rrncrotitre plates beads
  • Binding of the reporter kinase to the solid support may be achieved using any of a wide va ⁇ ety of methods known in the art.
  • Binding of the reporter kinase onto the solid support may be achieved by methods routinely used to link protein to surfaces, e g incubation of protein in 0 1 M sodturn bicarbonate buffer at about pH 9 6 at room temperature for about 1 hour Alternatively the protein is covalently coupled to the surface using any of a wide range of coupling chemist!
  • an adenylate kinase fusion piotein e g to Sup35 de ⁇ vatised with SPDP (Pierce chemicals, using manufacturer's instructions) reduced with DTT to provide free sulfbydryl groups for cross-linking, is covalently attached to a p ⁇ Systysene support with a maleimide surface Plastic surfaces with such sulfhydryl-binding surfaces are we!! described in the liteiature
  • the reporter kinases described in this application have the property that their activity is retained upon de ⁇ vatisation and cross-lmMng to such supports
  • an amine l eactive surface on a polystyrene or polycarbonate support is used, with a hifunctional cross-linking agent such as monomelic glutaraldehyde to provide direct non-cleavable ci oss-linkmg of the kinase via free amine groups on the piotein.
  • UV treatment can also be used to directly link the indicator to a suitable support Steel surfaces can be treated in a similar way to plastic surfaces to mediate covalent attachment of the kinase,
  • a wide variety of protein cross-linking reagents is available from companies such as Pierce chemical company (Perbio). Reagents reactive to sulfhydryl. amino, hydroxy! and carboxyl groups are designed for coupling proteins but they can equally be used for cross-hnking proteins lo either naturally reactive or coated sohd supports such as plastics, other polymers, glass and metals. Reactive chemistries are also available for cross-linking the enzymes to carbohydrates.
  • the reagents BMPH [[N-[F,- Maleimidopropiomc ac ⁇ d]hydraz!de s TFA), KMUH ⁇ N-[k-[v1ale ⁇ rr ⁇ idoundecano ⁇ c acidjhydrazide), and MPBH (4-(4-N-Male ⁇ m ⁇ dophenyi)buty ⁇ c acid hydrazide hydrochloride) can be used to cross link the indicator containing either a free s ⁇ lfhydryl in the form of a cysteine residue or a chemically de ⁇ vatised protein reduced to generate a sulfbydryl reactive group, to carbohydrates
  • a solid support which is either a complex carbohydrate (e g paper, cellulose-based membranes, gels or resins) or can be coated or treated with a carbohydrate solution to generate a suitably reactive surface.
  • the reporter kinase may be formulated in a solution that enhances binding and/ or stabilises the bound protein
  • a solution that enhances binding and/ or stabilises the bound protein Such formulations include solutions containing up to 10% (w/v ) sucrose, sorbitol mannitol. cellulose or polyethylene glycol (PEG) Sn addition the kinase can be formulated as part of a gel that is applied to the surface or lumen of a suitable support. Examples include alginate, agar or polyacrylamide matrices
  • the reporter kinase may be attached to a solid support via a linker that comprises a binding agent specific for an analyte. Details of suitable methods for achieving this attachment are given elsewhere in this specification
  • the assay described in the first aspect of the invention is particularly suitable for detecting kinase activity in kinase-based analyte detection assays such as those described in the applicant's earlier filing VVO00/46357, the entirety of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • a method for determining the presence of an analyte in a sample comprising. (i) exposing the sample to a reporter kinase coupled to a binding agent specific for the anaiyte. so that a complex is formed between the reporter kinase and any analyte present in the sample; (ii) separating completed reporter kinase from uncomplexed reporter kinase, and (Hi) measuring the activity of the complexed reporter hnase using an assay according to the first aspect of the invention
  • the binding agent used in this method is typically an antibody (os a fragment thereof) that binds specifically to the analyte under investigation.
  • the antibody may be obtained using conventional techniques for identification and isolation of specific antibodies and the assay is thus of application to substantially ail analytes against which an antibody can be raised.
  • the binding agent may be selected from the group consisting of lectins, growth factors, DNA/ RNA aptamers, phage or other species that bind specifically to the anaiyte under investigation. Where a first and second binding agent are involved, these binding agents may be the same or different
  • the reporter kinase may be coupied to the specific binding agent by conventional techniques.
  • the above method is a performed as 3 "capture assay", such as a sandwich assay (sometimes referred to as a two antibody capture assay), an antigen capture assay, or an antibody capture assay
  • a sandwich assay sometimes referred to as a two antibody capture assay
  • an antigen capture assay or an antibody capture assay
  • an antibody capture assay an analyle ⁇ s first bound to a solid support by e g non-specific binding
  • the analyte is then exposed to a reporter kinase linked to a binding agent (e.g. an antibody) specific for the analyte.
  • a complex is thus formed between the analyte and the reporter kinase.
  • Any uncornplexed reporter kinase is removed by one or more routine washing steps ADP and iucife ⁇ n / luoiferase are then added to the solid support where the ADP is converted to ATP by the report er kinase complex.
  • the Sucife ⁇ n / iuoiferase converts the ATP to a light output, which can then be measured and correlated to the amount of analyte present on the solid support
  • the sample is treated to remove/ inactivate non-reporter kinase and/ or ATP Suitable treatments that may be employed in this regard are described earlier in this specification
  • the method described in this aspect of the invention is completed withsn less than 15 minutes, less than 10 minutes less than 5 minutes or less than 2 minutes
  • Example 10 describes the use of a method according this aspect of the invention to detect the presence of Hepatitis C in an oral swab sample
  • An oral swab sample is taken from the mouth of a patient and dried in an oven at 90 C for 1 minute to remove any non-reporter kinase (eg.
  • the swab is then exposed to a conjugate comprising a reporter Kinase coupled to an antibody for Hepatitis C antigen
  • the reporter kinase conjugate forms a complex with any Hepatitis C antigen present on the swab sample
  • the swab is then rinsed to remove any uncomple ted reporter kinase conjugate, and ss inserted into a reagent tube containing ADP and lucife ⁇ n and iu ⁇ ferase
  • the reagent tube is transferred to a hand- held iumsnometer and the light output is measured The light output can then be correlated with the amount of analyte present in the sample.
  • the invention provides a method for determining the presence of an anaiyte in a sample, comprising. (i) providing a solid support comprising a reporter kinase wherein the reporter kinase is attached to the solid support via a linker that comprises a binding agent specific for the analyte. (H) applying the sample to the solid support, whereby any analyte present in the sample displaces reporter Mnase from the solid support- and (Hl) measuring the activity of the displaced reporter kinase using an assay according to the first aspect of the invention
  • the method described in this aspect of the invention is completed within less than 15 minutes, less than 10 minutes less than 5 minutes or less than 2 minutes
  • a clinical sample is provided that is suspected to contain a bacteual toxin
  • a solid support is also provided which comprises a reporter kinase linked to the solid support by a binding agent ⁇ e g an antibody) that is specific for the bacteria! toxin
  • a binding agent ⁇ e g an antibody that is specific for the bacteria! toxin
  • any bacteria! toxin present will competitively interfere with the binding of the antibody to the solid support and will thereby displace the reporter kinase from the solid support.
  • the amount of displaced reporter kinase can then be measured using an assay according to the first aspect of the invention and correlated with the amount of bacterial toxin present in the sample
  • Example 13 describes the use of this method to detect the presence of norov'irus in a clinical sample.
  • the solid support is coated with an antibody to norovirus (t e a binding agent specific for the analyte)
  • a reporter kinase conjugate is formed comprising a reporter kinase conjugated to a VP 1 norovtrus protein ( ⁇ e the analyte)
  • ⁇ e the analyte the reporter kinase conjugate
  • the clinical sample is then applied to the solid support.
  • Any norovirus i.e. analyte ⁇ present in the sample displaces the reporter kinase conjugate from the solid support.
  • the activity of this displaced reporter kinase is then measured and correlated with the amount of norovirus present in the sample
  • the solid support is a flow mat ⁇ x
  • flow mat ⁇ x is used throughout this specification to mean any liquid-transport solid material that allows for hquid flow therethrough, including materials such as nitrocellulose nylon, rayon, cellulose, paper, glass fibre, sihca, a gel mat ⁇ x, or any other porous or fibrous materials.
  • the flow matrix is configured as a substantially planar elongate strip The flow mat ⁇ x material can be ⁇ re-treated or modified as required.
  • the binding agent is as defined above in relation to the second aspect of the invention.
  • the reporter Kinase is linked to a binding agent specific for the analyte (e g an antibody) and thereby associates with the analyte on the surface
  • a binding agent specific for the analyte e g an antibody
  • the reporter kinase remains attached to the surface until displaced by the presence of either antibody or analyte sn the sample
  • the reporter kinase is conjugated to a second binding agent specific for the analyte and thereby associates with the analyte on the surface
  • the reporter kinase remains attached to the surface (in a sandwich-type arrangement) until displaced by the presence of either antibody or analyte sn the sample
  • a binding agent specific to the analyte is used to coat the solid support
  • the reporter kinase is conjugated or genetically fused to the target analyte and thereby associates with the binding agent on the surface.
  • the reporter kinase- analyte conjugate is released from me solid support by competing analyte or antibody in the test sample.
  • the reporter kinase ⁇ s therefore indirectly attached to the solid support by a linker that comprises a binding agent specific for the anal/te
  • the hnker may also comprise the anaiyte (or a fragment thereof)
  • the sample is treated to remove / inactivate non-reporter kinase and/ or ATP Suitable treatments are described elsewhere in this specification
  • the invention provides a method for determining the presence of an ari3iyte in 3 sample, comprising.
  • the method described above is completed within less than 15 minutes, less than 10 minutes less than 5 minutes, or less than 2 minutes
  • the solid support is a latex support, or a magnetic support, e g. a latex bead or a magnetic bead
  • step ( ⁇ v) may be ieplaced by exposing me miMi ⁇ e obtained in step (Ml) to a magnet so that the solid support is retained on the magnet
  • step ( ⁇ v) may be ieplaced by exposing me miMi ⁇ e obtained in step (Ml) to a magnet so that the solid support is retained on the magnet
  • step ( ⁇ v) may be ieplaced by exposing me miMi ⁇ e obtained in step (Ml) to a magnet so that the solid support is retained on the magnet
  • Example 14 describes the use of this method for detecting the presence of legionella in a water sample
  • Antibodies specific for legioneila are attached to a solid support (a latex bead).
  • the latex beads are then exposed to 0) the sample to be tested (potentially containing legionella) and (n) 3 reporter kina
  • any legionella present in the sample binds to the antibody on the latex bead.
  • the reporter kinase-antibody conjugate binds to the latex bead via the already-bound legionella.
  • the mixture thus obtained is applied to a filter membrane, which retains the latex beads
  • the other components of the mixture e g unbound reporter kinase conjugate, ATP, non-reporter kinase (eg mammalian tissue kinase, plant and/ or fungal kinase endogenous to the test sample etc.) pass through the filter membrane
  • the reporter kinase retained on the filter membrane is then exposed to ADP and a mixture lucife ⁇ n / luciferase. and the light output measured using a luminometer
  • the filter membrane can be treated using any of the treatment steps described above for removing any remaining ATP or non-reporter kinase.
  • Suitable filter membranes for use in this aspect of the invention include, nitrocellulose, cellulose acetate or paper filters
  • Filter matrices typically employ a range of pore sizes from 0.2 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m or larger depending on the nature of any particulate carrier used.
  • E «am ⁇ !e 17 describes the use of this method for detecting the presence of Salmonella in a food sample
  • the method is essentially as described for Example 14 above except that a magnetic bead is used as the solid support instead of a latex bead, and the mixture obtained in step (in ) is exposed to a magnet rather than a filter membrane
  • the sample is treated to remove or inactivate non-reporter kinase and/ or ATP Suitable treatments afe described elsewhere in this specification
  • the assay described in the first aspect of the invention is also suitable for detecting kinase activity in kinase-based biological indicator systems such as those described in the applicant ' s earlier filing, WO2Q05O93085, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety
  • a typical biological indicator is prepared by adsorbing a reporter kinase onto a solid support such as an indicator strip or dipstick
  • the indicator is then included with a sample (containing a contaminant) to be treated, and the indicator plus sample are subjected to a treatment process
  • the reduction in activity of the indicator kinase by the treatment is then correlated with the reduction in amount or activity of the contaminant.
  • a lev'el of activity is determined that is l-nown to correlate with an acceptable reduction in the contaminant the treatment is then regarded as validated.
  • a method of validating a treatment process for reducing the amount or activity of a contaminating biological agent in a sample comprising the steps of.
  • steps O) to (iv) are completed in less than 15 minutes, less than 10 minutes, less than 5 minutes, less than 2 minutes
  • the sample is treated to remove/ inactivate non-reporter kinase and/ or ATP Suitable treatments afe described elsewhere in this specification
  • treatment encompasses any process that is designed to reduce the amount or activity of a contaminant in a sample
  • Suitable treatments include one or more of a selected pH, temperature or pressure, exposing the sample to a protease or other lytic enzyme, exposing the sample to a detergent, a chemical ste ⁇ iant, radiation, free radicals, or a gas-phase stenlant ln one embodiment, the treatment is designed to reduce the infectious activity (also known as the infectivity) of an infectious biological contaminant such as TSE.
  • treatment or “treatment process also encompasses cleaning and inactivation processes such as high temperature autoclaving with wet or dry steam, ozone sterilisation.
  • both the reporter kinase and the contaminant are directly exposed to the treatment process, i e there is no seal or barrier between the reporter kinase/ contaminant and the treatment process.
  • the reporter kinase and the contaminant are therefore both in direct contact with the treatment process, and are subject to the same treatment conditions
  • the contaminating biological agent is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, viruses, spores, toxins, prions proteins and peptides in a further embodiment, the reporter kinase is bound onto a solid support using any of the methods described in relation to the first aspect of the invention
  • the reporter kinase is covalentSy linked to a biological component
  • the biological component is advantageously a mimetic or surrogate of the contaminant, and therefore reacts to the treatment process in substantially the same way as the contaminant in one embodiment, the biological component may be the same 3S.
  • the contaminant in the sample that is to be subjected to the treatment process e g if the contaminant is a protein, then the biological component is also a protein, if the contaminant is a blood protein, the biological component is also blood protein if the contaminant is a DNA molecule, then the biological component is also a DNA molecule; if the contaminant is an RNA molecule then the biological component is also an RNA molecule, etc. for each of the contaminants and biological components disclosed in this specification.
  • biological components examples include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates and lipids.
  • the biological component comprises a protein selected from the group consisting of a blood protein. a bacterial protein, a viral protein, a fungal protein, and a self-aggregating or amyloid forming protein
  • the blood protein is selected from the group consisting of blood clotting proteins (e.g. fibrinogen, fibrin peptides, fibrin, transglutaminase substrates, thrombin), serum proteins (e g albumin and globulin) platelet proteins, blood cell glycoproteins and haemoglobin
  • blood clotting proteins e.g. fibrinogen, fibrin peptides, fibrin, transglutaminase substrates, thrombin
  • serum proteins e g albumin and globulin
  • platelet proteins e.g albumin and globulin
  • the bacterial protein is selected from the group consisting of a bacterial fimbria! protein (e g CgsA from E.coh and AgfA from SnimoncUa), a bacterial toxin protein (e g toxins from Bacillus anthrams Cotynobnctonum d ⁇ hthcnao, Clostridium botulmum), a bacterial cell surface protein (e g peptidoglycan.
  • a bacterial fimbria! protein e g CgsA from E.coh and AgfA from SnimoncUa
  • a bacterial toxin protein e g toxins from Bacillus anthrams Cotynobnctonum d ⁇ hthcnao, Clostridium botulmum
  • a bacterial cell surface protein e g peptidoglycan.
  • the viral protein is selected from the group consisting of a viral envelope protein, a viral capsici protein, and a viral core protein.
  • the viral proteins are from a bacteriophage virus (e g the MS2 and PP7 proteins), norwaik virus (e g capsid protein), rotavirus (e g VP2, VP6 and VP7 proteins), ooronavirus (e.g. SARS S, E and M proteins).
  • bSueto ⁇ g ⁇ e virus e.g. VP2 protein
  • human papillomavirus e.g viral major structural protein, H
  • H hepatitis B
  • Hepatitis C virus e.g core, E1 and E2 proteins
  • influenza virus e.g neuraminidase and haemagglutinin and matrix proteins
  • poliovirus e g oapsid VPO, 1 and 3 proteins
  • HIV e g Pr55gag, envelope proteins
  • dengue B virus e.g. envelope (e) and pre-rnembrane ' membrane (prM/M).
  • the fungal protein is selected from the group consisting of hydrophobin proteins (e.g. SC3 from SchizophyHum commune, RodA/B from Aspergillus funvgntcs, and equivalent proteins from yeast) fungal spore proteins, hyphal proteins, mycotoxins, and fungal prions (e g Su ⁇ 35, Het S 1 URE 2, Rnq i , New 1 ).
  • hydrophobin proteins e.g. SC3 from SchizophyHum commune, RodA/B from Aspergillus funvgntcs, and equivalent proteins from yeast
  • fungal spore proteins e.g. SC3 from SchizophyHum commune, RodA/B from Aspergillus funvgntcs, and equivalent proteins from yeast
  • fungal spore proteins e.g. SC3 from SchizophyHum commune, RodA/B from Aspergillus funvgntcs, and equivalent proteins from yeast
  • fungal spore proteins e.g. SC3
  • the self-aggregating protein is selected from the group consisting of prions (e g PrP ⁇ and PrP ⁇ Su ⁇ 35, Het S. Lire 2 Rnq1 New 1 ).
  • prions e g PrP ⁇ and PrP ⁇ Su ⁇ 35, Het S. Lire 2 Rnq1 New 1
  • SC3 from SchizophyHum commune, RodA/B from Aspergillus fumigates
  • chaplins e.g. Chps A-H from svcptomyccs spp
  • rodlins e g Rd 1 A and RdI B from ⁇ bcptomyccs spp
  • gram positive spore coat proteins e g P29a, P29b GP85 and a SpoVM analogue
  • barnacle cement-iike proteins e g the 19kDa protein from Balanus aihicostatus, and the 2OkDa protein from Mogai?nlnnus rosa, and the novel calcite-dependent cement-like protein from Bafanus aibicostntus
  • the nucleic acid is selected from a DNA molecule and an RNA molecule
  • the nucleic acid is derived from neurological tissue ln
  • the carbohydrate is selected from the group consisting of exopolysacchande. h ⁇ opoiysaccha ⁇ de (EPS-'LPS, sometimes known as endotoxin ⁇ (e g from Legionella, E cols. Staphylococcus species, Stteptococcus s ⁇ ecies, Pseudomonas species, Acinetobactot species. Campylobacter species, and Bacillus spe ⁇ es), peptidoglycan. eel! we!!
  • fungi and yeast e g chitin, Signsn. glucan. mucin preparations, giycoh ⁇ ids (especially brain derived glycoiipids), glycoproteins (e .g. ceil surface glycoproteins, Eap i p), spore extracts (e .g. from Bacillus spp, Clostridial spp and other spore-formers), polysaccharides from yeast capsules, and invertebrate secretions (e.g. from molluscan ge!s)
  • the lipid is selected from the group consisting of glycolipids (e.g. brain-de ⁇ ved giycolipids), gang! ⁇ os ⁇ des (e g. neuronal cell gangliostdes such as GTv 3 , GT id and gangltosides of more general cell o ⁇ gin such as GM ] ). and plant oils and lipids.
  • glycolipids e.g. brain-de ⁇ ved giycolipids
  • gang! ⁇ os ⁇ des e g. neuronal cell gangliostdes such as GTv 3 , GT id and gangltosides of more general cell o ⁇ gin such as GM ]
  • plant oils and lipids e.g. plant oils and lipids.
  • the biological component is part of a biological matrix.
  • the biological matrix may be a mimetic of the sample that is to be treated Sn one embodiment, the biological matrix comprises one or more components selected from the group consisting of proteins, lipids, nucleic acids, and carbohydrates, or fragments or derivatives thereof.
  • the biological mat ⁇ may comprise a mixture of proteins Sn a further embodiment, the biological matrix may comprise one or more components selected from the group consisting of blood, serum, albumin, mucus, egg, neurological tissue food, culled animal material and a commercially available test soil
  • the biological matrix comprises one or more components selected from the group consisting of fibrinogen, thrombin, factor VIl!.
  • CaCb and, optionally, aibumin and/ or haemoglobin.
  • reporter kinases linked to biological components are described in SEQ ID NOs 34-3?, 40. 42, 48. 50, 52, 54, 61 , 67 72. and 73.
  • the biological indicator may be prepared bv covalently linking a reporter kinase to an appropriate biological component Any suitable method of covalent attachment Known tn the art may be used ln one embodiment, the kinase is genetically or chemically cross-linked to the biological component
  • Chemical cross-linking may be achieved using a range of homo- and betero-bifunctional reagents commonly used for cross-linking of proteins for the generation of enzyme conjugates or other related purposes
  • fibrin and the reporter kinase may be de ⁇ vatised with the addition of SPDP (Perbio) to primary amine groups.
  • SPDP Perbio
  • the reporter kinase can then be reduced to generate a reactive thiol group and this is then mixed with the fibrin to produce covalent fibrin- kinase linkages.
  • the reporter kinases can also be chemically cross-linked to carbohydrates, lipids or other glycoconjugates using heterobifunctional agents following treatment of the target carbohydrate with meta ⁇ e ⁇ odate.
  • the indicator may be prepared as a fusion protein This is achieved by fusing a synthetic gene encoding an appropriate kinase (e.g. the gene encoding AK from Sulfolobus amdornldnnus or Thormatnga nonpolitinn) to a gene encoding an appropriate biological component
  • an appropriate kinase e.g. the gene encoding AK from Sulfolobus amdornldnnus or Thormatnga nonpolitinn
  • a device for detecting the activity of a reporter kinase in a sample comprising-
  • said flow matrix comprises ( ⁇ ) a sample-receiving zone , and
  • a detection zone located downstream of the sample-receiving zone comprising a mixture of ADP and a bioluminescent reagent wherein, in use, a sample is applied to the sample-receiving zone and is drawn along the flow matrix to the detection zone Sn use the sample is applied to the sample-receiving zone of the device and is allowed to migrate to the detection zone where it comes into contact with the mixture of ADP and bioiuminescent reagent
  • any reporter kinase present in the sample acts on the ADP to generate ATP, which in turn reacts with the bioi ⁇ minescent reagent to produce light.
  • the light output from the detection zone can be readily measured using a luminometer preferably a hand-held Suminometer
  • a luminometer preferably a hand-held Suminometer
  • the detection zone of the device is snapped off and placed in a luminometer
  • the amount of Sighl produced can then be correlated with the amount of reporter kinase activity.
  • the device comprises a bacMng st ⁇ p on which the elongate flow matrix is positioned
  • the backing strip may be made from any suitable non-absorbing material, such as a plastic-adhesive backin ⁇ card
  • the flow matrix is at least partially sandwiched between a top and a bottom laminate
  • the top laminate may include a sample-application window which provides access to the sample-receiving zone of the flow matrix and may also include a detection window which provides access to the detection zone of the flow matrix.
  • the laminates may be made from any suitable non-absorbing material e g a transparent or translucent adhesive plastic film
  • the device is a lateral flow device.
  • Lateral flow devices and methods for their consti ⁇ ction are well known in the art, being best known as the standard piegnancy test kit
  • the device may comprise a background-reduction zone, situated between the sample-receiving zone and the detection zone This zone functions to remove/ inactivate any non-reporter Kinase and/ or ATP that may be present in the sample before the sample reaches the detection zone.
  • a background-reduction zone situated between the sample-receiving zone and the detection zone.
  • the background-reduction removal zone comprises a substance that selectively (or specifically) inhibits non- ⁇ e ⁇ orter kinase whilst leaving the reporter kinase substantially unaffected Suitable inhibitoi s are described elsewhere in this specification.
  • the background-reduction zone comprises a protease that selectively destroys non-reporter kinase, whilst leaving the reporter kinase substantially unaffected. Suitable proteases we described elsewhere in this specification.
  • the background-reduction zone may be arranged so as to physically capture out non-reporter kinases on the basis of their size, charge, or binding properties as described elsewhere in this specification. The captured non- reporter kinases are thus prevented from reaching the detection zone
  • the background-reduction zone comprises an immobilised ATPase. e g apyrase.
  • the background-reduction zone may be arranged so as to physically capture out ATP on the basis of its size or charge as described elsewhere in this specification The captured ATP is thus prevented from reaching the detection zone.
  • the ADP in the detection zone of the device is high purity ADP
  • the bioluminescent reagent is a mixture of luciferin and luciferase.
  • the ADP and luciferin/ luciferase are immobilised in the detection zone using conventional immobilisation methods
  • the device is portable.
  • the detection zone may include a cationic membrane that retains and concentrates the reporter kinase conjugate for enhanced detection
  • sample-receiving zone may include a suitable dye which also migrates to the detection zone, acting as a control for the proper flow of the sample through the device
  • a suitable dye which also migrates to the detection zone, acting as a control for the proper flow of the sample through the device
  • This positive internal control may also exploit the use of a cation- binding membrane within the detection zone to help retain the dye to provide a clear visual signal.
  • a lateral flow device for use in an assay for detecting the presence of an anaiyte in a sample, comprising a bacMng strip on which is positioned an elongate flow matrix, wherein said flow matrix comprises (i) a sarnpie-rec ⁇ h/ing zone comprising a reporter kinase attached to the flow matrix via a linker comprising a binding agent specific for the analyte- and (H) a detection zone located downstream of the sample-receiving zone.
  • a sample is applied lo the sample-receiving zone and any analyte present in the sample displaces the reporter kinase from the flow matrix and thereby allows the reporter hnase to migrate to the detection zone.
  • the sample is applied to the sample-receiving zone, and any analyte present in the sample displaces the reporter kinase attached to the sample-receiving zone. Any reporter kinase that is not displaced remains attached to the sample-receiving zone and this is the case for a sample negative for the presence of the analyte Thus, only the displaced reporter kinase proceeds to the detection zone where it can be detected and correlated with the amount of analyte present in the sample.
  • the backing strip of the device may be made from any suitable non-absorbing material, such as a plastic-adhesive backing card
  • the flow matrix is at least partially sandwiched between a top and a bottom laminate
  • the top laminate may include a sample-application window, which provides access to the sarnple-i eceiving zone of the flow matrix and may also include a detection window, which provides access to the detection zone of the flow matrix.
  • the laminates may be made from any suitable non-absorbing material e g a transparent or translucent adhesive plastic film
  • the detection zone comprises a mixtui e of ADP and a biol ⁇ minescent ieagent
  • the ieporter kinase is attached to the flow matrix by a linker comprising a binding agent specific for the analyte Binding agents and methods for attaching the reporter kinase to the flow matrix are as desci ibed in relation to the second aspect of the invention
  • the device may further comprise a background-reduction zone situated between the sample-receiving zone and the detection zone . This zone functions to remove/ inactivate any non-repotlet kinase and* 1 or ATP that may be present in the sample before the sample reaches the detection zone Thus, these contaminants are presented from interfering with the sensitivity or accuracy of the assay.
  • the background-reduction removal zone comprises a substance that selectively (or specifically) inhibits non-reporter kinase whilst leaving the reporter kinase substantially unaffected. Suitable inhibitors are described elsewhere in this specification.
  • the background-reduction removal zone composes a protease that selectively destroys non-reporter kinase whilst leaving the reporter kinase substantially unaffected Suitable proteases are described elsewhere in this specification.
  • the bad- ground-reduction zone may be ai i anged so as to physically capture out non-reporter kinases on the basis of their size, charge, or binding properties as described elsewhere in this specification The captured non-reporter kinases are thus prevented from reaching the detection zone.
  • the background-! eduction zone comprises an immobilised ATPase, e.g. apyrase ln another embodiment, the background-reduction zone may be arranged so as to physically capture out ATP on the basis of its size or charge as desci ibed elsewhere in this specification The captured ATP is thus prevented from reaching the detection zone
  • the ADP in the detection zone of the device is high purity ADP
  • the bioluminescent reagent is a mixture of lu ⁇ fenn and luciferase
  • the ADP and lucife ⁇ n/ iu ⁇ fes ase are immobilised in the detection zone using conventional immobilisation methods
  • the device is portable
  • the detection zone may include a cationic mernbia ⁇ e that retains and concentrates the reporter kinase conjugate for enhanced detection
  • the sample-receiving zone may include a suitable dye which also migrates to the detection zone, acting as a control for the proper flow of the sample through the device. This positive internal control may also exploit the use of a cation- binding membrane within the detection zone to help retain the dye to provide a clear visual signal
  • the invention provides a method for detecting the activity of a reporter kinase in a sample, wherein the method is conducted using a device according to the sixth aspect of the invention, comprising the steps of ( ⁇ ) applying the sample to the sample-receiving zone of the device. (H) allowing the sample to flow through to the detection zone of the device; and (in) detecting the light output from the detection zone
  • step (i) the method further comprises allowing the sample to fSow through a background-reduction zone as described in relation to the sixth aspect of the invention
  • step ⁇ m ⁇ is earned out by snapping off the detection zone of the device, and then placing the detection zone into a luminometer.
  • step (til) detecting the light output from the detection zone Sn one embodiment after step (O the method further comprises allowing the sample to flow through a background-reduction zone described in relation to the seventh aspect of the invention
  • step (in) is earned out by snapping off the detection zone of the device, exposing the detection zone to ADP and a bioSuminescent reagent, wherein the detection zone is exposed to the bioiuminescent reagent no mote than 5 minutes (or no more than 2 minutes. 1 minute 30 seconds or 10 seconds) after having been exposed to the ADP, and then placing the detection zone into a iuminometer.
  • the detection zone is exposed to the ADP and bioiuminescent reagent simultaneously
  • the invention provides a kit comprising a device according to the sixth or seventh aspect of the invention and a Iuminometer
  • the iuminometer is a hand-held ( ⁇ e portable ) Iuminometer.
  • the term light output means the light that is emitted by the reaction of ATP with the bioiuminescent reagent This Stght output can be detected using entirely conventional technology, such as a standard Iuminometer (e g a Berthold Orion 96-we ⁇ rnicropiate iumsnometer, or a hand-held luminometer;.
  • a standard Iuminometer e g a Berthold Orion 96-we ⁇ rnicropiate iumsnometer, or a hand-held luminometer
  • the term 'flow mat ⁇ refers to any liquid-transport solid material that allows for liquid flow therethrough, and includes materials such as nitiocellulose nylon, rayon, cellulose, paper, glass fibre, silica gel matrices, or any other porous or fibrous materials ln one embodiment the flow matrix is configuied as a substantially planar elongate strip The flow matrix material can be pre-treated oi modified as required
  • leporter kinase refers to a kinase enzyme that is not a mammalian plant and/ or fungal kinase
  • a reportei kinase is a kinase that is not normally present (to any significant degree ) in a sample taken from a healthy individual
  • a reporter kinase of the present invention is a kinase that is not normally inherent or endogenous (to any significant degree) in a sample taken from a healthy individual Reporter kinase may be added to the sample as a separate Ue exogenous) reagent, e g as an isolated kinase Reporter kinases are preferably thermostable
  • non-reporter kinase refers to kinase enzyme that is not a reporter kinase as defined above.
  • Non-reporter kinases may also be referred to as endogenous kinases, contaminating kinases, or background kinases.
  • Non-reporter kinases are typically present in a sample taken from a healthy individual.
  • Non-reporter kinase activity can also be defined as activity that is not associated with the reporter kinase.
  • Many non- reporter kinases are derived from mesophtlic organisms, i.e. organisms that grow best at moderate temperatures (e g 25-40 C ).
  • non-reporter kinases examples include mammalian, plant and/ or fungal kinases - in particular, any of the range of 7 human adenylate kinase tsoforms found in varying amounts in clinical samples, equivalent proteins in animal species or food derived from them, or kinases (e g adenylate kinases) from common commensal organisms in humans or animals
  • thermostable kinase refers to a kinase that retains activity after exposure to heat i e that is relatively unaffected by high temperatures
  • Preferred thermostable kinases retain at least 70% activity (or S0% activity, 90% activity, 95% activity, or 100% activity) after exposure to a temperature of between 50-120 C.
  • Particularly preferred thermostable kinases retain at least 70% activity (or -?0% activity. 90% activity.
  • Thermostable kinases may also be more resistant than non-thermostable kinases to a range of other biochemical and physical processes that routinely damage or destroy proteins or render them inactive, such as exposure to certain chemicals e.g chaotropes, free-radical damage detergents, extremes of pH, exposure to proteases, protein cross-linking encapsulation within non-permeable or serni-permeable membranes or polymers, or irreversible immobilisation onto surfaces.
  • certain chemicals e.g chaotropes, free-radical damage detergents, extremes of pH, exposure to proteases, protein cross-linking encapsulation within non-permeable or serni-permeable membranes or polymers, or irreversible immobilisation onto surfaces.
  • thermostable kinases may retain at least 70% activity (or 80% activity, 30% activity, 35% activity, or 100% activity ) after exposure to one or more of the biochemical and physical processes described above. ln all cases, this "retained activity " can be readily confirmed using conventional tests ln brief, the kinase is incubated with ADP under the given treatment conditions for a given amount of time, and then analysed for residual activity by detecting the generation of ATP using lucife ⁇ n/luciferase and a luminometer. From this, the % of kinase activity retained after the treatment can be determined
  • kinase and “kinase activity' are used interchangeably throughout this specification.
  • sample encompasses any item, instrument, surface fluid or material Examples include, but are not limited to clinical samples (such as whole blood, serum, oral samples such as saliva, pus, vaginal samples, stool samples, vomitus), environmental samples (such a water, soil, air samples), surgical and medical instruments, microtitre plates, dipsticks, lateral flow devices hospital gowns bedclothes, bulk liquids, culled animal material, pharmaceuticals, workbenches, walls and floors, biological matrices, and biological indicators.
  • clinical samples such as whole blood, serum, oral samples such as saliva, pus, vaginal samples, stool samples, vomitus
  • environmental samples such a water, soil, air samples
  • surgical and medical instruments such as microtitre plates, dipsticks, lateral flow devices hospital gowns bedclothes, bulk liquids, culled animal material, pharmaceuticals, workbenches, walls and floors, biological matrices, and biological indicators.
  • substantially free from non-reporter kinase “free from non-reporter kinase ' , “substantially free from kinase other than reporter kinase”, and “free from kinase other than reporter kinase” are considered synonymous, and are used interchangabiy throughout the specification to mean that the level of non-reporter kinase is sufficiently low or absent and does not interfere to any significant degree with the sensitivity or accuracy of the assay In terms of assay read-out, the impact of the non-reporter kinase is usually defined in terms of the signai-to-noise ratio As such, the term “substantially free” can also be defined as meaning that the non-reporter kinase does not account for more than 10% (preferably not more than 5% or 2%) of the total kinase signal at the limit of detection of the assay
  • substantially free from ATP and “free from ATP' are considered synonymous and are used
  • bioluminescent reagent refers to any substance or mixture of substances able to react with ATP to generate light
  • a preferred reagent is a mixture of lucife ⁇ n and luciferase.
  • RLU Relative Light Unit Relative Light Units are a relative, not absolute measurement
  • the figures given in the specification relate to measurements taken using a Berthold Orion 96-weiS microplate lurninometer with injector system using a "flash method of light rneasusement for 2 seconds immediately after the addition of the luciferase/lucife ⁇ n reagents (technical specification photomultiplier measuring light emitted at a wavelength of 300-650nrn) To address this issue, manufacturers have generated data for RLU factoss".
  • an RLU value can be related to the concentration of ATP required to give said value with the reagents as described in the method As an approximate conversion, and given the linear relationship between RLU values and ATP concentration the following values C3 ⁇ n be used
  • Methanopyrus kandleri SEQ ID 11 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from
  • Methanotorris igneus SEQ ID 12 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from
  • SEQ ID 14 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from Aeropyrum pernix
  • SEQ ID 15 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from Archaeoglobus fulgidus
  • SEQ ID 16 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from Pyrococcus abyssi
  • AdkE monomeric adenylate kinase
  • SEQ ID 17 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from Pyrococcus furiosus genetically engineered to provide improved stability
  • SEQ ID 18 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from Pyrococcus horikoshii genetically engineered to provide improved stability
  • SEQ ID 19 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from Sulfolobus acidocaldarius genetically engineered to provide improved stability
  • SEQ ID 20 Protein sequence of Acetate kinase from Thermatoga maritime SEQ ID 21 Protein sequence of Pyruvate kinase from Pyrococcus horikoshii SEQ ID 22 Protein sequence of Pyruvate kinase from Sulfolobus solfataricus SEQ ID 23 Protein sequence of Pyruvate kinase from Thermotoga maritime SEQ ID 24 Protein sequence of Pyruvate kinase from Pyrococcus furiosus SEQ ID 25 Protein sequence of Acetate kinase from Methanosercine thermophile
  • SEQ ID 26 DNA sequence encoding the Adenylate kinase from Sulfolobus acidocaldarius
  • SEQ ID 27 ONA sequence encoding the Adenylate kinase from Sulfolobus acidocaldarius, wherein codon usage has been optimised for expression of the gene in E-coli.
  • SEQ lD 28 DNA sequence encoding the Adenylate kinase from Sulfolobus acidocaldarius
  • Thermotoga matitima SEQ ID 29 DNA sequence encoding the Adenylate kinase from, Th ⁇ imotoga manttma, wherein codon usage has been optimised for expression of the gene in E-coh
  • SEQ ID 30 DNA sequence encoding the Adenylate kinase from Atchaeoglobus fulgi ⁇ itb wherein codon usage has been optimised for expression of the gene in E-coh.
  • SEQ lD 31 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from S ⁇ lfolob ⁇ s acidocaldanus.
  • codon usage has been optimised for expression of the gene in E-coli (SEQ ID 27)
  • SEQ ID 32 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from Thermotoga matitima. wherein codon usage has been optimised for expression of the gene in E-coh (SEQ ID 29)
  • SEQ lD 33 Protein sequence of transglutaminase substrate
  • SEQ ID 34 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Suifolobus acidcaldan ⁇ s fused at the W-term ⁇ us with a transglutaminase
  • (Factor XIil) substrate sequence SEQ lD 35 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Sulfolob ⁇ s acidcaidarius fused at the C-terminus with a transglutaminase (Factor XiH ) substrate sequence SEQ ID 36 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Sulfolobus acidcaldan ⁇ s fused at the /V-terminus and C-terminus with a transglutaminase (Factor XlIS) substrate sequence SEQ lD 37 DNA sequence of transglutaminase (Factor XM! substrate sequence fused to the 5 " end of Adenylate Kinase from Thonvotogn matitima.
  • SEQ ID 38 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Thonvotogn mnniimn fused at the N-terminal with a transglutaminase (Factor XIIS) substrate sequence
  • SEQ ID 39 DNA sequence of transglutaminase (Factor XiII) substrate sequence fused to the 3 ' end of Adenylate Kinase from Thermotoga maritime.
  • SEQ ID 40 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Thermotoga maritime fused at the C-terminal with a transglutaminase (Factor XIII) substrate sequence.
  • SEQ ID 41 ONA sequence of transglutaminase (Factor XtII) substrate sequence fused to both the 5' and 3 ' ends of Adenylate Kinase from
  • Thermotoga maritima SEQ ID 42 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Thermotoga maritime fused at the N- and C-terminal with a transglutaminase (Factor XIII) substrate sequence.
  • Saccharomyces cerevisiae SEQ ID 44 Protein sequence of complete Sup35 from Saccharomyces cerevisiae SEQ ID 45 DNA sequence of sup35N (N-terminal domain) codon-biased for optimal expression in E. coli
  • SEQ ID 46 Protein sequence of sup35N (N-terminal domain)
  • SEQ ID 47 DNA sequence of E-coli codon biased Adenylate Kinase from
  • SEQ ID 48 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from S ⁇ lfolob ⁇ s acidcaldari ⁇ s fused at the ⁇ /-terminus with Sup35 ⁇ /-terminal domain from Saccharomyces cerevisiae
  • SEQ ID 49 DNA sequence of E. coli codon biased Adenylate Kinase from Saccharomyces cerevisiae
  • SEQ ID 52 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Th ⁇ imotoga mantima fused at the N-termma! with S ⁇ 35N.
  • SEQ lD 53 DNA sequence of Sup35N fused at the 3 " end of Adenylate Kinase from Thermotoga mantima
  • SEQ ID 54 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Th ⁇ imotoga mantima fused at the C-termsna!
  • SEQ ID 56 Su ⁇ 35 derived amyloid peptide
  • SEQ lD 57 DNA sequence encoding 3 Norovtrus capsid protein (5SkDa)
  • SEQ ID 58 Protein sequence of Norovsrus capsid protein (58kDa)
  • SEQ lD 59 DNA sequence for a synthetic gene encoding a Norovirus capsid protetn (58kDs) optimised for expression in E.coii SEQ lD 80
  • SEQ ID 61 Protein sequence of a Norovirus capsid protein (5 ⁇ kD
  • SEQ ID 73 Protein sequence of fusion of the barnacle protein from Balanus albicostatus with the tAK from Thermotoga maritime; C-terminal fusion
  • SEQ ID 74 Protein sequence of Balanus albicostatus calcite-specific adsorbent SEQ ID 75 Protein sequence of a peptide derived from a barnacle cement protein
  • SEQ ID 76 Protein sequence of a peptide derived from a barnacle cement protein
  • SEQ ID 77 Protein sequence of a peptide derived from a barnacle cement protein
  • SEQ ID 78 Protein sequence of adenylate kinase from E.coli SEQ ID 79 Protein sequence of pyruvate kinase from E.coli SEQ ID 80 Protein sequence of acetate kinase from E.coli SEQ ID 81 Protein sequence of adenylate kinase from Methanococcus voltae
  • SEQ ID 82 Protein sequence of adenylate kinase from Methanococcus thermolithotrophicus (MTH).
  • SEQ ID 83 Protein sequence of adenylate kinase from Bacillus globisporus
  • SEQ ID 84 Protein sequence of adenylate kinase from Bacillus subtilis
  • Gin Arg GIu Leu Gin Met Asn Ala Ala L ys Lvs lie Aia Giu Met Ala Lys Asn ' i yr Pro iie Leu Leu Asp Thr His Aia Thr iie Lys ' i hr Pro His GIy T yr Leu Leu Giy Leu Pro I ' yr GIu Va! He Lys lie Leu Asn Pro Asn Phe U-? VaI iie He GIu Ma Thr Pro Ser Giu iie Leu GIy Arg Arg Leu Arg Asp Leu Lys Arg Asp Arq Asp Va!
  • Gin Arg Giu lie Gin Arg Leu Aia A!a Arg Arg He Ala Lys M-A Aia Giu Giu Lys Giu Gly iie He Vai Asp Thr His Cys Thr iie Lys Thr Pro Aia Giv Tyr Leu Pro Giy Leu Pro iie Trp Val Leu Giu Glu Leu Gln Pro Asp Vai li-; 1 Va!
  • Met Lys SIe VaI lie VaI Ala Leu Pro GIy Ser G!y Lys Thf ] ' hr !e Leu Asn Phe Va! LyS Gin Ly;-. Leu Pro A;-. ⁇ Vai L ys iie Va!
  • MeE Ai ⁇ lie Le ⁇ iie Ph-? G!y Pro Pro Pro GIy Ser G!y Ly;-. Ser ' S hr Girt Ala Arg Arg He Thr GIu Arg Tyr Giy Leu Thr Tyr He Ala Ser G!y Asp He He Arg A!a Giu He Lys Aia Arg Thr Pro Le ⁇ Giy iie Giu Met Giu Arg Tyr Leu Ser Arg Giy Asp Leu iit? Pro Asp Thr We VaI Asn Thr Leu Ii-?
  • Met Pro Phe Vdi Va! lie He Thr Giy !Ie Pro Gh/ Va! Giy Lys Ser Thr iie Thr Arg Leu Aia Leu Gin Arg Thr Lys Ala Lys Phe Arg Leu He Asn Phe Giy Asp Leu iviei Phe Giu GIu Ala Va! Lys Ala GIy Leu Va! Lys His Arg Asp G!u Met Arg L ys Leu Pro Leu ⁇ aa He Gin Arg Giu L eu Gin Met L ys Aia Aia Lvs L ys lie Xaa Giu Met Ala Lys Giu His Pro He Leu Va!
  • Gin Arg Giu Leu Gin Met Asn Aia Aia L ys Lys lie Aia Giu Met Aia Lys Asn Tyr Pro iie Leu Leu Asp Thr His Ala Thr lie Lys Thr Pro His Gh/ Tyr Leu Leu Giy Leu Pro T yr Giu Vai iie Lys iie Leu Asn Pro Asn Phe He Vai iie He Giu Aia Thr Pro Ser Giu iie Leu Giy Arg Arg Leu Arq Asp L-?u Lys Arg Asp Arg Asp Vai GIu Thr Giu Giu Giu GIn iie Gh Arg His Gin Asp L-?u Asn Arg Aia Aia Aia He Xaa Tyr Aia Met His Ser Asrt Aia Leu iie Lys iie ie Giu Asn His Giu Asp Lys Giy Leu Giu Giu Giu Giu
  • VaI lie VaI Asn VaI GIu Giy Asp Pro Ser ile Aia Aia Asn Giu He iie Arg Ser Met Lys
  • Phe Vai lie Aia Lys iie Giu Arg Pro Asp Aia Vai Arg Asn Phe Asp Giu He Leu Asn Ala Ala Asp GSy iie MeE iie Aia Arg Giy Asp Leu GSy Vai GIu Met Pro iie GIu Gin Leu Pro He L e ⁇ Gin Lvs L ys Leu iie Arg L ys Aia Asn Met Giu Giy L ys Pro Va! iie Thr Ala Thr Gin Met Leu Vai Ser Met Thr Thr Giu Lys Vai Pro Thr Arg AJa GIu Va! T hr Asp Va!
  • Pro Ser Val lie Phe Leu Leu Glu Ala Asp Pro Lys iie He Leu Ser Arg Gin Lys Arg Asp Thr Thr Arg Asn Arg Asn Asp Tyr Ser Asp Glu Ser Vai lie Leu Gl ⁇ Thr iie Asn Phe Aia Arg ] " yt Ala Ala ] " hr Ala Ser Aia Va! Leu Ala Giy Ser Thf Va! Lys Vai iie Val Asn Va! Giu Giy A;- ⁇ Pro Ser iie Ala Aia Am Giu iie i!e Arg Ser Met Lvs
  • Val Val Lys Arg Arg Leu Ser Gl ⁇ Lys Asp Cys Gl ⁇ Arg Giy Phe iSe Leu Asp Gly Tyr Pro Arg Thr Vai Aia Gin Ala Giu Phe Leu Asp Gly Phe Leu Lys Thr Gln Asn Lys Giu Leu Thr ASa Aia Vai Leu Phe Giu Val Pro GSu Gl ⁇ Va! Val Val GSn Arg Leu Thr Ala Arg Arg lie Cys Pro Lys Cys Gly Arg He Tyr Asn Leu lie Ser Leu Pro Pro Lvs Glu Asp Giu Leu Cvs Asp Asp Cys Lys Va! Lys Leu Va!
  • Lys Giy lie Leu Lvs Arg VaS Asp Giy Thr Sfe Giy lSe Asp Asn Va! iSe Ala Giu Vai Leu Lys S!e !Se Giy Trp Ser Asp Lvs Leu Gly Gly Asn Gln Giu Gln Vai Ser Pro Leu
  • Giu He Pro Vai Giu Giu Val lie Phe Ala Gin Lys Met Met iie Glu Lys Cys lie Arg Ala Arg Lys Val Val lie Thr Aia " f hr Gin Met Leu Asp Ser Met He Lvs As ⁇ Pro Arg Pro Thr Arg Aia Giu Ala Glv Asp Vai Aia As ⁇ Aia lie Leu Asp Giy Thr Asp Aia Vai Met Leu Ser Giy Giu Ser Aia Lvs Giy Lys Tyr Pro Leu Giu Aia Vai Ser iie Met Aid Thr iie Cys Giu Arg Thr Asp Arg Vai Met Asn Ser Arg Leu Giu Phe Asn As ⁇ Asp Asn Arg Lys Leu Arg iie Thr Glu Ala Va!
  • Figure 1 shows activity of adenylate kinase (AK) enzymes after treatment at 7O 0 C (A), 80'C (B) and 90 ⁇ C (C);
  • AK adenylate kinase
  • Figure 2 shows the stability of a range of AK enzymes recombinantly expressed in E.coli.
  • Genes encoding AK enzymes were cloned and expressed as described in Example 3. All genes were expressed from the vector pET28a except for S.acidocaldarius clone I which was expressed from pET3a as described previously. Expression levels were similar for each clone but a proportion of the Pyrococcus furios ⁇ s (P. fu) enzyme was in the insoluble fraction and this is likely to have reduced the amount of this enzyme being assayed.
  • P. fu Pyrococcus furios ⁇ s
  • the stability of the recombinant enzymes was measured following incubation at 80°C for 30 minutes in a crude E.coli lysate at 10- fold serial dilutions from 1 mg/ml total cellular protein (such that column 12 is equivalent to 1 fg/ml total protein).
  • Enzymes from Thermotoga ma ⁇ tima and Archaeoglobus fulgidus showed significantly greater stability than the other enzymes tested, although the remaining enzymes (Sulfolobus solfataricus (S. so P2), Aeropyrum pernix and P. fu) showed similar activity to the S.acidocaldarius enzyme used as the basis of previous assays (data labelled as S. ac I);
  • Figures 3A & 3B show the relative levels of non-reporter adenylate kinase activity (Fig 3A) and ATP (Fig 3B) in a variety of samples relevant to clinical diagnosis.
  • Samples from healthy donors were assessed for the levels of ATP generated by non-reporter adenylate kinase (after addition of ADP as substrate; Figure 3A) or present naturally in the sample ( Figure 3B).
  • This information can be used to assist in deciding which background reduction steps need to be included in assays for particular samples, although this information does not preclude their use in any assay type, particularly where infections can influence the background levels of either ATP or reporter kinase.
  • Samples are whole blood and sera from sheep, mouse brain homogenate (MBH; representative of tissue biopsy samples), cows' milk, and two saliva samples (1 and 2) collected using either a citric acid fca”) method or swab device (V).
  • MH mouse brain homogenate
  • V saliva samples
  • Figures 4A & 4B show the differential inhibition of reporter kinase and non-reporter (endogenous) tissue kinase using Ap5a (Diadenosine pentaphosphate pentasodium salt) ( Figure 4A) and the effect of Ap5a on luciferase ( Figure 4B).
  • the reporter adenylate kinases from S. acidocaldarius or T. maritima were purified as described previously.
  • Rabbit myokinase (muscle adenylate kinase) was obtained from Sigma. 100 ng of each enzyme was incubated with the inhibitor at the concentrations shown in reaction buffer (15 mM MgAc.
  • Figure 5 shows the configuration of a lateral flow device for detection of an analyte in a sample
  • Figure 6 shows the configuration of a filtration device for the detection of an analyte in a sample
  • Figures 7A and 7B show the effects of further inhibitors on the background activity derived from mammalian tissues or samples and/ or background from other sources (e.g. yeast contamination). Experiments were carried out essentially as described for Figure 4. No adverse effect on the activity of luciferase was observed for any of the inhibitors examined (results not shown).
  • Yeast adenylate kinase was obtained from Sigma.
  • Figure 7B comparison of Ap5A and Ap6A for inhibition of contaminating background adenylate kinase from either mammalian cells (MAK) or yeast (YAK).
  • AP4A (not shown) and Ap6A gives similar profiles to Ap5A for differentiating between an example of a monomeric (bacterial) reporter adenylate kinases (from Thetmotoga maritima) and an example of a tnmeric (archaeal) adenylate kinase from S ⁇ lfolob ⁇ s acidocaldarius when either is compared to a representative example of non-reporter mammalian tissue adenylate kinase (Figure 7A).
  • a ⁇ 4A (not shown) and Ap ⁇ A do not allow for an assay to distinguish between the bacterial and Archael enzymes and an enzyme of fungal origin (represented here by the AK from Saccharomyces oerevisiae) ( Figure 7B)
  • ApSA can still be used to distinguish the reporter adenylate kinases from the yeast enzyme
  • the adenylate kinases were isolated from the biomass by affinity chromatography using selective absorption and desorption from Cibacron Blue 3A (Blue Sepharose). The samples eluted from the columns were diluted 1:10 000 and then 1OuI of each added to a microlitre well. 2.5 ⁇ l of apyrase was added to each well to destroy the ATP present from the elution buffer, and incubated at 37°C for 30 minutes. The apyrase was inactivated by heat treatment at 65°C for 20 minutes.
  • AOP substrate was added and incubated at either 70 (panel A). 80 (panel B) or 90°C (panel C) for 30 minutes and cooled to 25°C before the addition of 10 ⁇ l of D-luciferin- luciferase reagent.
  • the ATP produced was measured as RLU on a plate luminometer.
  • Clones expressing representative AKs were secured and recombinant AKs from the archaeon Sulfolobus acidocaldarius and the bacterium. Bacillus stearothermophilus produced. The plasmids were transformed into E.coli and the cell extracts shown to contain protein bands on electrophoresis corresponding to the expected molecular masses of the AKs. AK activity was measured after incubation at the appropriate temperature (80 ⁇ C for the Sulfolobus acidocaldarius AK and 60°C for the Bacillus stearothermophilus AK).
  • Primers were designed for PCR amplification of the AK genes from the organisms identified during the screening of candidate native enzymes.
  • the microorganisms were grown using individually defined growth conditions and genomic DNA isolated and used as templates for PCR amplification of the adenylate kinase genes from each organism.
  • PCR amplified adenylate kinase genes from the organisms, Thermotoga maritime, Aeropyrum pernix, Sulfolob ⁇ s acidocaldarius and Sulfolobus solfataricus were sub-cloned into the vector, pET28a and transformed into a codon enhanced E.coli strain expressing rare tRNAs (Zdanovsky et al, 2000). This E.coli strain is suitable for enhancing expression levels of AT-rich genes.
  • AK activity of the crude extract was determined both before and after heat treatment at 80 0 C for 30 minutes followed by 10-fold serial dilution.
  • AKs are those from T.maritima. A.fulgidus and S.solfatahcus. Such enzymes are likely to provide a greater dynamic range for the bioluminescent assay, if required, to provide still further sensitivity.
  • Site-directed mutants were constructed in the AK gene from P.fuhosus, P.horikoshii and S.acidocaldarius as shown in Examples 6-8 and SEQ IDs 17-19 respectively, using standard methods known to those familiar with the art.
  • Example 6 Adenylate kinases from Pyrococcus furiosus genetically engineered to provide improved stability (SEQ IP NO. 17) MPFWIITGI PGVGKSTITR LALQRTKAKF RLINFGDLMF EEAVKAGLVK HRDEMRKLPL (K
  • modification of the alanine at position 157 to another small hydrophobic residue (such as I, L) or larger hydrophobic residue (such as F) increases the stability of the recombinant protein.
  • modification of amino acid 157 to a polar residue such as the T (as observed at the equivalent position in AdkA of P.horikoshii), S Y. D, E, K, R results in a decrease in stability.
  • Example 7 Adenylate kinases from Pyrococcus horikoshii genetically engineered to provide improved stability (SEQ ID NO. 18)
  • Example 8 Adenylate kinase from Sulfolobus acidocaldarius genetically engineered to provide improved stability (SEQ ID NO. 19)
  • the modification of the underlined residues shown can increase the stability of the enzyme.
  • acetate and pyruvate kinases SEQ ID No. 20 - Acetate kinase from Thermatoga maritime SEQ ID No. 21 - Pyruvate kinase from Pyrococcus horikoshii SEQ ID No. 22 - Pyruvate kinase from Sulfolobus solfatahcus SEQ ID No. 23 - Pyruvate kinase from Thermotoga maritime SEQ ID No. 24 - Pyruvate kinase from Pyrococcus furiosus
  • Antibodies are raised against Hepatitis C surface antigens derived from either structural proteins (e.g. E1 and E2) or non-structural proteins (e.g. NS2, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A, NS5B) using standard methods.
  • the proteins are expressed as either recombinant proteins in E.coli, or synthesized as short immunogenic peptides.
  • Short peptides are conjugated to a suitable carrier, such as HLA, and injected intramuscularly into rabbits or guinea pigs at concentrations of approximately 100 ⁇ g/ml. Freund's complete adjuvant is used for the first stage of immunization, with incomplete adjuvant used subsequently.
  • Polyclonal serum is collected after three monthly challenges over a time-course of 3 months.
  • IgG is purified from the blood and conjugated to Tma tAK using standard coupling chemistry.
  • the antibody is derivatised using SPDP (Pierce Chemical company) at a molar ratio of 3 SPDP to 1 Tma tAK.
  • SPDP Pulmon Chemical company
  • the free sulfhydryl in the Tma is released by limited treatment with DTT and the protein reacts with the derivitised antibody.
  • the antibody-tAK conjugate is then separated using gel filtration chromatography.
  • An oral crevicular fluid sample is collected using a suitable swab device.
  • the device is heated for 1 minute at 9O 0 C in a dry oven and then mixed with 1 ml of solution containing the anti-HCV polyclonal antibody-tAK conjugate.
  • the swab is then rinsed in cold water to remove any unbound conjugate and inserted into a reagent tube containing a reagent mix comprising Mg-ADP, luciferin and luciferase.
  • the swab is incubated for 2 minutes and then the entire reagent tube is inserted into a hand-held hygiene monitor and the read-out measured immediately.
  • Example 11 Detection of immune status in a sample of serum or whole blood e.g. following immunisation with measles vaccine or at an early stage following exposure to infectious measles virus
  • a fragment of the measles glycoprotein, other measles virus surface components or heat inactivated measles virus is used to coat a solid support, such as a dipstick.
  • a solid support such as a dipstick.
  • a sample of whole blood, diluted 1.2 with PBS including up to 2M urea to inactivate any non-reporter kinase is applied to the dipstick and antibodies against the measles components are allowed to bind (binding step 1; 5 minutes at 30 0 C). Apyrase is added to the blood sample to inactivate any ATP during this phase.
  • the dipstick After brief rinsing with phosphate buffered saline (PBS; pH7.4), the dipstick is immersed in a solution containing anti-human IgG conjugated to tAK and incubated (binding step 2: 5 minutes at 3O 0 C). Again the dipstick is rinsed briefly and then placed within a reagent tube. Luciferin/ luciferase and ADP were added simultaneously and the reaction measured using a hand held luminometer after 5 minutes.
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • Example 12 Sample preparation for detection of norovirus in stool samples
  • Norovirus is routinely measured in diarrheal samples (i.e. stool sample) for the purposes of clinical diagnosis.
  • This buffer includes one or more of the following components:
  • apyrase may also be added to the sample destroy any ATP that may be present.
  • the same types of additive can also be used as sample processing components for the detection of norovirus in vomitus, a sample which would be useful to test for norovirus but which has not, to date, been suitable for analysis.
  • Example 13 Lateral flow assay for the detection of norovirus and/or C-difficile toxin in a stool sample
  • a reporter kinase conjugate is prepared by conjugating the adenylate kinase from P.abyssi to norovirus VP1 protein or fragments thereof (e.g. the P-domain (located between amino acids 362 and 703). the P2 domain (amino acids 414-589), or sub- fragments of the P1 domain (aa 362-413 or 590-703).
  • the positions within the norovirus correspond to the numbering as described in Chen R, Neill JD, Estes MK, Prasad BV.
  • X-ray structure of a native calicivirus structural insights into antigenic diversity and host specificity. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. (2006) 103 p8048-53.
  • a lateral flow device is prepared essentially as shown in Figure 5.
  • the sample-receiving zone is coated with an anti-norovirus antibody or antibodies (to provide detection of the antigenically diverse range of clinical isolates).
  • the reporter kinase conjugate (described above) is then bound to the sample-receiving zone via the antibodies.
  • the clinical stool sample is processed as outlined in Example 12 above and applied to the sample-receiving zone of the device.
  • the reporter kinase conjugate In the presence of norovirus, the reporter kinase conjugate is displaced and migrates to the detection zone, via the background- reduction zone.
  • the background-reduction zone comprises an anion exchange membrane which retains any ATP contained within the original sample.
  • a buffer at neutral pH such as PBS
  • the ATP is retained on the anion exchange membrane whilst the reporter kinase conjugate passes through as it remain below the isoelectric point and is therefore cationic.
  • Non-reporter kinase has previously been removed in the sample preparation phase (see Example 12).
  • the lateral flow device is then snapped in two and the detection zone is then placed into a reagent tube containing ADP, luciferin and luciferase.
  • the presence of norovirus in the original sample is determined by measurement of light output with an assay time of 2-5 minutes.
  • a lateral flow device may be provided to detect the presence of C. difficile toxin A or toxin B in a sample.
  • Antibodies to these targets are well described in the literature and can be conjugated to reporter adenylate kinase(s) as described above.
  • the stool sample is processed as in example 12 and the lateral flow assay carried out as described.
  • a device may be provided to detect the presence of either C. difficile toxin(s) or norovirus in a sample, enabling differential diagnosis of clinical samples to be carried out.
  • the sample is processed as described in example 12 and mixed with diagnostic reagents for both norovirus and C. difficile toxin(s) in the same reaction.
  • the sample may be run on two separate lateral flow devices set up to capture only one of the two targets or preferentially on a single device with two capture windows. These two devices or two windows are then assayed separately to determine the presence of one or more of the target species.
  • Example 14 Detection of legionella in a water sample
  • the assay is carried out using a device as set out in Figure 6.
  • a water sample from a cooling tower is sampled at the point of routine maintenance.
  • 50ml of water is added to a syringe which already contains latex beads coated with anti-tegionella antibody (antibody A; or fragment thereof) and the reporter kinase from A. fulgidus chemically conjugated to a second anti-legionella antibody (antibody B).
  • antibody A and B may be the same antibody provided there are multiple binding sites on the surface of legionella. Preferably they are different antibodies recognising different epitopes of the legionella. If legionella is present in the water sample, it becomes bound to the latex bead via antibody A.
  • the reporter kinase is bound to the latex bead via the interaction of antibody B with the already-bound legionella.
  • the syringe is shaken continuously for 5 minutes either by hand or optionally within a suitable automated shaker.
  • the syringe is applied to a filtration device which contains a filter designed to allow the free passage of the water, non-reporter kinase, ATP, uncomplexed reporter kinase conjugate, and any uncomplexed microorganisms, but which will retain anything bound to the latex bead. Thus, any reporter kinase bound to the latex bead will be retained on the filter.
  • the filter is removed from the filter housing and transferred into a reagent tube.
  • the presence of legionella is assessed by the addition of ADP, luciferin and luciferase and the measurement of light output using a portable luminometer.
  • a swab device is used to collect a vaginal sample from the test individual.
  • the swab is placed in a reagent tube that contains 1M urea to assist in disrupting the tissue and 2 ⁇ M Apc5A final concentration which blocks the activity of any non-reporter kinase.
  • the presence of Ap5A does not have a detrimental effect on the activity of the luciferase (see Figure 4B), hence even if it is present in the final reaction mixture it does not adversely affect the limits of detection.
  • a reporter kinase conjugate is prepared by conjugating the adenylate kinase from S. solfata ⁇ c ⁇ s to a Chlamydia antigen.
  • a suitable Chlamydia antigen is the major outer membrane protein (MoMP) which is present in high copies on the surface of Chlamydia.
  • MoMP major outer membrane protein
  • a series of polymorphic membrane proteins have also been described and may represent suitable target antigens for specific and sensitive detection. Antibodies can be generated to this protein, or peptides derived from it according to conventional protocols.
  • a lateral flow device is prepared as set out in Figure 5.
  • the sample-receiving zone of the device is coated with an antibody to a Chlamydia antigen.
  • the reporter kinase conjugate is then applied onto the sample-receiving zone of the device, and becomes attached thereto via the interaction between the antigen of the conjugate and the coated antibody.
  • a small volume of the sample is then spotted onto the sample-receiving zone of the device. Any chlamydia antigen present in the sample displaces the reporter kinase conjugate from the sample-receiving zone and allows flow of the reporter kinase conjugate to the detection zone where it can be measured.
  • the device is then placed in a reagent tube, and with ADP and luciferin/ luciferase reagents. The light output signal is measured within 5 minutes.
  • antibodies raised to the bacterial lipopolysaccharide from Chlamydia may be employed and conjugated to the reporter kinase.
  • This multivalent target may provide greater sensitivity and specificity than other targets.
  • more than one of the target antigens may be combined to amplify the signal detected.
  • a food sample suspected of containing Listeria is immobilized onto a microtitre plate by non-specifically binding sample components to the plate, treating the plate to prevent further non-specific binding thereto and washing.
  • a reporter kinase conjugate is prepared by conjugating an antibody specific to Listeria to the pyruvate kinase from S. solfataricus.
  • the reporter kinase conjugate is applied to the plate and allowed to bind, prior to further washing/recovery.
  • the plate is now heated to about 9OC for about 1 minute in a cell extraction buffer (in a thermal cycler) to denature any non-reporter AK present and release any ATP that may be trapped within the micro-organism.
  • the plate is then cooled to 37 0 C and a thermolabile ATPase such as apyrase added.
  • the plate is incubated for about 5 minutes to remove the background ATP, then the temperatures is raised to about 90 0 C to denature the thermolabile ATPase.
  • ADP and a mixture of luciferin and luciferase mixture are added simultaneously to the plate.
  • the kinase acts on the AOP to generate ATP, which subsequently reacts with the luciferin / luciferase to produce light.
  • the light output is measured using a hand-held luminometer and is directly proportional to the concentration of the microorganism present.
  • a solid phase is prepared by coating magnetic beads with a first anti-salmonella polyclonal antibody raised in Guinea pig.
  • a reporter kinase conjugate is prepared by conjugating the adenylate kinase from T. maritime to a second anti-salmonella polyclonal antibody raised in Guinea pig.
  • the food sample to be tested is dispersed in a buffer containing 1M urea plus 2 ⁇ M Ap5A and mixed for 5 minutes, in the presence of the magnetic beads and the reporter kinase conjugate. This mixing can be carried out at either room temperature or an elevated temperature. If Salmonella is present in the food sample, it will bind to the first anti- salmonella antibody on the magnetic bead. In turn, the reporter kinase conjugate will bind to the magnetic bead via the interaction between the second anti-salmonella antibody and the already-bound salmonella.
  • the magnetic beads are then collected by attraction to a strong magnet and washed with a neutral buffer.
  • the magnet with beads attached is transferred to a reagent tube and ADP, luciferin and luciferase are added simultaneously.
  • the light output signal is read in a luminometer, preferably hand-held, within 5 minutes.
  • Example 18 Validation of processes for sterilising bulk liquids Preparation of Indicator 1
  • a first indicator is prepared by covalently attaching 0.1mg of pyruvate kinase from Sulfolobus solfataricus to a polystyrene strip.
  • a second indicator is prepared by attaching 0.1 mg of the adenylate kinase from A.fulgidus to the inner face of a semi-permeable membrane such as a dialysis tube.
  • the A.fulgidus kinase contains a naturally occurring reactive cysteine residue (i.e. not disulfide-bonded within the native enzyme), which can be reacted with BMPH (Pierce).
  • BMPH Pieris
  • This generates a group capable of reacting with oxidised carbohydrates, as generated, for example, by the treatment of Visking tubing with a suitable oxidising agent.
  • the enzyme is reacted with the oxidised membrane surface to generate a covalently linked indicator.
  • the indicator is then attached within the bulk liquid and the sterilisation process (such as autoclaving, the passage of oxidative gases or other chemical sterilisation) is carried out.
  • the sterilisation process such as autoclaving, the passage of oxidative gases or other chemical sterilisation
  • the indicator is removed from the bulk liquid on completion of the process, and the residual activity of the kinase is measured.
  • the indicators are first incubated in the presence of apyrase, at a concentration of 10 ⁇ g/ml for 2 minutes.
  • the apyrase can be inactivated by addition of ApSA at a concentration of 5 ⁇ M.
  • the two indicators can then be read independently by addition of a combined reagent containing ADP, luciferin and luciferase. The measurement is made within 5 minutes using a hand held luminometer, such as a hygiene monitor.
  • any non-reporter kinase that might be present is destroyed by the treatment conditions and as such specific kinase-reduction steps are not required.
  • the residual activity is then compared to a defined threshold value.
  • a first indicator is prepared by cross-linking a adenylate kinase from S.solfataricus onto a flexible polystyrene wand using a method based on disulfide bond formation.
  • the adenylate kinase is derivitised with a heterobifunctional agent such as Suifosuccinimidyi 8-(3'-[2-pyr ⁇ dy!d ⁇ th ⁇ o]- propionamido)hexanoate (SPDP, Pierce chemical company. UK) at a ratio of between 1-3 SPDP.
  • the de ⁇ vatised kinase is then reduced by reaction with a reducing agent such as ditbiothreitol (DTT), or 2- mercaptoethanesulfonic ac.i ⁇ (MESNA), the reducing agent removed by dialysis, and the kinase reacted with a rnaleimide-de ⁇ vatised polystyrene surface.
  • a reducing agent such as ditbiothreitol (DTT), or 2- mercaptoethanesulfonic ac.i ⁇ (MESNA)
  • DTT ditbiothreitol
  • MESNA 2- mercaptoethanesulfonic ac.i ⁇
  • 0.1 mg of kinase is present on the indicator
  • a second indicator is prepared by the non-specific adherence of an adenylate kinase from S.a ⁇ docaldatius onto a higb-protem binding polystyrene strip
  • the kinase is prepared at a concentration of 0 5-2 mg/ml in a bicarbonate buffer (pH 9 6), optionally containing the stabilising agent sorbitol at between 0.1 and 2% w/v.
  • the kinase in binding buffer is then incubated with the high protein-binding polystyrene strip for a period of 1 -2 hours at 22°C (or 4°C overnight)
  • the residual kinase is removed by washing in a phosphate buffered saline. Typically 0 I mg of kinase is present on the indicator.
  • the washer is loaded with the items to be washed, and the indicator is fixed within a suitable holder on the inside of a washer (to facilitate its recovery).
  • the wash cycle is then performed At completion of the cycle, the indicator is removed and the residual activity of the kinase is assessed.
  • the washing process removes and/or inactivates both any non-reporter kinase and any residual ATP. hence neither interfere with the assay
  • the presence of the reporter kinase is determined by the addition of ADP, followed within 1 minute by the addition of l ⁇ cife ⁇ n and luciferase
  • tAK fusions for cross-linking to fibrin
  • a transglutaminase substrate sequence (MNQEQVSPLGG - SEQ ID No: 33) is added on to the N-terminus, the C-terminus, or both N- and C-termini. of the adenylate kinase from S. ackJocaldarius encoded by a codon optimised gene clone.
  • This construct is transferred as an Ndel - Sail fragment into an in-house expression vector (pMTL 1015; as described in WO 2005/123764).
  • the expression construct is confirmed by DNA sequencing and transferred into expressions hosts BL21 or RV308 for subsequent expression.
  • Thermatoga maritima (SEQ ID 29) is fused to the transglutaminase sequence in the three orientations identified above.
  • the cloning and preparation of the expression system is also as described above.
  • the fusion constructs can also be expressed in other expression vector-host combinations with the addition of affinity tags for subsequent purification. Particularly useful in this context are expression vectors which add 6-histidine tags on either the N- or C-terminus of the fusion proteins, modifications which aid purification and detection but do not interfere with the intrinsic properties of the fusion proteins. Vectors for this type of modification include pET series vectors (Novagen / Merck) and pQE series vectors (Qiagen).
  • the expression strains are grown initially in 8-litre fermenters essentially under static culture conditions.
  • the strains are prepared as seed stocks and subsequently diluted into the 8-litres of growth media (modified terrific broth containing additional glucose).
  • the cultures are grown under standard fermentation conditions until the cultures reached an optical density (OD at 600nm) demonstrating that they are entering stationary conditions (typically at around an OD ⁇ 5).
  • the fermenters are then held under minimally aerated conditions for up to 12 hours prior to harvesting of material by continual centrifugation.
  • the harvested material is then purified according to the following protocol.
  • offer A 20mM Tr ⁇ s-HCl. 9QOmM NaCl pH 7 5 lash Buffer: 2QmM Tns-HCI; 20OmM NaCL pH 7 5
  • additional psotesn purification methods are applied to yield a higher purity pioduct ion e xchange chromatogiaphy on either SP-Sepharose Fast Flow or Q- Sephai ose Fast Fiovv resins is particularly effective
  • the samples are then analysed using a standard assay format to identify fractions containing peak adenylate kinase activity. This is confirmed by SDS-PAGE analysis using standard techniques in brief the assay method is earned out using the following protocol.
  • fractions with peak kinase activity are then dialysed extensively against phosphate buffered saline (PBS pH 7.4) and stored until required
  • a fusion can be prepared between tAK and the fui! length fibrinogen molecule to provide further means to incorporate the enzymatic activity within the fibrin film
  • the tAK-fib ⁇ n fusion is diluted to around 200 ⁇ g-'m! in either PBS or bicarbonate buffer (pH 9.6) and applied to a solid support of 316L grade stainless steel plastic glass os te xtiles
  • the protein is allowed to adhere to the surface for up to 2 hours at room ternperatuse or overnight at 4°C
  • additional carrier molecules are added at this stage, e.g. sucrose at concentrations up to 1% w/v, albumin at up 1 mg/ml, pig mucin at up to 0.5% w/v.
  • the addition of such carriers may be particularly important for certain types of indicator but the presence of the carrier should not interfere with subsequent interaction and cross* linking to the fibrin film applied in the next stage.
  • a solution containing fibrinogen is added to effect the cross-linking of the indicator to the fibrin-containing test soil (biological matrix).
  • a solution containing up to 3 mg/ml fibrinogen (containing Factor XIII), 2.5 mM CaCl 2 . and thrombin (up to 5 NIH units per ml) is mixed freshly and added to the coated surface of the solid support.
  • the reaction is allowed to proceed at room temperature for up to 30 minutes, depending on the level of cross-linking required.
  • albumin up to 80 mg/ml
  • haemoglobin up to 80 mg/ml
  • the tAK-fibrin peptide fusion is added to the fibrin-containing test soil solution (biological matrix) prior its addition to the solid support surface.
  • Cross-linking of the fibrin peptide to the matrix can be increased by adding more Factor XIII and/or extending the duration of the reaction.
  • Cross-linking can also be enhanced by the use of the tAK fusion protein with fibrin peptides added to both ends of the molecule.
  • a ftbrinogen- tAK fusion could be added directly to this solution to provide further cross linkage of the indicator.
  • tAK Covalent chemical cross-linking of tAK to fibrin or fibrinogen.
  • tAK may be chemically joined to fibrin, fibrin peptides or fibrinogen by a wide range of methods familiar to those working in the field.
  • purified protein preparations for fibrinogen or fibrin are obtained from commercial sources (e.g. Sigma).
  • the tAK from S.acidocalda ⁇ us is prepared as described above.
  • the tAK is derivatised using the amide reactive reagent SPDP (SPDP (N -Succinimidyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio)-propion3te; Pierce chemical company) according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • SPDP amide reactive reagent
  • the fibrin or fibrinogen is also derivatised using the same protocol.
  • the derivatised tAK is reduced by reaction with mercaptoethanol to yield a reactive sulfhydryl group. This is then mixed with the SPDP-derivatised fibrin causing the formation of covalent bonds between the two molecules.
  • concentrations of the reaction partners should be determined empirically following the guidelines within the manufacturer's instructions for SPDP.
  • the chemically linked tAK-fibrin or fibrinogen can be used interchangeably or in addition to the fusion protein.
  • an indicator is prepared as described above.
  • the solid support is a rectangular stainless steel strip 55mm x 5mm x 0.75mm, which may be coated on one or both surfaces.
  • One or preferably several indicator strips are positioned within the chamber of the washer disinfector. Optimally these may be positioned in sites which may be the most difficult to clean, providing the highest degree of certainty that the wash process has been effective. Alternatively they may be positioned to monitor the function of multiple spray arms (i.e. where these may be independent of each other).
  • the indicator strips are clipped to the shelves or other substructure of the washer-disinfector chamber to ensure that they do not move during the wash treatment.
  • the orientation of the surrogate devices can be modified to provide further information about the efficacy of the wash process, for example by positioning them so that the coated surface are at right angles to the direction of water spray.
  • the instrument load is added and the standard run cycle performed.
  • the devices are removed from the chamber and the presence of residual tAK-fusion assessed, as outlined below, prior to the removal of the instruments and any subsequent processing.
  • devices can be removed during the wash process either by interrupting the process at carefully defined points or by using a machine that provides a method of withdrawing the indicator during the run.
  • the indicator device for monitoring an endoscope reprocessing system is essentially similar to that outlined above.
  • a similar size indicator surface representative of either the stainless steel components within an endoscope, the PTFE tubing or other relevant materials is placed within a tubular chamber. This is attached, via suitable screw, push or bayonet fittings to either the front end of the endoscope or, more preferably the end which makes contact with patient tissues.
  • This is placed within the endoscope reprocessing unit and the ends of the endoscope tubing and indicator device are coupled to the ports in the unit. The process is run as standard and the indicator device removed at the end of the run for analysis, prior to onward processing or the return of the endoscope to use.
  • the indicator device is removed at the end of the test process.
  • the indicator strip is then placed into a reagent tube with AOP, luciferin and luciferase, added simultaneously, with signal being read-out on a hand-held luminometer with 2 minutes.
  • Clones containing the N-terminal domain of Sup35 from Saccharomyces cerevisae fused to either the N- or C-terminus, or both termini, of adenylate kinases from either S.acidocaldarius or T.maritima are generated by standard DNA manipulation techniques. All clones are transferred as Ndel - Sail fragments into the pMTL1015 expression vector and their sequences verified. The expression constructs are used to transform BL21 or RV308 expression strains and the material grown in large scale fermentation conditions, but with minimal aeration.
  • tAK-Sup35 fusion Expression and purification of a tAK-Sup35 fusion is essentially the same as for the fibrin-peptide fusions described in Example 20, except that the use of the thermal denaturation step (Step 4) is not part of the purification protocol.
  • cell paste from the fermenter is resuspended in buffer A, and lysed by sonication. The cell debris is removed (no heat treatment is typically used for these type of fusions) and the supernatant used for column purification as outlined in Example 20.
  • the fusion proteins may be insoluble, being apparent as inclusion bodies within the ceils in this case the cell pellets are prepared and lysed in the same way but the resulting insoluble fraction, containing the inclusion bodies, is collected by centrifugation.
  • the urea-solubilised material is diaiysed against up to 5 x 10 volumes of PBS to remove the urea and aiiow the fusion proteins to refold
  • the urea may be removed more rapidly by spraying the urea-solubdised preparation through a fine gauge needle into 100 volumes of rapidly stirred PBS or buffer A as used for purification. The material is allowed to stand at room temperature with stirring for up to 30 minutes pnor to subsequent processing
  • the Sup35-tAK fusions when assembled into fibrils are more representative of amyloid psoteins such as prions which are key molecules against which to assess the efficacy of decontamination ⁇ ocesses
  • the amyloid form of the Sup35-tAK fusions is generated by either refolding of the purified soluble protein or by modifying the conditions used for dialysis of the urea- resolubihsed inclusion body preparations
  • a conformational change is induced by e xposure of the fusion proteins to conditions around pH4 (e g by dialysis into a suitably buffeied solution at pH 7 4 optionally containing up to 1 M NaCl)
  • the resolubilised fusion proteins in 8M urea / PBS are dialysed for 8-12 hours at room temperature against 2M urea. 30OmM NaCI, in PBS ⁇ pH 7.4).
  • the fibrilisation can be induced by dialysis against 2OmM Tris pH ⁇ .O 1OmM EOTA under similar incubation conditions.
  • the fusion proteins may be incorporated into fibrils containing normal Sup35. This is achieved by mixing the fusions with unfused Sup35 expressed in the same way, at ratios between 1 :1 to 1:10 fusion:Sup35.
  • Deposition of the fibrils onto a solid support is effected by simple protein adsorption in a suitable buffer (e.g. PBS pH 7.4 Bicarbonate buffer pH 9.6) in the presence of high levels of NaCI.
  • a suitable buffer e.g. PBS pH 7.4 Bicarbonate buffer pH 9.6
  • charged or precoated surfaces e.g. plastics coated with PoIy- L-lysine
  • the fibrils may be deposited in a suitable carrier, such as sucrose (to 1%), pig mucin (up to 0.5%), or albumin (up to 1mg/ml).
  • test soil biological matrix
  • amyloid preparation adhered onto the surface as described above.
  • Suitable biological matrices in which the amyloid indicator is embedded include e.g. 0.5 % mucin, with or without albumin, a commercial test soil (such as that manufactured by Browne's) or any one of the test soils identified in guidance documents issues by national and international standards committees (e.g. Edinburgh soil as detailed in HTM 01/01 (UK).
  • amyloid-tAK fusion Given the ability of amyloids to self-assemble in complex matrices it is possible for the amyloid-tAK fusion to be mixed with soil components prior to fibril formation and subsequent deposit onto surfaces. This provides further options for indicators in which the amyloid fibrils may be mixed and inter-chelated with other soil components providing a different type of matrix that may be harder to remove from surfaces. Use of tAKSup35 indicator for assessing prion removal from surfaces sn a washing process
  • An indicator as desc ⁇ bed above is prepared as fibrils and dried down onto a sleei surface in the presence of 0 5% mucin
  • the indicator is placed within the chamber of a washer disinfector at pre-deterrnined locations
  • the instrument load is added
  • the process is started as per the manufacturer ' s instructions and any process records completed. Al the end of the process and before any instruments are taken from the machine the indicator devices afe removed and assessed as described in Example 20
  • tAK-Sup35 indicator for assessing prion inactivation in a protease-based process lndicators as described above are prepared as fib ⁇ ls with a high ratio of free 5up35"Sup35-tAK (in excess of 5.1 ) and deposited onto solid support st ⁇ ps in the pi esence of Edinburgh soil
  • the indicator devices ase inserted into a pre-soak bath containing freshly made Prionzyme 1*" (Genencor International) p ⁇ on inactivation treatment (at 60°C.
  • An indicator as described above is prepared as fibrils using only Sup35-tAK. and deposited onto a stainless steel surface (optionally m the presence of 0 1 % w/v sucrose)
  • the indicator is attached to the inside of the Nd of a Genesis M container in which the instruments are prepared for processing and the lid closed
  • the container is inserted into the load chamber of a suitable processor for oxidative challenge (e g the 125L ozone steriliser. TSO: or a vapour phase hydrogen peroxide technology such as that desc ⁇ bed in published papers by Fichet et a! 2004.
  • a blood sample was removed and dispersed in a buffer containing 1 M urea plus 5 ⁇ M Ap4A.
  • the sample was assayed by addition of ADP and luciferin / luciferase reagent, incubated for 2 minutes and the light output measured in a hand-held luminometer. The signal generated is directly proportional to the amount of B. pseudomallei within the blood sample.
  • a suitable isolate of B. pseudomallei was incubated with a permissive cell culture model capable of supporting growth of the bacteria within the cell. The culture was grown for an appropriate length of time to establish the infection.
  • antibodies raised in a patient immunised with a prototype B. pseudomallei vaccine are mixed with the organisms prior to addition to the permissive cell culture. After an incubation period sufficient to allow uptake of non-neutralised rmcrorganisms. the cells are washed and inoubated for a period of time sufficient to eslabhsh the infection CeHs are then washed and 1/sed as described above, again m the presence of inhibitor The signal measured by simultaneous addition of ADP. lucife ⁇ n and luciferase is proportional to the number of non-neutralised microorganisms giving a measure of the effectiveness of the vaccine and/or the immune response generated in a vaccinated individual Such methods are suitable for high-throughput screening
  • infected cell cultures afe set up as described above. After the infection is established, antibiotics are used to treat the infected culture, with the express aim of killing the bacteria within the host cells After the antibiotics have been applied, the cultures are incubated for sufficient time for the antibiotic to have its effect The cells rise lysed in the technologicalnce of inhibitor as desci ibed above and the number of viable cells quantified by measurement of the reporter Mnase, by addition of ADP lucife ⁇ n and luciferase

Landscapes

  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Apparatus Associated With Microorganisms And Enzymes (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)

Abstract

An assay is provided for detecting the activity of a reporter kinase comprising (i) adding said reporter kinase to an assay mixture wherein said reporter kinase is contacted with bioluminescent reagent no more than minutes after being contacted with ADP, and wherein, prior to contacting the reporter kinase with ADP, the assay mixture is substantially free from kinase other than reporter kinase; and (ii) detecting light output from the assay mixture. Methods for detecting the presence of an analyte in a sample and methods for validating a treatment process using the above assay are also provided. Further provided are devices for conducting these assays and methods.

Description

RAPID BIOLUMINESCENCE DETECTION SYSTEM
The invention relates to the field of rapid bioluminescence detection systems, in particular to rapid and very sensitive bioluminescence detection systems for detecting the activity of reporter kinases. Bioluminescent assays, devices, and kits for detecting the activity of reporter kinases are also provided.
The use of kinases as reporter enzymes has been described in the art. By way of example, the present inventors have described the use of reporter kinases in diagnostic systems for detecting the presence of an analyte in a sample (see WO00/46357), and also in systems for validating the effectiveness of decontamination processes (see WO2005/093085). The activity of these reporter kinases is typically detected using an ATP bioluminescence system (e.g. luciferin-luciferase), which generates a light output signal. The light output generated is measured using a luminometer, and these measurements are then correlated with the amount of kinase activity.
A potential problem associated with reporter kinase systems is the length of time required to obtain the output signal. To date, the typical time required to obtain an output signal ranges from 30 minutes to several hours. There is thus a need in the art for a quicker and/ or simplified reporter system.
One or more of the above-mentioned problems is solved by the present invention, which, in a first aspect, provides an assay for detecting the activity of a reporter kinase, comprising:
(i) adding said reporter kinase to an assay mixture, wherein said reporter kinase is contacted with ADP, and, no more than 5 minutes after being contacted with ADP, said reporter kinase is contacted with a bioluminescent reagent, wherein, prior to contacting the reporter kinase with ADP. the assay mixture is substantially free from non-reporter kinase (ιe kinase other than reporter kinase) and
(H) detecting light output from the assay mixture
In one embodiment of the invention, the method further composes the step of recording the light output data obtained in step (ii) on a suitable data carrier
ln another embodiment of the invention, the reporter kinase is contacted with the bioluiTiinescent reagent no more than 2 minutes, no more than 1 minute, no more than 30 seconds, or no more than 10 seoonds. after being contaoted with the ADP. ln another embodiment, the reporter kinase is contacted simultaneously with the ADP and the bioiuminescent reagent
Thus, there is no significant incubation peπod (or only a very short incubation period) between contacting the reporter kinase with the ADP and oontact with the hioiurrunescent reagent The invention can therefore be said to employ a "one-step" bioiuminescent detection process.
In contrast to the above rapid detection system conventional reporter systems typically employ a "two-step" detection process
Figure imgf000003_0001
ln the first step, the reporter kinases are exposed to a source of ADP substrate and incubated for a sufficient time to allow the generation of ATP [1] Then in a second, separate step, the lucifeπn/ luciferase reagent is added to convert the ATP generated by the reporter kinase into light [2] This "two-step bioiuminescent assay has been shown to provide aoourate Mnase detection. However its two-step" nature (ι e the addition of ADP, incubation and then separate addition of bioiuminescent reagent) has proved cumbersome and slow when detection is earned out "in the field' , and not in a laboratory setting
To date, the two reaction steps (illustrated abo-/e ) have been considered incompatible as AMP generated dυπng step [2] drives the equilibrium of step [1] over to the left-hand side, thereby favoring the re-conversion of ATP generated in step [1] into ADP. Since the light signal output of the system is dependent on the presence of ATP, this makes the detection of kinase activity more difficult Thus, to date, steps [1] and [2] have been separated either temporally (ι e by including an incubation step as desci ibed above ) or spatially (i.e. where the reactions are carried out in separate compartments)
Contrary to this dogma the present inventors have found that reaction steps [1] and [2] can in fact be performed simultaneously, without any significant advei se effect on the sensitivity of the detection of the reporter kinases The resulting 'one-step' bioiuminescent assay provides significant advantages in terms of speed and convenience and is particularly advantageous in point-of-care diagnostic tests and rapid process release indicators, i e for the detection of kinase activity in the field i athei than in the laboratory.
In addition, in order to ensure a high sensitivity and accuracy of detection the present inventors have found it advantageous to ensure that prior to the addition of any ADP, the sample containing the reporter kinase is substantially free from any non-reporter (ie contaminating) kinase activity, and/ or any endogenous ATP As will be clear from the reaction schemes above the presence of either of these contaminants can significantly adversely affect the sensitivity/ accuracy of the detection of kinase activity By way of example non-reporter kinases may convert ADP to ATP and thus generate a false (or increased) light output signal Thus it has been found advantageous to treat the sample containing the reporter kinase to remove or inactivate any non-reporter kinase and/ or any endogenous ATP.
ln one embodiment of the invention non-reporter kinase is removed and/ or inactivated using one or more of the treatment steps described below In this regard, preferred non- reporter hnases that are inactivated or removed in accordance with the present invention are mammalian fυngai and/ or plant kinases (eg a mammalian, fungal or plan! adenylate hnase ; These treatments may be used in any number (preferably one or more or at [east two, or at least three ) and/ or in any combination. ln all oases, however, the treatment leaves the reporter kinase substantially intact (eg. active in terms of kinase activity) Any one or more of the following treatment steps can be applied to any aspect of the invention
ln one embodiment non-reporter kinase is inactivated by exposure to a temperature of between 50 to 120 C for a period of between 1 and 30 minutes, for example 90 C for 10 minutes 90 C for 3 minutes. 90 C for 1 minute, 120 C for 3 minutes, or 120 C for 1 minute. The temperature and duration of the mactivation process denature non-reporter kinase whilst leaving the activity of the ieporter kinase substantially intact.
ln a further embodiment non-reporter kinase is removed/ inactivated using a chemical denaturation treatment Examples of suitable treatments include exposure to a chaotrope such as uiea (e g concentrations greater than 2 M urea) or guanidtne (e.g concentrations greater than 1 M guamdine ;, exposure to a detergent (e g greater than 0 5% SDS sai kosyl or tnton X-100) e>posuι e to a free-radical generator (e g. "> IOOOppm active chlorine derived from sodium hypochloi ite or equivalent reagents) or exposure to an oxidative treatment
in another embodiment non-reporter kinase is removed/ inactivated using an enzymatic denaturation treatment Examples of suitable enzymes include highly processive pioteases, such as e g Pπonzyme(K) Proρerase(K) proteιnase-K, and thermolysin Sn a further embodiment, non-reporter kinase is removed'1 inactivated by exposure to a selected pH (e g. below pH 4. or greater than pH 11 using buffers such as 5OmM CAPS pH 11 ) a selected salt concentration (e.g >2M ammonium sulphate) EDTA, or combinations thereof.
ln a further embodiment, non-reporter kinase is removed/ inactivated by the addition of an inhibitor, which selectively or specifically inhibits the non-reporter kinase (i.e. the inhibitor inactivates the non-reporter kinase, whilst leaving the activity of the reporter kinase substantially intact) Examples of suitable inhibitors include , staurospoπne; vanadate (eg. orthovanadate or decavanadate ); glycerophosphate. Diadenosine phosphates such as Aρ6A (Diadenosine hexaphosphate), Ap5A (Diadenosine pentaphosphate), Ap4A (Diadenosine tetraphosphate), and/ or Ap3A (Diadenosine triphosphate), vitamin C. AMP-PCP AM P-PNP; AMP-S ATP-γS and Ara-ATP. Competitive inhibitors of non-reporter kinases (eg of non-reporter adenylate kinase) are preferred (eg Dtadenosine phosphate inhibitors such as Ap4A and- or ApSA) Sn one embodiment the inhibitor selectively or specifically inhibits mammalian and fungal (eg yeast) and plant non-reporter kinases In another embodiment, the inhibitor (eg. ApSA) selectively or specifically inhibits mammalian and fungal (eg yeast) non-reporter kinases In a further embodiment, the inhibitor (eg Ap4A and/ or ApδA) selectively or specifically inhibits mammalian non-reporter kinases
Inhibitors may be determined empirically, for example for different samples or matrices For example a range of different inhibitors have been shown experimentally to provide discrimination between a reporter kinase (e g a kinase from S aadocaSdanus, T.mantima. or Chlamydia pneumunae) and a non-reporter kinase such as a mammalian tissue-derived kinase as represented by rabbit muscle adenylate kinase (Figure 4 and Figure 7) Thus, in one embodiment, the use of one or more inhibitor such as Aρ4A, ApSA and/ or ApδA substantially reduces the activity of non-reporter kinase {eg endogenous tissue-derived kinase such as adenylate kinase) - the employed inhibitor concentrations are typically in the low micromolar range and have no significant effect on a reporter kinase. By way of further example, Aρ5A discriminates reporter kinase from non-reporter kinase (eg. fungal adenylate kinase) represented here by the enzyme from Sacchammyces cerevi&iae. On this basis inhibitor selection may be based on both the nature of the reporter kinase and the background (ιe, non-reporter kinase) of the sample.
Examples of suitable reporter kinase applications of the present invention are illustrated in Table 1 (below) - also shown afe examples of contaminating non-reporter kinases typically encountered in said applications Table 1 also lists, purely by way of example, a selection of inhibitors that may be employed (eg, by addition to sample preparation buffers) in the context of the present invention.
Figure imgf000007_0001
Figure imgf000008_0001
ln another embodiment, non-reporter kinase may be separated from reporter kinase on the basis of ssze. By way of example the sample containing the reporter kinase can be run on a filtration device, which separates the non-reporter kinase and the reporter kinase on the basss of size, with the reporter kinase being retained on a suitable filter whilst the non-reporter kinase passes through (see e g Example 14. and Figure 6} This may be achieved by coupling the reporter kinase to a particle or within a vesicle which is preferentially retained by the filter ln either case the adherence of the reporter kinase to the filter does not result in the significant loss of the reporter kinase activity Suitable filter matrices include nitrocellulose, ceiluiose acetate or paper filters Filter matrices typically employ a range of pore sizes, such as from 0 2 μm to 20 μrn or larger depending on the nature of the particulate carrier employed
Physical size may aiso be used as a basss for separation of non-reporter kinase from reporter kinase using gel filtration or size exclusion chromatography In one embodiment, the reporter kinase has a lower molecular weight than the non-reporter kinase. ln another embodiment the reporter kinase has a higher molecular weight than the non-reporter kinase By way of example the reporter kinase may have a molecular weight of at least 40 to 80 kDa. whereas the non-reporter kinase may have a molecular weight of no more than 30 KDa When run through a size exclusion resin or membrane, this provides very efficient separation with the larger protein (eg the reporter kinase) running at or near the void volume of the matπx (hence running quickly) whilst the non- reporter kinase (eg endogenous kinase such as mammalian tissue kinase) interacts wilh the pores of the matrix and elutes more slowly. Suitable 'higher molecular weight' reporter kinases may be obtained from Archael sources (e g iπmeπc adenylate kinases enzymes from Arachea! sources), which are in the region of 6OkDa in size compared to the 21 -22kDa of contaminating non-reporter kinase (eg. endogenous kinase such as mammalian tissue kinase) In addition, the size differential between the reporter and non-reporter kinase may be enhanced by the addition of a protein or antibody fragment (e g a single chain antibody variable region (soFv). by either chemical conjugation or genetic fusion and recombinant expression) to the reporter kinase For example, a tπmeπc adenylate kinase fused lo a single chain antibody variable region (scFv) has a size in the order of 12OkDa (based on an scFv size of approximately 2OkDa, attached to each of the three subunits)
In a further embodiment, separation of non-reporter kinase from reporter kinase can be achieved by the use of surface charge ln one embodiment, the isoelectric point of the reporter kinase may be lower than that of the non-reporter kinase, in another embodiment, the isoelectric point of the reporter Kinase may be higher than that of the non-reporter kinase As such, the reporter kinase can be separated from the non- reporter kinases with selective binding of either the reporter kinase or the non-reporter kinase to a cation exchange matrix or anion exchange matrix at a suitable pH The isoelectric point of reporter kinase is frequently in the high basso range; e g the tAK from S -ladocaldanυs has a predicted pi of 9.03 (although the inventors have demonstrated that the actual p! is in excess of pHMQ - see Table 2). By contrast, the majority of non- reporter kinases that could interfere with the assay typically have a lower isoelectric point, e g a ρl in the region of pH7 As such, the reporter kinase can be separated from the non-reporter kinases with selective binding of the reporter kinase, by the use of either a cation exchange resin, membrane or other solid matrix at a pH of at least S, or using an anion exchange resin, membrane or other solid matπ< above pH 10 Many of the reporter kinases of the invention retain enzymatic activity in this pH range. Alternatively, non-reporter kinases can be selectively removed by binding them to suitable matrices, e.g an anion exchange matπ< up to pH9
ln another embodiment of the invention non-reporter kinase can be separated from reporter kinase using a 'hydrophobic capture" technique Reporter kinases (eg those from the Sulfolubus family, and related Sulfolobaceae families such as nαdianus. metaϋosphaeta, stygiolobus, and sυlfunsphaen) show exceptionally tight binding to a variety of surfaces, even when such surfaces are ρre-treated or ρre-coated (termed "blocked' } with other proteins or delergent-based blocking agents ln contrast, the "blocking of surfaces substantially prevents the binding of non-reporter kinases (eg. mammalian fungal and/ or plant non-reporter kinases) This difference in physical binding properties allows for an effective separation of reporter l-inase from contaminating non-reporter kinases by adherence onto a surface with the measurement of the reporter Mnase being made on that surface after capture. For example, use of a polypropylene of polycarbonate surface ) coated with either of the commonly used blocking agents bovine serum albumen (eg. BSA, 3% w/v in neutral buffer) or skimmed milk (eg. 5% w/v in neutral buffer) will completely prevent the binding of non-reporter kinases (eg endogenous kinases such as mammalian tissue kinases) but not reporter kinase ln this regard, the tnmeπc reporter kinases such as those derived from S nctdocaidanw-,, S s-r>! fit incus and related genera are particularly adherent in these circumstances
One or more of the above treatments for removing/ inactivating non-reporter kinase can be combined to achieve or enhance the desired effect This may mean that the relative concentrations of one or more of the chemical components may be reduced in the presence of second component. For example, the level of urea required to inactivate non-reporter kinase may be around 2M on its own but can be reduced to 1 M in the psesence of 0 5 % SDS, as they both exert an effect on the tasget molecules
Some of the above tr eatments may also have other beneficial effects in clarifying samples being processed and providing greater access to molecules to be detected In this regasd, a preferred application of the present invention is the detection of a microbial infection in a biological sample. Accordingly, the present application provides a sensitive and sapid point-of-care microbial assay The invention is particularly suited to the rapid detection of bacterial visa! and/ os fungal infections in biological samples, such as the microbial sources listed under 'reporter kinase' in Table 1. Additional microbial infections include those descubed sn the Examples, such as hepatitis species, measles specses, norovirus species, legionella species chlamydia species, listeria species, salmonella species, and burkholdeπa species The present invention facilitates the detection of microorganisms in stool samples (for example, by the addition of urea and SDS), both in terms of more uniform samples and in the release of the microbial antigens from clumps or aggregates Similarly, the addition of sodium hypochlorite to a stool sample may simultaneously sterilise the sample (minimising the chance of infections) and reduce the activity of the non-reporter kinase.
The precise order' timing of the steps for removing non-reporter kinase is not critical, provided that these steps are carried out before the reporter kinase comes into contact with ADP Thus, they can be carried out in the sample preparation phase, or during the assay before the reporter kinase comes into contact with ADP In one embodiment, the treatment is instead of, or in addition to, a washing step
Figure imgf000011_0001
As mentioned above, the presence of endogenous ATP may adversely affect the accuracy sensitivity of the assay of the present invention Thus in one embodiment, any ATP present prior to addition of ADP is optionally removed using one or more of the treatment steps described below These treatments mav be used in any number (preferably one or more or at least two, or at least three) and/ or in any combination In all cases, however, the treatment leaves the reporter kinase substantially intact. The treatment steps can be applied to any aspect of the invention.
In one embodiment the removal of endogenous ATP is achieved using an ATPase (e g aμyrase) The ATPase may then be removed and/ or inactivated before ihe contact with ADP, to avoid the presence of the ATPase adversely influencing the Signal obtained using the reporter kinase. By way of example, an ATPase can be used to remove ATP and then the ATPase is itself destroyed by use of elevated temperature Alternatively, the ATPase can be immobilised on a device (such as a lateral flow device or filtration device described elsewhere in this specification}, such that when ATP flows over the ATPase, the ATP is inactivated As above, this inactivation step must occur before the reporter kinase comes into contact with the ADP.
In a further embodiment, endogenous ATP can be removed by physical means. By way of example, a filtration device can be used, which separates out the ATP on the basis of size in a similar way to that described above for separation of the reporter kinase from non-reporter kinases Advantageously the removal of both the ATP and non-reporter kinase can be achieved simultaneously as they are both much smaller than the reporter kinase, either when the latter is on its own or when attached to an antibody, structure or other diagnostic reagent
In another embodiment, endogenous ATP can be removed on the basis of surface charge as described above. The negative charge of the ATP at pH 5.5 allow it to bind to an anion exchange resin, along with non-reporter kinases, but not the reporter kinase This again effectively separates the contaminating ATP and non-reporter kinase from the signal-generating reporter kinase in a single step
The precise order/ timing of the steps for removing endogenous ATP is not critical, provided that these steps are earned out before the reporter kinase comes into contact with ADP. Thus, they can be carried out in the sample preparation phase, or during the assay before the reporter kinase comes into contact with ADP. Sn one embodiment, the treatment is instead of. or sn addition to, a washing step Data of the type presented in Figure 3 are helpful when deciding on the type and/ or number of background-reduction steps (i.e. removal or inactivation of non-reporter kinase and/ or ATP) to use in the assay of a particular sample (although this information does not preclude the use of these steps in any assay type, particularly where infections can influence the background levels of either ATP or reporter kinase).
Any suitable kinase enzyme may be used as the reporter kinase in the present invention, tn one embodiment, the reporter kinase is an adenylate kinase, acetate kinase or pyruvate kinase, or a combination thereof.
The reporter kinase used in the invention may have a trimeric or monomeric structure - these tertiary structures are associated with an improved stability of the kinase to conditions such as e.g. temperature, pH, chemical denaturants. or proteases.
tn one embodiment, the reporter kinase is a non-mammalian, a non-fungal, and/ or a non-plant kinase.
tn one embodiment, the reporter kinase is a microbial kinase - suitable kinases include Pyrococcus species kinases such as Pyrococcus furiousus kinase, P. abyssi kinase, P. furiosus kinase, P. horikoshii kinase, P. woesii kinase; Sulfolobus species kinases such as Sulfolobus solfataricus kinase, S. acidocaldarius kinase, S. shibatae kinase; Rhodothermus species kinases such as Rhodothermus marinus kinase; Thermococcus species kinases such as Thermococcus litoralis kinase; Thermotoga species kinases such as Thenπatoga maritime kinase, Thermatoga neapolitana kinase; and Methanococcus species kinases such as M. ruber kinase. In another embodiment, the kinase is an Archeoglobus species kinase such as A. fulgidus kinase; an Aeropyrum species kinase such as A. pemix kinase; an Aquifex species kinase such as A. pyrophilυs kinase, an Alicyclobacillus kinase such as A. acidocaldarius kinase; a Bacillus species kinase such as B. caldotenax BT 1 kinase, a Bacillus species PS3 kinase, B. stearothermophilus 11057 kinase, β. stearothermophilus 12001 kinase, S. thermocatenυlatus kinase; a clostridial species kinase such as C. stercocorariυm kinase; a Thermoanaerobacter species kinase such as T. ethanolicus kinase, T. thermosulfurogenes kinase, T. celere kinase, T. aquaticus YT1 kinase, T. caldophilus GK24 kinase, T. thermophilυs HB8 kinase, In preferred embodiment, the kinase is a T. litoralis kinase, T. maritime kinase, or a T. neapolitana kinase.
tn one embodiment, the reporter kinase is thermostable. As well as being resistant to high temperatures, thermostable kinases are also found to be resistant to other biochemical and physical processes that routinely damage or destroy proteins or render them inactive, such as exposure to certain chemicals e.g. chaotropes, free-radical damage, detergents, extremes of pH, exposure to proteases, protein cross-linking, encapsulation within non-permeable or semi-permeable membranes or polymers, or irreversible immobilisation onto surfaces. (See for example: Daniel RM, Cowan DA, Morgan HW, Curran MP, "A correlation between protein thermostability and resistance to proteolysis", Biochem J. 1982 207:641-4; Rees DC, Robertson AD, "Some thermodynamic implications for the thermostability of proteins", Protein Sci. 2001 10:1187-94; Burdette DS. Tchemajencko V V, Zeikus JG.Εffect of thermal and chemical denaturants on Thermoanaerobacter ethanolicus secondary-alcohol dehydrogenase stability and activity". Enzyme Microb Technol. 2000 27:11-18; Scandurra R, Consalvi V, Chiaraluce R, Politi L, Engel PC, "Protein thermostability in extremophiles"\ Biochimie. 1998 Nov;80(11):933-41; and Liao HH., "Thermostable mutants of kanamycin nucleotidyltransferase are also more stable to proteinase K, urea, detergents, and water-miscible organic solvents", Enzyme Microb Technol. 1993 Apr;15(4):286-92, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety).
In another embodiment, the reporter kinase may be an E.coli kinase, Clostridium difficile kinase, Bacillus anthracis kinase, Acinetobacter baumanii kinase, Burkholderia pseudomallei kinase, Chlamydia trachomatis kinase, Chlamydia pneumonia kinase, Staphylococcus aureus kinase, Klebsiella pneumonia kinase, Rickettsia prowazekii kinase, Mycobacterium tuberculosis kinase, Saccharomyces cerevisiae kinase, Leishmania donovanii kinase, Trypanosoma cruzii kinase, Shigella flexneri kinase, Listeria monocytogenes kinase, Plasmodium falciparum kinase, Mycobacterium marinum kinase, Cryptococcυs neoformans kinase. Francisella tulraensis kinase, Salmonella spp. kinase, Coxiella burnetii kinase, and/ or Brucella abortus kinase, In several of the embodiments, the kinase derived from these organisms is non- thermostable, but can be distinguished from non-reporter kinase by the use of different sample treatment extraction or separation techniques Many of these reporter kinases in combination with the method to distinguish their activity from non-reporter kinases, may be used in rapid assays to detect the presence/ absence , viability or destruction of the organism from which they originate Such methods are suitable for assessing the presence of an infection within patient sample, tissue or cell population and the effectiveness of different therapeutic regimes or drugs
Examples of specific kinases that have been sequenced and that are suitable for use in the invention are SEO lD NOs 1 -25, 31-36, 38. 40. 42, 44, 46. 48. 50, 52, 54. 56. 58, and 61 -84. In one embodiment, the kinases used in the invention have at least 70%, 80%. 85%, 90%, 95%. 99% or 100% identity to SEQ ID Nos- 1-25. 31-36. 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48 50, 52, 54 56. 58, and 61-84.
Other examples of suitable reporter kinases may be found in WO00/46357 and VVO2005/0930S5. which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety
The stability of the reporter kinases may be increased using a variety of methods well- known to those familiar with the art.
By way of example, stabilising agents (such as sorbitol up to a concentration of 4M, or other poiyols such as ethylene glycol, glycerol, or mannitol at a concentration of up to 2M ) may improve the stability of the kinase Other additives such as >ylan. trehalose, gelatin may also provide additional stabilisation effects either individually or in combination. Addition of a range of divalent metal ions, most notably Ca ~+, Mg ^+ or Mn 2 " may also improve stability of the kinase
Chemical modification of the kinases can also be used to improve their stability Reductive aikyiation of surface exposed amino groups by glyoxylic acid (e g MeSiK- Nubarov { 1987) Biotech letts 9 725-730}, addition of carbohydrates to the protein surface (e g. Klibanov ( 1979) Anal Biochem 93 1 -25) and amidatson (e g Khbanov (1983) Ad v Appl Microbioi 23.1-28) may ail increase the stability of the kinase
Further methods including the use of chemical cross-lml- ing agents and the use of various polymeric supports for enzyme immobilisation ate also relevant methods for increasing the stability of enzymes (reviewed in Gupta (1991 ) Biotech. Appl Biochem. 14-1 -1 1 }
Formulation of the kinase in a solution containing up to around IOmg^mi of a suitable carrier protein such as casein or albumin or the addition of free amino acids such as glycine, tyrosine, tryptophan or dipeptides to the formulation, may increase the stability of the kinase to protease treatments
The genetic modification of enzymes has been shown to provide significant increases in thermal stability and by analogy such mutations are also likely to significantly enhance the stability of the enzymes to other conditions such as protease treatment or gaseous phase "sterilisation". The comparison of the thermostability of the 1-ιnase enzymes taken with the defined 3-D structure of the trimeπc (arcbaeal) AKs (Vonrhein et al ( 193S) J. MoI Biol 2S2.167-179 and Crisweil et al (2003) J MoI Biol.330.1087- 1039) has identified amino acids that influence the stability of the enzyme
Genetically engineered variants of kinases showing improved stability can be generated in a numbes of ways Essentially these involve the specific site-directed mutagenesis of amino acids believed to form part of the cents al core packing region of the tumeric molecule and random "directed evolution methods where the whole molecule is subjected to subsequent rounds of mutagenesis and selection/ screening of molecules with improved properties Specific modified enzymes are set out in SEQ ID NOs 17-19 (several variants are embraced by each reference) These modifications outlined are based on a hybrid approach using a consensus based approach to define regions likely to influence the thei mostability of the enzymes based on observed differences between structurally related molecules This is followed by either defined changes to incorpoiate the amino acids that correlate with the best thermostability oi a random replacement to incorpoi ate every available amino acid at the positions defined as being essential for thermostability ln one embodiment of the indention, the reporter kinases may be bound onto a solid support
Suitable solid supports include a plastic (e g. polycarbonate, polystyrene or polypropylene) surface a ceramic surface a latex surface, a magnetic surface a steel or other metalhc surface a flow matrix (as described elsewhere in this specification), a filter membrane, or other polymer surface The solid support can take the form of e.g. stπps dipsticks, rrncrotitre plates beads
Binding of the reporter kinase to the solid support may be achieved using any of a wide vaπety of methods known in the art.
ln one embodiment the reporter kinase is bound onto the solid support via standard protein adsorption methods such as outlined below
Binding of the reporter kinase onto the solid support may be achieved by methods routinely used to link protein to surfaces, e g incubation of protein in 0 1 M sodturn bicarbonate buffer at about pH 9 6 at room temperature for about 1 hour Alternatively the protein is covalently coupled to the surface using any of a wide range of coupling chemist! ses known to those familiar with the art For example an adenylate kinase fusion piotein (e g to Sup35) deπvatised with SPDP (Pierce chemicals, using manufacturer's instructions) reduced with DTT to provide free sulfbydryl groups for cross-linking, is covalently attached to a pαSystysene support with a maleimide surface Plastic surfaces with such sulfhydryl-binding surfaces are we!! described in the liteiature The reporter kinases described in this application have the property that their activity is retained upon deπvatisation and cross-lmMng to such supports
Alternatively an amine l eactive surface on a polystyrene or polycarbonate support is used, with a hifunctional cross-linking agent such as monomelic glutaraldehyde to provide direct non-cleavable ci oss-linkmg of the kinase via free amine groups on the piotein. UV treatment can also be used to directly link the indicator to a suitable support Steel surfaces can be treated in a similar way to plastic surfaces to mediate covalent attachment of the kinase,
A wide variety of protein cross-linking reagents is available from companies such as Pierce chemical company (Perbio). Reagents reactive to sulfhydryl. amino, hydroxy! and carboxyl groups are designed for coupling proteins but they can equally be used for cross-hnking proteins lo either naturally reactive or coated sohd supports such as plastics, other polymers, glass and metals. Reactive chemistries are also available for cross-linking the enzymes to carbohydrates. For example, the reagents BMPH [[N-[F,- Maleimidopropiomc acιd]hydraz!desTFA), KMUH {{N-[k-[v1aleιrrιidoundecanoιc acidjhydrazide), and MPBH (4-(4-N-Maleιmιdophenyi)butyπc acid hydrazide hydrochloride) can be used to cross link the indicator containing either a free sυlfhydryl in the form of a cysteine residue or a chemically deπvatised protein reduced to generate a sulfbydryl reactive group, to carbohydrates This may be particularly important for a solid support which is either a complex carbohydrate (e g paper, cellulose-based membranes, gels or resins) or can be coated or treated with a carbohydrate solution to generate a suitably reactive surface.
For each type of support the reporter kinase may be formulated in a solution that enhances binding and/ or stabilises the bound protein Such formulations include solutions containing up to 10% (w/v ) sucrose, sorbitol mannitol. cellulose or polyethylene glycol (PEG) Sn addition the kinase can be formulated as part of a gel that is applied to the surface or lumen of a suitable support. Examples include alginate, agar or polyacrylamide matrices
ln another embodiment, the reporter kinase may be attached to a solid support via a linker that comprises a binding agent specific for an analyte. Details of suitable methods for achieving this attachment are given elsewhere in this specification
The assay described in the first aspect of the invention is particularly suitable for detecting kinase activity in kinase-based analyte detection assays such as those described in the applicant's earlier filing VVO00/46357, the entirety of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
Thus, in a second aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for determining the presence of an analyte in a sample comprising. (i) exposing the sample to a reporter kinase coupled to a binding agent specific for the anaiyte. so that a complex is formed between the reporter kinase and any analyte present in the sample; (ii) separating completed reporter kinase from uncomplexed reporter kinase, and (Hi) measuring the activity of the complexed reporter hnase using an assay according to the first aspect of the invention
The binding agent used in this method (and in any other method described in this specification) is typically an antibody (os a fragment thereof) that binds specifically to the analyte under investigation. The antibody may be obtained using conventional techniques for identification and isolation of specific antibodies and the assay is thus of application to substantially ail analytes against which an antibody can be raised. Alternatively, the binding agent may be selected from the group consisting of lectins, growth factors, DNA/ RNA aptamers, phage or other species that bind specifically to the anaiyte under investigation. Where a first and second binding agent are involved, these binding agents may be the same or different
The reporter kinase may be coupied to the specific binding agent by conventional techniques. For example, these are numerous ways of labeling immunoreactive biomolecuies with enzymes (conjugation) Antibodies the majority of antigens, and enzymes are ail proteins and, therefore, geneiai methods of protein covalent cioss-iinkmg can be adapted to the production of immunoassay reagents. The preparation of antibody- enzyme conjugates requires mild conditions to ensure the retention of both the immunological properties of the antibody and the catalytic properties of the enzyme Common methods include, giutaraidehyde coupling the use of peπodate oxidation of glycoproteins to generate dsaidehydes capable of forming Schiff-base linkages with fiee amino groups on other protein molecules, and the use of heterobifunctioπai reagents, for example, succin!mιdyl-4-(N-maleimιdomethyi) cycloheχane-1 -carboxylate (SMCC)
ln one embodiment of the invention, the above method is a performed as 3 "capture assay", such as a sandwich assay (sometimes referred to as a two antibody capture assay), an antigen capture assay, or an antibody capture assay In an example of an antibody capture assay, an analyle \s first bound to a solid support by e g non-specific binding The analyte is then exposed to a reporter kinase linked to a binding agent (e.g. an antibody) specific for the analyte. A complex is thus formed between the analyte and the reporter kinase. Any uncornplexed reporter kinase is removed by one or more routine washing steps ADP and iucifeπn / luoiferase are then added to the solid support where the ADP is converted to ATP by the report er kinase complex. The Sucifeπn / iuoiferase converts the ATP to a light output, which can then be measured and correlated to the amount of analyte present on the solid support
ln one embodiment, at any point prior to step (m), the sample is treated to remove/ inactivate non-reporter kinase and/ or ATP Suitable treatments that may be employed in this regard are described earlier in this specification
ln one embodiment, the method described in this aspect of the invention is completed withsn less than 15 minutes, less than 10 minutes less than 5 minutes or less than 2 minutes
Example 10 describes the use of a method according this aspect of the invention to detect the presence of Hepatitis C in an oral swab sample An oral swab sample is taken from the mouth of a patient and dried in an oven at 90 C for 1 minute to remove any non-reporter kinase (eg. endogenous kinase such as mammalian tissue kinase) The swab is then exposed to a conjugate comprising a reporter Kinase coupled to an antibody for Hepatitis C antigen The reporter kinase conjugate forms a complex with any Hepatitis C antigen present on the swab sample The swab is then rinsed to remove any uncomple ted reporter kinase conjugate, and ss inserted into a reagent tube containing ADP and lucifeπn and iuαferase The reagent tube is transferred to a hand- held iumsnometer and the light output is measured The light output can then be correlated with the amount of analyte present in the sample.
ln a third aspect, the invention provides a method for determining the presence of an anaiyte in a sample, comprising. (i) providing a solid support comprising a reporter kinase wherein the reporter kinase is attached to the solid support via a linker that comprises a binding agent specific for the analyte. (H) applying the sample to the solid support, whereby any analyte present in the sample displaces reporter Mnase from the solid support- and (Hl) measuring the activity of the displaced reporter kinase using an assay according to the first aspect of the invention
ln one embodiment the method described in this aspect of the invention is completed within less than 15 minutes, less than 10 minutes less than 5 minutes or less than 2 minutes
By way of example, a clinical sample is provided that is suspected to contain a bacteual toxin A solid support is also provided which comprises a reporter kinase linked to the solid support by a binding agent ^e g an antibody) that is specific for the bacteria! toxin When the sample is applied to the solid support any bacteria! toxin present will competitively interfere with the binding of the antibody to the solid support and will thereby displace the reporter kinase from the solid support. The amount of displaced reporter kinase can then be measured using an assay according to the first aspect of the invention and correlated with the amount of bacterial toxin present in the sample
Example 13 describes the use of this method to detect the presence of norov'irus in a clinical sample. Sn this e xample, the solid support is coated with an antibody to norovirus (t e a binding agent specific for the analyte) A reporter kinase conjugate is formed comprising a reporter kinase conjugated to a VP 1 norovtrus protein (ι e the analyte) By virtue of the interaction between the VP l and the antibody the reporter kinase is attached to the solid support. The clinical sample is then applied to the solid support. Any norovirus (i.e. analyte} present in the sample displaces the reporter kinase conjugate from the solid support. The activity of this displaced reporter kinase is then measured and correlated with the amount of norovirus present in the sample
Sn one embodiment, the solid support is a flow matπx The term "flow matπx" is used throughout this specification to mean any liquid-transport solid material that allows for hquid flow therethrough, including materials such as nitrocellulose nylon, rayon, cellulose, paper, glass fibre, sihca, a gel matπx, or any other porous or fibrous materials. Sn one embodiment, the flow matrix is configured as a substantially planar elongate strip The flow matπx material can be ρre-treated or modified as required.
Suitable methods for attaching the reporter kinase to the solid support are described below. The binding agent is as defined above in relation to the second aspect of the invention.
• An analyte is coupled directly to the surface of the solid support
The reporter Kinase is linked to a binding agent specific for the analyte (e g an antibody) and thereby associates with the analyte on the surface The reporter kinase remains attached to the surface until displaced by the presence of either antibody or analyte sn the sample
• An anafyte is bound to the solid support via a first binding agent specific for the analyte
The reporter kinase is conjugated to a second binding agent specific for the analyte and thereby associates with the analyte on the surface The reporter kinase remains attached to the surface (in a sandwich-type arrangement) until displaced by the presence of either antibody or analyte sn the sample
• A binding agent specific to the analyte is used to coat the solid support
The reporter kinase is conjugated or genetically fused to the target analyte and thereby associates with the binding agent on the surface. The reporter kinase- analyte conjugate is released from me solid support by competing analyte or antibody in the test sample. The reporter kinase \s, therefore indirectly attached to the solid support by a linker that comprises a binding agent specific for the anal/te The hnker may also comprise the anaiyte (or a fragment thereof)
ln one embodiment at any point prior to step Cm). the sample is treated to remove / inactivate non-reporter kinase and/ or ATP Suitable treatments are described elsewhere in this specification
ln a fourth aspect, the invention provides a method for determining the presence of an ari3iyte in 3 sample, comprising.
(1; providing a solid support on which is attached a first binding agent specific for the anaiyte. (11) exposing the solid support to the sample so that any anaiyte present in the sample becomes attached to the solid support vis said first binding agent; (in) exposing the solid support to 3 reporter kinsse coupled to a second binding agent specific for the anaiyte. so that the reporter kinase becomes attached to the solid support via the interaction between the second binding agent and the already-bound anaiyte. (ιv) applying the mixture obtained in step (in) to a filter membrane wherein the solid support is retained on the filter membrane, and (V) measuring the activity of the retained reporter kinase using an assay according to the first aspect of the invention
ln one embodiment, the method described above is completed within less than 15 minutes, less than 10 minutes less than 5 minutes, or less than 2 minutes
In one embodiment the solid support is a latex support, or a magnetic support, e g. a latex bead or a magnetic bead When the solid support is magnetic, step (ιv) may be ieplaced by exposing me miMiπe obtained in step (Ml) to a magnet so that the solid support is retained on the magnet Example 14 describes the use of this method for detecting the presence of legionella in a water sample Antibodies specific for legioneila are attached to a solid support (a latex bead). The latex beads are then exposed to 0) the sample to be tested (potentially containing legionella) and (n) 3 reporter kinase coupled to a second antibody specific for legionella. Any legionella present in the sample binds to the antibody on the latex bead. Subsequently the reporter kinase-antibody conjugate binds to the latex bead via the already-bound legionella. The mixture thus obtained is applied to a filter membrane, which retains the latex beads The other components of the mixture (e g unbound reporter kinase conjugate, ATP, non-reporter kinase (eg mammalian tissue kinase, plant and/ or fungal kinase endogenous to the test sample etc.) pass through the filter membrane The reporter kinase retained on the filter membrane is then exposed to ADP and a mixture lucifeπn / luciferase. and the light output measured using a luminometer Optionally, the filter membrane can be treated using any of the treatment steps described above for removing any remaining ATP or non-reporter kinase.
Suitable filter membranes for use in this aspect of the invention include, nitrocellulose, cellulose acetate or paper filters Filter matrices typically employ a range of pore sizes from 0.2μm to 20 μm or larger depending on the nature of any particulate carrier used.
E«amρ!e 17 describes the use of this method for detecting the presence of Salmonella in a food sample The method is essentially as described for Example 14 above except that a magnetic bead is used as the solid support instead of a latex bead, and the mixture obtained in step (in ) is exposed to a magnet rather than a filter membrane
hi one embodiment, at any point prior to step (v) the sample is treated to remove or inactivate non-reporter kinase and/ or ATP Suitable treatments afe described elsewhere in this specification
The assay described in the first aspect of the invention is also suitable for detecting kinase activity in kinase-based biological indicator systems such as those described in the applicant's earlier filing, WO2Q05O93085, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety
A typical biological indicator is prepared by adsorbing a reporter kinase onto a solid support such as an indicator strip or dipstick The indicator is then included with a sample (containing a contaminant) to be treated, and the indicator plus sample are subjected to a treatment process The reduction in activity of the indicator kinase by the treatment is then correlated with the reduction in amount or activity of the contaminant. When a lev'el of activity is determined that is l-nown to correlate with an acceptable reduction in the contaminant the treatment is then regarded as validated.
lt has also been found that the performance of these kinase-based indicators can be improved by covalently cross-linking the kinase to a biological component, wherein the biological component is a mimetic/ surrogate of the contaminant This allows the indicator to more accurately reflect the reaction of the contaminant to the treatment process which in turn leads to improved indicator accuracy/ sensitivity, and thus fewer "false" process validations
Thus, in a fifth aspect of the indention, there is provided a method of validating a treatment process for reducing the amount or activity of a contaminating biological agent in a sample, comprising the steps of.
(ι) providing a sample that contains, or is suspected to contain a contaminating biological agent,
(n) subjecting the sample to a ts eatment process in the presence of a defined amount of a reporter kinase, wherein the reporter kinase and the contaminating biological agent aie both exposed to the treatment process (in) measuring the residual activity of the reporter kinase using an assay according to the first aspect of the invention, and (ιv) comparing said iesidual activity to a piedetermined kinase activity wherein the pie-determined kinase activity corresponds to a confirmed reduction in the amount oi activity of the contaminating biological agent under the same conditions Sn one embodiment, steps O) to (iv) are completed in less than 15 minutes, less than 10 minutes, less than 5 minutes, less than 2 minutes
ln one embodiment, at any point prior to step [in), the sample is treated to remove/ inactivate non-reporter kinase and/ or ATP Suitable treatments afe described elsewhere in this specification
The term "treatment" or "treatment process encompasses any process that is designed to reduce the amount or activity of a contaminant in a sample Suitable treatments include one or more of a selected pH, temperature or pressure, exposing the sample to a protease or other lytic enzyme, exposing the sample to a detergent, a chemical steπiant, radiation, free radicals, or a gas-phase stenlant ln one embodiment, the treatment is designed to reduce the infectious activity (also known as the infectivity) of an infectious biological contaminant such as TSE. The term "treatment" or "treatment process also encompasses cleaning and inactivation processes such as high temperature autoclaving with wet or dry steam, ozone sterilisation. H2Oi sterilisation, rendering or other method designed to eliminate or inactivate the contaminant ln one embodiment of the invention both the reporter kinase and the contaminant are directly exposed to the treatment process, i e there is no seal or barrier between the reporter kinase/ contaminant and the treatment process. The reporter kinase and the contaminant are therefore both in direct contact with the treatment process, and are subject to the same treatment conditions
ln one embodiment, the contaminating biological agent is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, viruses, spores, toxins, prions proteins and peptides in a further embodiment, the reporter kinase is bound onto a solid support using any of the methods described in relation to the first aspect of the invention
Sn another embodiment of the invention, the reporter kinase is covalentSy linked to a biological component The biological component is advantageously a mimetic or surrogate of the contaminant, and therefore reacts to the treatment process in substantially the same way as the contaminant in one embodiment, the biological component may be the same 3S. but physically distinct from, the contaminant in the sample that is to be subjected to the treatment process, e g if the contaminant is a protein, then the biological component is also a protein, if the contaminant is a blood protein, the biological component is also blood protein if the contaminant is a DNA molecule, then the biological component is also a DNA molecule; if the contaminant is an RNA molecule then the biological component is also an RNA molecule, etc. for each of the contaminants and biological components disclosed in this specification.
Examples of biological components that can be used in the invention include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates and lipids.
In one embodiment, the biological component comprises a protein selected from the group consisting of a blood protein. a bacterial protein, a viral protein, a fungal protein, and a self-aggregating or amyloid forming protein
In a further embodiment, the blood protein is selected from the group consisting of blood clotting proteins (e.g. fibrinogen, fibrin peptides, fibrin, transglutaminase substrates, thrombin), serum proteins (e g albumin and globulin) platelet proteins, blood cell glycoproteins and haemoglobin
Sn another embodiment, the bacterial protein is selected from the group consisting of a bacterial fimbria! protein (e g CgsA from E.coh and AgfA from SnimoncUa), a bacterial toxin protein (e g toxins from Bacillus anthrams Cotynobnctonum dψhthcnao, Clostridium botulmum), a bacterial cell surface protein (e g peptidoglycan. lipoproteins), and a bacterial spore protein (e g from Gram positive bacteria and having a similar sequence or overall structure to the proteins forming ribbon appendages in Clostridium taomosporum, chapiin proteins, rodhn proteins) Sn yet another embodiment, the viral protein is selected from the group consisting of a viral envelope protein, a viral capsici protein, and a viral core protein. Preferably the viral proteins are from a bacteriophage virus (e g the MS2 and PP7 proteins), norwaik virus (e g capsid protein), rotavirus (e g VP2, VP6 and VP7 proteins), ooronavirus (e.g. SARS S, E and M proteins). bSuetoπgυe virus (e.g. VP2 protein), human papillomavirus (e g viral major structural protein, H )1 hepatitis B (e.g. small envelope protein HBsAg) Hepatitis C virus (e g core, E1 and E2 proteins), influenza virus (e g neuraminidase and haemagglutinin and matrix proteins), poliovirus (e g oapsid VPO, 1 and 3 proteins). HIV (e g Pr55gag, envelope proteins) and dengue B virus (e.g. envelope (e) and pre-rnembrane ' membrane (prM/M).
ln a further embodiment, the fungal protein is selected from the group consisting of hydrophobin proteins (e.g. SC3 from SchizophyHum commune, RodA/B from Aspergillus funvgntcs, and equivalent proteins from yeast) fungal spore proteins, hyphal proteins, mycotoxins, and fungal prions (e g Suρ35, Het S1 URE 2, Rnq i , New 1 ).
Sn yet a further embodiment, the self-aggregating protein is selected from the group consisting of prions (e g PrP^ and PrP\ Suρ35, Het S. Lire 2 Rnq1 New 1 ). prion mimetic proteins, amyloid fibrils, cell surface adhesins from floe forming and filamentous bacteria in activated sludge, beta amyloid protein, tau protein, polyadenine binding protein, herpes simple * virus glycoprotein B lung surfactant protein C, CsgA protein from E coli, AgfA protein from Salmonella species bacterial fimbria! proteins, apolipoproteins (e g apoSipoprotein Al ), hydrophobiπs from fungal species (e.g. SC3 from SchizophyHum commune, RodA/B from Aspergillus fumigates), chaplins (e.g. Chps A-H from svcptomyccs spp) rodlins (e g Rd 1 A and RdI B from ^bcptomyccs spp), gram positive spore coat proteins (e g P29a, P29b GP85 and a SpoVM analogue), and barnacle cement-iike proteins (e g the 19kDa protein from Balanus aihicostatus, and the 2OkDa protein from Mogai?nlnnus rosa, and the novel calcite-dependent cement-like protein from Bafanus aibicostntus)
In a further embodiment the nucleic acid is selected from a DNA molecule and an RNA molecule Preferably the nucleic acid is derived from neurological tissue ln a further embodiment, the carbohydrate is selected from the group consisting of exopolysacchande. hμopoiysacchaπde (EPS-'LPS, sometimes known as endotoxin } (e g from Legionella, E cols. Staphylococcus species, Stteptococcus sμecies, Pseudomonas species, Acinetobactot species. Campylobacter species, and Bacillus speαes), peptidoglycan. eel! we!! components of plants, fungi and yeast (e g chitin, Signsn. glucan). mucin preparations, giycohμids (especially brain derived glycoiipids), glycoproteins (e .g. ceil surface glycoproteins, Eap i p), spore extracts (e .g. from Bacillus spp, Clostridial spp and other spore-formers), polysaccharides from yeast capsules, and invertebrate secretions (e.g. from molluscan ge!s)
ln another embodiment, the lipid is selected from the group consisting of glycolipids (e.g. brain-deπved giycolipids), gang!ιosιdes (e g. neuronal cell gangliostdes such as GTv3, GTid and gangltosides of more general cell oπgin such as GM ] ). and plant oils and lipids.
Advantageously, the biological component is part of a biological matrix. The biological matrix may be a mimetic of the sample that is to be treated Sn one embodiment, the biological matrix comprises one or more components selected from the group consisting of proteins, lipids, nucleic acids, and carbohydrates, or fragments or derivatives thereof. In another embodiment, the biological matπ< may comprise a mixture of proteins Sn a further embodiment, the biological matrix may comprise one or more components selected from the group consisting of blood, serum, albumin, mucus, egg, neurological tissue food, culled animal material and a commercially available test soil In a further embodiment of the invention, the biological matrix comprises one or more components selected from the group consisting of fibrinogen, thrombin, factor VIl!. CaCb and, optionally, aibumin and/ or haemoglobin. Examples of reporter kinases linked to biological components are described in SEQ ID NOs 34-3?, 40. 42, 48. 50, 52, 54, 61 , 67 72. and 73.
The biological indicator may be prepared bv covalently linking a reporter kinase to an appropriate biological component Any suitable method of covalent attachment Known tn the art may be used ln one embodiment, the kinase is genetically or chemically cross-linked to the biological component
Chemical cross-linking may be achieved using a range of homo- and betero-bifunctional reagents commonly used for cross-linking of proteins for the generation of enzyme conjugates or other related purposes For example , in an indicator comprising fibrin as the biological component, the fibrin and the reporter kinase may be deπvatised with the addition of SPDP (Perbio) to primary amine groups. The reporter kinase can then be reduced to generate a reactive thiol group and this is then mixed with the fibrin to produce covalent fibrin- kinase linkages.
The reporter kinases can also be chemically cross-linked to carbohydrates, lipids or other glycoconjugates using heterobifunctional agents following treatment of the target carbohydrate with meta~ρeπodate.
Alternatively, the indicator may be prepared as a fusion protein This is achieved by fusing a synthetic gene encoding an appropriate kinase (e.g. the gene encoding AK from Sulfolobus amdornldnnus or Thormatnga nonpolitinn) to a gene encoding an appropriate biological component
Methods according to this aspect of the invention are illustrated in Examples 18-21.
In a sixth aspect of the invention, there is provided a device for detecting the activity of a reporter kinase in a sample, comprising-
an elongate flow matrix, wherein said flow matrix comprises (ι) a sample-receiving zone , and
(n) a detection zone located downstream of the sample-receiving zone comprising a mixture of ADP and a bioluminescent reagent wherein, in use, a sample is applied to the sample-receiving zone and is drawn along the flow matrix to the detection zone Sn use the sample is applied to the sample-receiving zone of the device and is allowed to migrate to the detection zone where it comes into contact with the mixture of ADP and bioiuminescent reagent Here any reporter kinase present in the sample acts on the ADP to generate ATP, which in turn reacts with the bioiυminescent reagent to produce light. The light output from the detection zone can be readily measured using a luminometer preferably a hand-held Suminometer In one embodiment, the detection zone of the device is snapped off and placed in a luminometer The amount of Sighl produced can then be correlated with the amount of reporter kinase activity.
ln one embodiment, the device comprises a bacMng stπp on which the elongate flow matrix is positioned The backing strip may be made from any suitable non-absorbing material, such as a plastic-adhesive backinα card In another embodiment the flow matrix is at least partially sandwiched between a top and a bottom laminate The top laminate may include a sample-application window which provides access to the sample-receiving zone of the flow matrix and may also include a detection window which provides access to the detection zone of the flow matrix. The laminates may be made from any suitable non-absorbing material e g a transparent or translucent adhesive plastic film
ln one embodiment the device is a lateral flow device. Lateral flow devices and methods for their consti υction are well known in the art, being best known as the standard piegnancy test kit
ln a further embodiment the device may comprise a background-reduction zone, situated between the sample-receiving zone and the detection zone This zone functions to remove/ inactivate any non-reporter Kinase and/ or ATP that may be present in the sample before the sample reaches the detection zone. Thus, these contaminants are pi evented fi om interfering with the sensitivity oi accuracy of the assay
ln one embodiment, the background-reduction removal zone comprises a substance that selectively (or specifically) inhibits non-ιeρorter kinase whilst leaving the reporter kinase substantially unaffected Suitable inhibitoi s are described elsewhere in this specification In another embodiment, the background-reduction zone comprises a protease that selectively destroys non-reporter kinase, whilst leaving the reporter kinase substantially unaffected. Suitable proteases we described elsewhere in this specification. In a further embodiment, the background-reduction zone may be arranged so as to physically capture out non-reporter kinases on the basis of their size, charge, or binding properties as described elsewhere in this specification. The captured non- reporter kinases are thus prevented from reaching the detection zone
In another embodiment, the background-reduction zone comprises an immobilised ATPase. e g apyrase. In another embodiment, the background-reduction zone may be arranged so as to physically capture out ATP on the basis of its size or charge as described elsewhere in this specification The captured ATP is thus prevented from reaching the detection zone.
In one embodiment, the ADP in the detection zone of the device is high purity ADP, and the bioluminescent reagent is a mixture of luciferin and luciferase. ln another embodiment, the ADP and luciferin/ luciferase are immobilised in the detection zone using conventional immobilisation methods
ln a further embodiment, the device is portable.
ln a further embodiment, the detection zone may include a cationic membrane that retains and concentrates the reporter kinase conjugate for enhanced detection
In another embodiment the sample-receiving zone may include a suitable dye which also migrates to the detection zone, acting as a control for the proper flow of the sample through the device This positive internal control may also exploit the use of a cation- binding membrane within the detection zone to help retain the dye to provide a clear visual signal.
In a seventh aspect of the invention, there is provided a lateral flow device for use in an assay for detecting the presence of an anaiyte in a sample, comprising a bacMng strip on which is positioned an elongate flow matrix, wherein said flow matrix comprises (i) a sarnpie-recβh/ing zone comprising a reporter kinase attached to the flow matrix via a linker comprising a binding agent specific for the analyte- and (H) a detection zone located downstream of the sample-receiving zone. wherein, in use, a sample is applied lo the sample-receiving zone and any analyte present in the sample displaces the reporter kinase from the flow matrix and thereby allows the reporter hnase to migrate to the detection zone.
In use. the sample is applied to the sample-receiving zone, and any analyte present in the sample displaces the reporter kinase attached to the sample-receiving zone. Any reporter kinase that is not displaced remains attached to the sample-receiving zone and this is the case for a sample negative for the presence of the analyte Thus, only the displaced reporter kinase proceeds to the detection zone where it can be detected and correlated with the amount of analyte present in the sample.
The backing strip of the device may be made from any suitable non-absorbing material, such as a plastic-adhesive backing card In one embodiment, the flow matrix is at least partially sandwiched between a top and a bottom laminate The top laminate may include a sample-application window, which provides access to the sarnple-i eceiving zone of the flow matrix and may also include a detection window, which provides access to the detection zone of the flow matrix. The laminates may be made from any suitable non-absorbing material e g a transparent or translucent adhesive plastic film In a further embodiment, the detection zone comprises a mixtui e of ADP and a biolυminescent ieagent
The ieporter kinase is attached to the flow matrix by a linker comprising a binding agent specific for the analyte Binding agents and methods for attaching the reporter kinase to the flow matrix are as desci ibed in relation to the second aspect of the invention In one embodiment, the device may further comprise a background-reduction zone situated between the sample-receiving zone and the detection zone . This zone functions to remove/ inactivate any non-repotlet kinase and*1 or ATP that may be present in the sample before the sample reaches the detection zone Thus, these contaminants are presented from interfering with the sensitivity or accuracy of the assay.
In one embodiment the background-reduction removal zone comprises a substance that selectively (or specifically) inhibits non-reporter kinase whilst leaving the reporter kinase substantially unaffected. Suitable inhibitors are described elsewhere in this specification. In another embodiment, the background-reduction removal zone composes a protease that selectively destroys non-reporter kinase whilst leaving the reporter kinase substantially unaffected Suitable proteases are described elsewhere in this specification. ln a further embodiment, the bad- ground-reduction zone may be ai i anged so as to physically capture out non-reporter kinases on the basis of their size, charge, or binding properties as described elsewhere in this specification The captured non-reporter kinases are thus prevented from reaching the detection zone.
ln another embodiment, the background-! eduction zone comprises an immobilised ATPase, e.g. apyrase ln another embodiment, the background-reduction zone may be arranged so as to physically capture out ATP on the basis of its size or charge as desci ibed elsewhere in this specification The captured ATP is thus prevented from reaching the detection zone
ln one embodiment, the ADP in the detection zone of the device is high purity ADP, and the bioluminescent reagent is a mixture of luαfenn and luciferase In another embodiment, the ADP and lucifeπn/ iuαfes ase are immobilised in the detection zone using conventional immobilisation methods
In another embodiment, the device is portable
In a further embodiment, the detection zone may include a cationic mernbiaπe that retains and concentrates the reporter kinase conjugate for enhanced detection Sn another embodiment, the sample-receiving zone may include a suitable dye which also migrates to the detection zone, acting as a control for the proper flow of the sample through the device. This positive internal control may also exploit the use of a cation- binding membrane within the detection zone to help retain the dye to provide a clear visual signal
ln an eighth aspect, the invention provides a method for detecting the activity of a reporter kinase in a sample, wherein the method is conducted using a device according to the sixth aspect of the invention, comprising the steps of (ι) applying the sample to the sample-receiving zone of the device. (H) allowing the sample to flow through to the detection zone of the device; and (in) detecting the light output from the detection zone
Sn one embodiment, after step (i), the method further comprises allowing the sample to fSow through a background-reduction zone as described in relation to the sixth aspect of the invention
Sn another embodiment, step {m} is earned out by snapping off the detection zone of the device, and then placing the detection zone into a luminometer.
ln a further embodiment the method comprises the step of recording the light output data obtained on a suitable data earner
Sn a ninth aspect of the invention there is provided a method for detecting the presence of an analyte in a sample using the device described in relation to the seventh aspect of the invention comprising-
(0 applying the sample to the sample-receiving zone of the device (ϋ) allowing any reporter kinase displaced from the sample-receiving zone to migrate to the detection zone and
(til) detecting the light output from the detection zone Sn one embodiment after step (O the method further comprises allowing the sample to flow through a background-reduction zone described in relation to the seventh aspect of the invention
Sn another embodiment, step (in) is earned out by snapping off the detection zone of the device, exposing the detection zone to ADP and a bioSuminescent reagent, wherein the detection zone is exposed to the bioiuminescent reagent no mote than 5 minutes (or no more than 2 minutes. 1 minute 30 seconds or 10 seconds) after having been exposed to the ADP, and then placing the detection zone into a iuminometer. In one embodiment, the detection zone is exposed to the ADP and bioiuminescent reagent simultaneously
ln a further embodiment the method comprises the step of recording the light output data obtained on a suitable data earner
Sn a tenth aspect the invention provides a kit comprising a device according to the sixth or seventh aspect of the invention and a Iuminometer In one embodiment the iuminometer is a hand-held (ι e portable ) Iuminometer.
DEFINITIONS SECTlON
The term light output" means the light that is emitted by the reaction of ATP with the bioiuminescent reagent This Stght output can be detected using entirely conventional technology, such as a standard Iuminometer (e g a Berthold Orion 96-weϋ rnicropiate iumsnometer, or a hand-held luminometer;.
The term 'flow matπ< refers to any liquid-transport solid material that allows for liquid flow therethrough, and includes materials such as nitiocellulose nylon, rayon, cellulose, paper, glass fibre, silica gel matrices, or any other porous or fibrous materials ln one embodiment the flow matrix is configuied as a substantially planar elongate strip The flow matrix material can be pre-treated oi modified as required
The term "leporter kinase" refers to a kinase enzyme that is not a mammalian plant and/ or fungal kinase Thus in the context of a biological sample to be tested a reportei kinase is a kinase that is not normally present (to any significant degree ) in a sample taken from a healthy individual Put another way, a reporter kinase of the present invention is a kinase that is not normally inherent or endogenous (to any significant degree) in a sample taken from a healthy individual Reporter kinase may be added to the sample as a separate Ue exogenous) reagent, e g as an isolated kinase Reporter kinases are preferably thermostable
The term "non-reporter kinase" refers to kinase enzyme that is not a reporter kinase as defined above. Non-reporter kinases may also be referred to as endogenous kinases, contaminating kinases, or background kinases. Non-reporter kinases are typically present in a sample taken from a healthy individual. Non-reporter kinase activity can also be defined as activity that is not associated with the reporter kinase. Many non- reporter kinases are derived from mesophtlic organisms, i.e. organisms that grow best at moderate temperatures (e g 25-40 C ). Examples of non-reporter kinases include mammalian, plant and/ or fungal kinases - in particular, any of the range of 7 human adenylate kinase tsoforms found in varying amounts in clinical samples, equivalent proteins in animal species or food derived from them, or kinases (e g adenylate kinases) from common commensal organisms in humans or animals
The term "thermostable kinase" refers to a kinase that retains activity after exposure to heat i e that is relatively unaffected by high temperatures Preferred thermostable kinases retain at least 70% activity (or S0% activity, 90% activity, 95% activity, or 100% activity) after exposure to a temperature of between 50-120 C. Particularly preferred thermostable kinases retain at least 70% activity (or -?0% activity. 90% activity. 95% activity, or 100% activity) after exposure to 50 C for 30 minutes or after exposure to 60 C for 30 minutes, or after exposure to 70 C for 30 minutes, or after exposure to 80 C for 20 minutes, or after exposure to 90 C for 3 minutes, or after exposure to 120 C for 3 minutes Thermostable kinases may also be more resistant than non-thermostable kinases to a range of other biochemical and physical processes that routinely damage or destroy proteins or render them inactive, such as exposure to certain chemicals e.g chaotropes, free-radical damage detergents, extremes of pH, exposure to proteases, protein cross-linking encapsulation within non-permeable or serni-permeable membranes or polymers, or irreversible immobilisation onto surfaces. Sn a particular embodiment, thermostable kinases may retain at least 70% activity (or 80% activity, 30% activity, 35% activity, or 100% activity ) after exposure to one or more of the biochemical and physical processes described above. ln all cases, this "retained activity" can be readily confirmed using conventional tests ln brief, the kinase is incubated with ADP under the given treatment conditions for a given amount of time, and then analysed for residual activity by detecting the generation of ATP using lucifeπn/luciferase and a luminometer. From this, the % of kinase activity retained after the treatment can be determined
The terms "kinase" and "kinase activity' are used interchangeably throughout this specification.
The term "sample" encompasses any item, instrument, surface fluid or material Examples include, but are not limited to clinical samples (such as whole blood, serum, oral samples such as saliva, pus, vaginal samples, stool samples, vomitus), environmental samples (such a water, soil, air samples), surgical and medical instruments, microtitre plates, dipsticks, lateral flow devices hospital gowns bedclothes, bulk liquids, culled animal material, pharmaceuticals, workbenches, walls and floors, biological matrices, and biological indicators.
The terms "substantially free from non-reporter kinase" "free from non-reporter kinase' , "substantially free from kinase other than reporter kinase", and "free from kinase other than reporter kinase" are considered synonymous, and are used interchangabiy throughout the specification to mean that the level of non-reporter kinase is sufficiently low or absent and does not interfere to any significant degree with the sensitivity or accuracy of the assay In terms of assay read-out, the impact of the non-reporter kinase is usually defined in terms of the signai-to-noise ratio As such, the term "substantially free" can also be defined as meaning that the non-reporter kinase does not account for more than 10% (preferably not more than 5% or 2%) of the total kinase signal at the limit of detection of the assay The terms "substantially free from ATP and "free from ATP' are considered synonymous and are used interchangably throughout the specification to mean that the level of endogenous ATP is sufficiently low oi absent and does not interfere lo any significant degree with the sensitivity or accuracy of the assay Endogenous ATP may have an impact on the assay in terms of signal noise - thus the 'substantially free term means that any endogenous ATP accounts for not more than 10% (preferably not more lhan 5% or 2%) of the total Signal at the limit of detection of the assay
The term "simultaneously means at the same time. In the context of the first aspect of the invention where in one embodiment the reporter kinase is contacted with ADP and bioluminesecent reagent simultaneously this means that there is no (or substantially no) separate incubation period between contacting the kinase with ADP and contacting the kinase with the bioluniinescent reagent
The term "bioluminescent reagent' refers to any substance or mixture of substances able to react with ATP to generate light A preferred reagent is a mixture of lucifeπn and luciferase.
The term "RLU' means Relative Light Unit Relative Light Units are a relative, not absolute measurement The figures given in the specification relate to measurements taken using a Berthold Orion 96-weiS microplate lurninometer with injector system using a "flash method of light rneasusement for 2 seconds immediately after the addition of the luciferase/lucifeπn reagents (technical specification photomultiplier measuring light emitted at a wavelength of 300-650nrn) To address this issue, manufacturers have generated data for RLU factoss". which allow the data generated by a given iuminometer to be normalised to a calibrated standard Thus, comparisons can be made between different instruments The PLU factor for the Berthold Orion 36~well microplate luminometes ss 1 Accordingly the RLU values given in the specification can be regarded as standardised/normalised RLU values
In terms of absolute values an RLU value can be related to the concentration of ATP required to give said value with the reagents as described in the method As an approximate conversion, and given the linear relationship between RLU values and ATP concentration the following values C3<n be used
Figure imgf000040_0001
All references cited in this application are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety
SEQ e 1 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from
Suifoiubub sol fata' icυs
Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from
Sulfoiobus aαdocaldanus SEQ e 3 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from
Sulfoiobu s tokodaii
Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from
Py i ococcu s futiosus
-Q Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from
Pytococcus hotikoshu -Q Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from
Pytococcus -?έ>yss/ -Q Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from
Mvth inocoπcus thormolithriunphicαs -Q Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from
Methanococcus voltae -Q Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from Methanococcus jannaschii
SEQ ID 10 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from
Methanopyrus kandleri SEQ ID 11 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from
Methanotorris igneus SEQ ID 12 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from
Pyrobaculυm aerophilum SEQ ID 13 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from
Thermotoga maritime
SEQ ID 14 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from Aeropyrum pernix SEQ ID 15 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from Archaeoglobus fulgidus SEQ ID 16 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from Pyrococcus abyssi
(monomeric adenylate kinase (AdkE))
SEQ ID 17 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from Pyrococcus furiosus genetically engineered to provide improved stability SEQ ID 18 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from Pyrococcus horikoshii genetically engineered to provide improved stability
SEQ ID 19 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from Sulfolobus acidocaldarius genetically engineered to provide improved stability
SEQ ID 20 Protein sequence of Acetate kinase from Thermatoga maritime SEQ ID 21 Protein sequence of Pyruvate kinase from Pyrococcus horikoshii SEQ ID 22 Protein sequence of Pyruvate kinase from Sulfolobus solfataricus SEQ ID 23 Protein sequence of Pyruvate kinase from Thermotoga maritime SEQ ID 24 Protein sequence of Pyruvate kinase from Pyrococcus furiosus SEQ ID 25 Protein sequence of Acetate kinase from Methanosercine thermophile
SEQ ID 26 DNA sequence encoding the Adenylate kinase from Sulfolobus acidocaldarius SEQ ID 27 ONA sequence encoding the Adenylate kinase from Sulfolobus acidocaldarius, wherein codon usage has been optimised for expression of the gene in E-coli. SEQ lD 28 DNA sequence encoding the Adenylate kinase from
Thermotoga matitima SEQ ID 29 DNA sequence encoding the Adenylate kinase from, Thβimotoga manttma, wherein codon usage has been optimised for expression of the gene in E-coh SEQ ID 30 DNA sequence encoding the Adenylate kinase from Atchaeoglobus fulgiόitb wherein codon usage has been optimised for expression of the gene in E-coh. SEQ lD 31 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from Sυlfolobυs acidocaldanus. wherein codon usage has been optimised for expression of the gene in E-coli (SEQ ID 27) SEQ ID 32 Protein sequence of Adenylate kinase from Thermotoga matitima. wherein codon usage has been optimised for expression of the gene in E-coh (SEQ ID 29) SEQ lD 33 Protein sequence of transglutaminase substrate SEQ ID 34 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Suifolobus acidcaldanυs fused at the W-termιπus with a transglutaminase
(Factor XIil) substrate sequence SEQ lD 35 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Sulfolobυs acidcaidarius fused at the C-terminus with a transglutaminase (Factor XiH ) substrate sequence SEQ ID 36 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Sulfolobus acidcaldanυs fused at the /V-terminus and C-terminus with a transglutaminase (Factor XlIS) substrate sequence SEQ lD 37 DNA sequence of transglutaminase (Factor XM!) substrate sequence fused to the 5" end of Adenylate Kinase from Thonvotogn matitima. SEQ ID 38 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Thonvotogn mnniimn fused at the N-terminal with a transglutaminase (Factor XIIS) substrate sequence SEQ ID 39 DNA sequence of transglutaminase (Factor XiII) substrate sequence fused to the 3' end of Adenylate Kinase from Thermotoga maritime. SEQ ID 40 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Thermotoga maritime fused at the C-terminal with a transglutaminase (Factor XIII) substrate sequence. SEQ ID 41 ONA sequence of transglutaminase (Factor XtII) substrate sequence fused to both the 5' and 3' ends of Adenylate Kinase from
Thermotoga maritima. SEQ ID 42 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Thermotoga maritime fused at the N- and C-terminal with a transglutaminase (Factor XIII) substrate sequence.
SEQ ID 43 DNA sequence of complete Sup35 gene construct from
Saccharomyces cerevisiae SEQ ID 44 Protein sequence of complete Sup35 from Saccharomyces cerevisiae SEQ ID 45 DNA sequence of sup35N (N-terminal domain) codon-biased for optimal expression in E. coli
SEQ ID 46 Protein sequence of sup35N (N-terminal domain) SEQ ID 47 DNA sequence of E-coli codon biased Adenylate Kinase from
Sυlfolobυs acidcaldariυs fused at the Λ/-terminus with Sup35 W- terminal domain from Saccharomyces cerevisiae
SEQ ID 48 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Sυlfolobυs acidcaldariυs fused at the Λ/-terminus with Sup35 Λ/-terminal domain from Saccharomyces cerevisiae SEQ ID 49 DNA sequence of E. coli codon biased Adenylate Kinase from
Sυlfolobυs acidcaldarius fused at the C-terminus with Sup35 W- terminal domain from Saccharomyces cerevisiae SEQ ID 50 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Sυlfolobυs acidcaldarius fused at the C-terminus with Sup35 Λ/-terminal domain from Saccharomyces cerevisiae SEQ lD 51 DNA sequence of Suρ35N fused at the 5" end of Adenylate
Kinase from Thermotoga mantima. SEQ ID 52 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Thβimotoga mantima fused at the N-termma! with Sυρ35N. SEQ lD 53 DNA sequence of Sup35N fused at the 3" end of Adenylate Kinase from Thermotoga mantima SEQ ID 54 Protein sequence of Adenylate Kinase from Thβimotoga mantima fused at the C-termsna! with Sυρ35N SEQ lD 55 DNA sequence encoding a short Suρ35 peptide capable of aggregating to form amyloid fibπis; for use as a fusion peptide with tA.K genes, SEQ ID 56 Suρ35 derived amyloid peptide SEQ lD 57 DNA sequence encoding 3 Norovtrus capsid protein (5SkDa) SEQ ID 58 Protein sequence of Norovsrus capsid protein (58kDa) SEQ lD 59 DNA sequence for a synthetic gene encoding a Norovirus capsid protetn (58kDs) optimised for expression in E.coii SEQ lD 80 DNA sequence for a synthetic gene encoding a Norovirus capsid protein (5SkDa) optimised for expression in E colt fused at the 5' end of a gene encoding the tAK from Thermotoga mantima. SEQ ID 61 Protein sequence of a Norovirus capsid protein (5δkDa) fused at the
N-terminus of the Adenylate Kinase from Thonvotogn mnntimn SEQ ID 62 Protein sequence of a bacteriophage MS2 coat protein SEQ lD 83 Protein sequence of a bacteriophage PP7 coat protein monomer SEQ ID 64 Protein sequence of a bacteriophage PP7 coat protein dimer SEQ lD 65 Protein sequence of E r,n!ι CsgA SEQ ID 66 Protesn sequence of Salmonella AgfA SEQ lD 87 Protein sequence of adenylate kinase from Thermotoga mantima fused to the N terminus of E r,n!ι CsgA SEQ lD 68 Protein sequence of the hydrophobsn 3 protein from Fusamsm species SEQ ID 69 Protein sequence of the hydrophobin 5 protein from Fuεanum species SEQ ID 70 Protein sequence of cement-like protein from Balanus albicostatus (19K) SEQ ID 71 Protein sequence of cement-like protein from Megabalanus rosa
(20k) SEQ ID 72 Protein sequence of fusion of the barnacle protein from Balanus albicostatus with the tAK from Thermotoga maritime; N-terminal fusion
SEQ ID 73 Protein sequence of fusion of the barnacle protein from Balanus albicostatus with the tAK from Thermotoga maritime; C-terminal fusion
SEQ ID 74 Protein sequence of Balanus albicostatus calcite-specific adsorbent SEQ ID 75 Protein sequence of a peptide derived from a barnacle cement protein
SEQ ID 76 Protein sequence of a peptide derived from a barnacle cement protein SEQ ID 77 Protein sequence of a peptide derived from a barnacle cement protein
SEQ ID 78 Protein sequence of adenylate kinase from E.coli SEQ ID 79 Protein sequence of pyruvate kinase from E.coli SEQ ID 80 Protein sequence of acetate kinase from E.coli SEQ ID 81 Protein sequence of adenylate kinase from Methanococcus voltae
(MVO)
SEQ ID 82 Protein sequence of adenylate kinase from Methanococcus thermolithotrophicus (MTH).
SEQ ID 83 Protein sequence of adenylate kinase from Bacillus globisporus SEQ ID 84 Protein sequence of adenylate kinase from Bacillus subtilis
SEQUENCE LISTING SEQ ID NQ:1
Met Lys iie Gly lie Val Thr G!y lie Pro Gly Va! Gly Lys Thr Thr Vdl Leu Ser Phe Aid Asp Lys !ie Leu Thr Glυ Lys Gly [le Ser Lys He Val Asn Tyr Gly Asp Tyr Met Leu Asn Thr Ala Leυ Lys Glu Giy Tyr Val Lys Ser Arg Asp G!u ile Arg Lys Leu Gln lie Glu Lys Gln Arg Glυ Leu Gln Ala Leu Aia Aia Arg Arg lie Val Glu Asp Leu Ser Leu Leu Giy Asp Glu Giy He Glv Leu lie Asp Thr His Aia ile Arg Thr Pro Ala Glv Tyr Leu Pro Giy Leu Pro Arg hhs Va! lie Giu Val Leu Ser Pro Lys Val lie Phe Leu Leu Giu Aia Asp Pro Lys He He Leu Giu Arg Gin Lvs Arg Asp Ser Ser Arg Aia Arg Thr Asp Tyr Ser Asp Thr Ala Va i iie Asn Glu Va! lie Gln Phe Aia Arg Tyr Ser Ais Met Aia Ser Ala Val Leu Val Giy Ala Ser Val Lys Val Val Val Asn Gln Glu Giy Asp Pro Ser lie Aia Aia Ser Giu lie U-? Asn Ser Leυ Met
SEQ ID NO: 2
Met Lys lie Gly iie Val ]"hτ Gly !le Pro Gly Val Giy Lys Ser Thr Val Leu Ala Lys Val Lvs Glu ile Leυ Asp Asn Gln Giv iie Asn Asn Lvs lie ife Asn Tyr Glv Asp Phe Met Leu Aia Thr Aia Leu Lys Leu Giy Tvr Aia Lys Asp Arg Asp Glu Met Arg Lys Leu Ser Val Giu Lys Gln Lys Lys Leu Gin He Asp Ala Ala Lvs Gly lie Ala Glu Glu Aia Arg Aia Giy Gly Giu Gly Tyr Leu Phe fie Asp Thr Hss Ala Val He Arg Thr Pro Ser Giy Tvr Leu Pro Giy Leu Pro Ser l'yt Val lie ]'hr Glu He Asn Pro Ser Val !le Phe Leu Leυ Glu Aia Asp Pro Lvs ile He Leu Ser Arg Gin Lys Arg Asp Thr Thr Arg Asn Arg Asn Asp Tyr Ser Asp Glυ Ser Vdi lie Leu Giu Thr lie Asn Phe Ala Arg Tyr Aia Aia Thr Aia Ser Aia Val Leu Aia Gly Ser Thr Vai Lys Val He Val Asn Val Glu Giy Asp Pro Ser iie Ala Aia Asn Giu iie ile Arg Ser Met l. ys
SEQ ID NO: 3
Met Set Lvs Met Lys ile Gly He Va! Tht Giy ile Pro Gly Val Giy Lys Thr Thr Vai Leu Ser Lys Val Lys Glu iie Leυ Giu Giu Lys Lys ile Asn Asn Lys iie Vai Asn Tyr Gly Asp Tyr Met Leu Met Thr Aia Met Lvs Leu Gly Tyr Val Asn Asn Arg Asp Giu Met Arg Lys Leυ Pro Val Giu Lys Gln Lys Gln Leυ Gln lie Glυ Aia Aia Arg Giy lie Aia Asn Giu Ala Lys Giu Giy Gly Asp Gly Leu Leu Phe lie Asp Thr Hss Aia Val ile Arg Thr Pro Ser Gly Tyr Leu Pro Gly L-?u Pro Lys Tyr Vai He Giu Glu U-? Asn Pro Arg Vai U-? Phe Leυ Leυ Glu Aia Asp Pro Lys Vai iie Leυ Asp Arg Gin Lys Arg Asp Thr Ser Arg Ser Arg Ser Asp Tyr Ser Asp Giu Arg iie He Ser Giu Thr iie Asn Phe Ala Arg 1 yr Ala Ala Met Ala Ser Ala Vai Leu Vai Glv Ala ϊhv Val Lys lie Val lie Asn Val Giu Giy Asp Pro Aia Val Aia Aia Asn Glu iie iie Asn Ser Met Leu
SEQ ID NO: 4
Met Pro Ph-? Val Va! lie U-? Thr Giy lie Pro Giy Va! Giy Lys Ser Thr lie Thr Arg Leυ Aia Leu Gin Arg Thr Lys Aia Lys Phe Arg Leu iie Asn Phe Gly Asp Leu Met Phe Giu Giu Ala Va! Lvs Aia Giy Leu Va! Lvs His Arg Asp Giu Met Arg Lys Leu Pro Leu Lys ile Gin Arg Glu Leu Gln Met Lys Aia Ala Lys Lys He Thr Giu Met Ala Lys Glu His Pro iie Leυ Va! Asp Thr Hrs Aia Thr He Lys Thr Pro His Giy Tyr Met Leυ Gly Leu Pro Tyr Giu Vai Vai Lys Thr Leυ Asn Pro Asn Phe lie Va! iie ile Giu Aia Thr Pro Ser Giu lie Leu Giy Arg Arg Leu Arg Asp Leu Lys Arg Asp Arg Asp Va! Giu Thr Giu Giu Gin !Ie Gin Arg His Gin Asp Leu Asn Arg Aia Aid
Aia lie Ma Tyr Aia Met His Ser Asn Aia Leu He Ly=. He lie GIu Asn His G!υ Asp Lys GIy Leu Giu G!υ Ala VaI Asn Giu Leu VaI Lys iie Leu Asp Leu Aia Vai Asn Giu Tyr Aid
SEQ e NO: 5
Met Pro Phe VaI Vai lie iie Thr Giy He Pro Giy Va! GIy Lys Ser Thr lie Thr L ys Leu Ala L eu Gin Arg Thr Arg Aia Lys Phe Lys Leu iie Asn Phe Giy Asp Leu Met Phe Giu Giu AJa Leu Lys Leu Lys Leu Vai Lys His Arg Asp Giu Met Arg Lvs L eu Pro Leu Giu Va! Gin Arg GIu Leu Gin Met Asn Ala Ala L ys Lvs lie Aia Giu Met Ala Lys Asn 'i yr Pro iie Leu Leu Asp Thr His Aia Thr iie Lys 'i hr Pro His GIy T yr Leu Leu Giy Leu Pro I'yr GIu Va! He Lys lie Leu Asn Pro Asn Phe U-? VaI iie He GIu Ma Thr Pro Ser Giu iie Leu GIy Arg Arg Leu Arg Asp Leu Lys Arg Asp Arq Asp Va! Giu Thr GIu Giu Gin iie Gin Arg He Gin Asp Leu Asn Arg Aia Aia Aia iie Thr Tyr Ala Met His Ser Asn Aia Leu iie Lys lie lie Giu Asn His Giu Asp Lys Giy Leu Giu GIu Aia Vai Asn Giu Leu Vai Lys He Leu Asp Leu Aia Vai Lys GIu I'yr Ala
Met Ser Phe Vai Vai He iie Thr Giy iie Pro Giy Va! GIy L ys Ser Thr He Thr Arg Leu Ala L eu Gin Arg Thr Lvs Aia Lys Phe Lys Leu iie Asn Phe Giy Asp Leu Met Phe Giu Giu Aia Vai Lys Aia Giy Leu Vai Asn His Arg Asp Giu Met Arq Lys Leu Pro Leu Giu iie Gin Arg Asp Leu Gin Met Lys Vai Aia Lys Lys iie Ser GIu Met Aia Arg Gin Gin Pro He Leu Leu Asp I'hr His AIa Fhr iie Lys T hr Pro His Giy T yr Leu Leu Giy Leu Pro Vyr Giu Vai He L ys Thr L eu Asn Pro Asn Phe lie Vai iie i!e Giu Aia Thr Pro Ser Giu lie L eu GIv Arg Arg L eu Arg Asp Leu Lys Arg Asp Arg Asp VaI Giu I'hr Giu Giu Gin iie GIn Arg His GIn Asp Leu Asn Arg Aia Aia Aia He Aia Tyr Aia Met His Ser Asn Aia Leu iie Lys iie !ie Giu Asn His Giu Asp L ys Giy Leu Giu Giu Aia Vai Asn GIu Leu VaI GIu iie Leu Asp Leu Aia Vai Lys Giu Fyr Ala
Met Lys Asn Lys Leu VdI Vai Vai Thr Giy Vdi Pro Giy Vai Giy GIy Thr Thr iie Thr Gin Lys Aid Met Giu Lys Leu Ser Giu Giu Giy lie Asn Tyr Lys Met Va! Asn Phe Giy Thr Vai Met Phe Giu Va! Aia Gin Giu Gk) Asn Leu Vai GIu Asp Arg Asp Girt Met Arg Lys Leu Asp Pro Asp Thr Gin Lys Arg iie Gin Lys Leu Aia GIy Arq Lys iie Aia GIu Met Va! Lys Giu Set Pro VaI VaI VaI Asp Thr His Ser 'f hr lie Lys Thr Pro Lys GIy Tyr Leu Pro Giy L eu Pro Vai Trp Va! L eu Asn Giu L eu Asn Pro Asp iie iie iie Vai Va! Giu Thr Ser Giy Asp Giu iie Leu iie Arg Arg Leu Asn Asp GIu Thr Arg Asn Arg Asp Leu GIu T hr I hr Ala GIy iie Giu Giu His Gin lie Met Asn Arg Aid Aia Aia Met Thr Tyr GIy Vai Leu Thr Giy Aia Thr Vai Lys iie iie Gin Asn Lys Asn Asn Leu Leu Asp Tyr Aia Vai Giu Giu Leu iie Ser Va! Leu Arg
Met Lys Asn Lys Vdi VaI Vai Vai Thr Giy Vai Pro Giy Va! Giy Ser Thr Tiir Ser Ser Gin Leu Aia Met Asp Asn L eu Arg Lys Giu Giy Va! Asn Tvr Lys Met Va! Ser Phe Giy Ser Vai Met Phe Giu Va! Aia L ys Giu Giu Asn Leu Va! Ser Asp Arg Asp Gin Met Arg Lys Met Asp Pro Giu Thr Gin Lys Arg He Gin Lys Met Aid
G!y Arg Lys i!e Aia G!υ Met Aia Lys Gk) Ser Pro Va! A!a Vai Asp Thr His Ser Thr Vai S-?r Thr Pro Lys Gly Tyr Leu Pro Gi y Leu Pro Ser Trp Vai Leu Asn Glu Leu Asn Pro Asp Leu lie He Vai Val G!u Thr Thr Qy Asp Giu He Uu Met Arg Arg Met Ser Asp Giu Thr Arg Vai Arg Asp Leυ Asp Thr Ala Ser Thr lie Giu Gh His Gh Phe Met Asn Arg Gys Aia Aia Met Ser Tyr Gly Va! Leu Thr Giv Aia Thr Vai Lys iie Vai Gln Asn Arg Asn G!y Leu Leu Asp Gin Aia Val Giu Gk) Leυ Thr Asn Va! Leu Arg
9
Met Met Met Met Lys Asn Ly;-. Val Va! Vai iie Vai Gly Vai Pro Gly Vai Gly Ser Jhr Thr Val Thr Asn Ly;-. Aia iie Giu Gb Leu Lys Lys Gb Giy li-? Giυ Tyr Lys iie Vai Asn Phe Giy Thr Val Met Phe Giu iie Aia Lys Gk) Giu Gly Leu Vd! Giu His Arg Asp Gin Leu Arg Lys Leu Pro Pro Giu Giu Gin Lys Arg He Gin Lys Leu Aia G!y Lys Lys He Aia Giu Met Aia Lys Giu Pile Asn He Va! Va! Asp Thr His Ser Thr lie Lys Thr Pro Lys Giy ]"yr Leu Pro Giy Leu Pro Aia Trp Val Leu Giu Giu Leu Asn Pro Asp He iie Vai Leu Vai Giu Ala Giu Asn A;-.ρ Giu He Leu Met Arg Arg Leu Lys Asp Giu Thr Arg Gin Arg Asp Phe Giu Ser Thr Giu Asp iie Giy Glu Hss iie Phe Met Asn Arg Cys Aia Aia Met Fhr ]"yr Aia Vai Leu Thr Giy Ala ]"hr Vai Lys iie iie Lys Asn Arg A;-.p Ph-;' Leu Leu Asp Lvs Aia Va! Gin Giu Leu lie Giu Val Leu Lys
SEQ e NO: 10
Met Giy Tyr Vai iie Vai Aia "f hr Giy Va! Pro Giy Va! Gly Aia "f hr Thr Va! Thr Thr Giu Aia Vai Lys Giu Leu Giu Giy Tyr Giu His Val Asn Tyr Giv Asp Vai Met Leu Glu iie Ala Lys Giu Glu Giv Leu Vai Giu His Arg Asp Glu He Arg Lys Leu Pro Aia Giu Ly;-. Gin Arg Giu lie Gin Arg Leu Aia A!a Arg Arg He Ala Lys M-A Aia Giu Giu Lys Giu Gly iie He Vai Asp Thr His Cys Thr iie Lys Thr Pro Aia Giv Tyr Leu Pro Giy Leu Pro iie Trp Val Leu Giu Glu Leu Gln Pro Asp Vai li-;1 Va! Leu lie Giu Ala Asp Pro A;-.p Giu !!e Met !Vi-M Arg Arg Vai Lys A;-.p Ser Glu Giu Arg Gln Arg Asp Tyr Asp Arg Aia His Giu iie Giu Glu His Gin Lvs Met Asn Arg Met Aia Aia
MeE Aia Tyr Aia Aia Leu Thr Gly Ala Thr Va! Lys He iie Giu Asn His Asp Asp Arg Leu Giu Glu Ala Val Arg Giu Phe Vd! Glu Thr Vd! Arg Ser Leu
SEQ e NO: 11
Met Lys A;-n Lys Val Va! Vai Va! ]"hr Giy Val Pro Giy Val Giy Giy Thr Thr Leu "f hr Gin Lys Thr lie Giu Lys Leu Lvs Giυ Giu Giv iie Glu Tyr Lvs Met Val Asn Phe Giv Thr Va! Met Phe Giυ Val Aia Lys Giu Giu Gly Leu Vai Glu Asp Arg Asp Gln Met Arg Lys Leu Asp Pro Asp Thr Gin Ly;-. Arg !i-? Gin Lys Leu Aia Gly Arg Lys iie Aia Giu Met Aia Lys Giu Ser Asn Val iie Vd! Asp Thr His Ser Thr Vai Lys Thr Pro Lys Giy Tyr Leu Aia Giy Leu Pro iie Trp Va! Leu Giυ Giu Leυ Asn Pro Asp iie He Va! iie Vai Giυ Thr Ser Ser Asp Giυ iie Leu Met Arg Arg Leu Giy Asp Aia Thr Arg Asn Arg Asp iie Glu Leu Tiir Ser Asp iie Asp Giu Hu Gin Phe
Met Asn Arg Gys Ala Ala Met Aia Tyr Giy Va! Leυ Thr Giy Aia Thr Va! Lys He iie Lys Asn Arg Asp Giy Leu Leu Asp Lvs Aia Vai Giu Glu Leu iie Ser Vai Leu Lys SEQ e NO: 12
Met Lys SIe VaI lie VaI Ala Leu Pro GIy Ser G!y Lys Thf ]'hr !!e Leu Asn Phe Va! LyS Gin Ly;-. Leu Pro A;-.ρ Vai L ys iie Va! Asn Tyr G!y Asp Vai Met L eu Glυ lie Ala Lvs L ys Arg Phe GIy fie Gin His Arg Asp GIu Met Arg Lys Lys He Pro Vai Asp Giu T yr Arg Lys VaI GIn Giu GIu Ala Ala Giu Tyr ISe ASa Ser Leu T hf Giy Asp Vai iie iie Asp Thr His Ala Ser He Lys He GIy Giy GIv Tyr Tyr Pro Giy L eu Pro Asp Arg lie lie Ser L ys Leu Lys Pro Asp VaI iie Leu Leu Leu GIu Tyr Asp Pro Lys VaI lie Leu Giu Arg Arg Lys Lys Asp Pro Asp Arg Phe Arg Asp Leu Glυ Ser GIu Giu G!u He Giu Met His Gin GIn Ala Asn Arg Tyr Tyr Ala Phe Ala Ala ASa Asn Aia GIy GIu Ser Thr VaI His VaI Leu Asn Phe Arg Giy Lys Pro GIu Ser Arg Pro Phe GIu His Ala Giu Vai Ala ASa GIu Tyr He Vai Asn Leu He Leu Arg Thr Arg GIn Lys Ser
SEQ e NO: 13
Met Met Aia Tyr Leu Vai Phe Leυ Giy Pro Pro Giy Ala GIv Lys Giy Thr T yr Ala Lys Arg He GIn G!u Lys Thr GIv lie Pro His ISe Ser Thr GIv Asp He Phe Arg Asp He Va! L ys Lvs Giu Asn Asp Giu Leu GSy L ys Lvs ISe Lys Giu He Met G!u Lys Giy GIu Leu Vai Pro Asp Giu Leu Vai Asn GIu Va! Va! Lys Arg Arg Leυ Ser Giu L ys Asp Cys Giu Lys GIy Phe iie Leu Asp Giy Tyr Pro Arg Thr Va! Aia Gin Ala GIu Phe L eu Asp Ser Phe Leu Giu Ser Gin Asn Lys GIn Leu Thr Aia Aia VaI Leu Phe Asp VaI Pro Giu Asp Va! Va! Va! GIn Arg Leu Thr Ser Arg Arg i!e Cys Pro Lvs Cys GIy Arg He Tyr Asn Met He Ser L eu Pro Pro Lys Giu Asp GSu Leu Cys Asp Asp C ys Ly;-. Vai Lys Leu Va! Girt Arg Asp Asp Asp Lys GIu Giu Thr Va! Arg His Arg Vyr Lvs Vai T yr Leu GIu Lvs Thr Gin Pro Va! ISe Asp Tyr Tyr GIy Lys L ys Giy ISe Leu Lvs Arg Vai Asp Giy Thr SIe G!v lie Asp Asn Va! VaI Aia Giυ Va! Leu Lys i!e lie Giy l"rp Ser Asp Lys
SEQ e NO: 14
Met Lys Vai Arg hhs Pro Phe Lys Va! Va! Vai Vai Thr GIy Vai Pro Giy Va! GIy Lys Thr Thr Vai He Lys Giu Leu GIn GIy Leu Aia Giu Lys Giu GIy Va! Lys Leu Hss i!e Vai A;-.n Phe Giy Ser Phe Met Leu Asp Thr Aia Vai Lys Leu Giy Leu Vai Giu Asp Arg Asp Lys S!e Arg Thr L eu Pro Leu Arg Arg Gin Leu GIu Leu GSn Arg Giu Ala Aia Lys Arg SIe Va! Aia GIu Ala Ser Lvs Aia Leu Giy GIy Asp Giy Vai Leu !Ie !ie Asp T hr His Aia L eu Va! L ys Thr VaI Ala Giy Tyr Trp Pro Giy L eu Pro Lys His Va! Leu Asp GIu Leu Lys Pro Asp Met lie A!a Vai VaI Giu Ala Ser Pro Giu GIu Va! Aia Ala Arg Gin Ala Arg Asp Thr T hr Arg T yr Arg Va! Asp iie GIy GIy VaI Giu GIv VaI Lvs Arg Leu Met Giu Asn ASa Arg Ala Ala Ser He Ala Ser ASa iSe GIn Tyr Ala Ser Thr VaI Aia He Vai Glυ Asn Arg GIu GSy GSu Aia Ala Lys Aia A!a Giu Giu Leu Leu Arg Leu lie Lys Asn Leu
Met Asn Leu He Phe L eu Giy Pro Pro GIy ASa Giy L ys GSy Thr Gin A!a L ys Arg Va! Ser Giu Lys Tvr GIy ISe Pro Gin lie Ser Thr GIy Asp Met Leu Arg Glυ Aia VaI Ala Lys GIy Thr GIu Leu Giy Lys Lys ASa Lys Giu Tyr Met Asp Lys Giy GIu Leu Vd! Pro Asp Giu Vai Vai He GIv SIe Vai Lys GIu Arg Leu GIn Gin Pro Asp Cys Giu Lys GIy Ph-? He L-?u Asp GIy Phe Pro Arg Thr Leυ Ala GIn Ala Giu Aia Leu Asp GIu Met Leυ Lys Glυ Leυ Asn Lys Lys lie Asp Aid Vd! He Asn Vai Vai Vai Pro GIu Giu Giu Vai Vai Lys Arg iie Thr Tyr Arg Arg Thr Cys Arg Asn Cys 6Iy Ala Vai Tyr His Leu lie Tyr Ala Pro Pro Lys GIu Asp Asrt Lys Cys Asp Lys Cys
G!y Giy Glu Leυ Tyr Gin Arg Asp Asp Lys GIu GIu Thr VaI Arg GIu Arg Tyr Arg Vs! Tyr Lys Gin Asn Thr GIu Pro Leu !!e Asp Tyr Tyr Arg lys Lys Giy !!e Leu Tyr Asp VaI Asp GIy Thr Lys Asp He Giu Giy Vd! Trp Lys GIu lie Gk) Ala lie Leu Giu Lys iie Lys Ser
SEQ ID HQ: 16
MeE Aiπ lie Leυ iie Ph-? G!y Pro Pro GIy Ser G!y Ly;-. Ser 'S hr Girt Ala Arg Arg He Thr GIu Arg Tyr Giy Leu Thr Tyr He Ala Ser G!y Asp He He Arg A!a Giu He Lys Aia Arg Thr Pro Leυ Giy iie Giu Met Giu Arg Tyr Leu Ser Arg Giy Asp Leu iit? Pro Asp Thr We VaI Asn Thr Leu Ii-? iie Ser Lys L-?u Arg Arg VaI Arg G!υ Asn Phe He Met Asp Giy Tyr Pro Arg Thr Pro Giu Gin VaS Ne Thr Leu GIu Asn Tyr Leu Tyr Asp Hi=. Giy He Lys Leυ Asp Vd! Aia iie Asp iie Tyr He Thr Lys Giu GIu Ser VaI Arg Arq lie Ser Gh/ Arg Arg iie Cys Ser Lys Cys GIy Aia Va! Tyr His VaI Giu Phe Asn Pro Pro Ly=. Va! Pro Giy Lys Cys Asp He Cys Giy Giy Gk) Leυ iie G!n Arg Pro Asp Asp Arg Pro GIu iie Va! Giu Lys Arg Tyr Asp iie T yr Ser Lys Asn M-?i Giu Pf o He He Lys Phe Vyr Gin L ys Gin Giv Ue Tyr Va! Arg Ne Asp Giy His Giy Ser !!e Asp GIu VaI Trp Giu Arg He Arg Pro Leu L eu Asp '( vr iie Tyr Asn Gin GIu Asn Arg Arg
SEQ ID MO: 17
Met Pro Phe Vdi Va! lie He Thr Giy !Ie Pro Gh/ Va! Giy Lys Ser Thr iie Thr Arg Leu Aia Leu Gin Arg Thr Lys Ala Lys Phe Arg Leu He Asn Phe Giy Asp Leu iviei Phe Giu GIu Ala Va! Lys Ala GIy Leu Va! Lys His Arg Asp G!u Met Arg L ys Leu Pro Leu Λaa He Gin Arg Giu L eu Gin Met L ys Aia Aia Lvs L ys lie Xaa Giu Met Ala Lys Giu His Pro He Leu Va! Asp Thr His Aia Thr iie Lys Fhr Pro Hrs Giy Tyr Xaa Leu GIy Leu Pro T yr Giu Vai Vai Lys Thr L eu Asn Pro Asn Phe !!e Va! He !!e Giu Aia Thr Pro Ser Gk) iie L eu GIy Arg Arg Leu Arg Asp Leu Lys Arg Asp Arg Asp Va! Giu T hr Giu GIu Gin iie Gin Arg His Gin Asp Leu Asn Arg Ala Ala Aia He Xaa Tvr Aia Met His Ser Asn A!a Leu !ie L ys iie iie Giu Asn His Giu Asp L ys Giy L eu Giu Giu Aia Vai Asn GIu Leu Vai Lys iie Leu Asp- Leu Aia Va! Asn Giu Tyr Ala
SEQ ID MO: 18
Met Pro Phe Vdi Vai iie lie Thr Giy !Ie Pro Gh/ Va! Giy Lys Ser Thr iie Thr Lys Leu Aia Leu Gin Arg Thr Arq Ala Lys Phe Lys Leu iie Asn Phe Giy Asp Leu Met Phe Giu Giu Aia Leu Lys Leu \aa Leu Vai Lys Hss Arg Asp G!u Met Arg L ys Leu Pro Leu Giu Va! Gin Arg Giu Leu Gin Met Asn Aia Aia L ys Lys lie Aia Giu Met Aia Lys Asn Tyr Pro iie Leu Leu Asp Thr His Ala Thr lie Lys Thr Pro His Gh/ Tyr Leu Leu Giy Leu Pro T yr Giu Vai iie Lys iie Leu Asn Pro Asn Phe He Vai iie He Giu Aia Thr Pro Ser Giu iie Leu Giy Arg Arg Leu Arq Asp L-?u Lys Arg Asp Arg Asp Vai GIu Thr Giu Giu GIn iie Gh Arg His Gin Asp L-?u Asn Arg Aia Aia Aia He Xaa Tyr Aia Met His Ser Asrt Aia Leu iie Lys iie iie Giu Asn His Giu Asp Lys Giy Leu Giu Giu Aia Vai Asn G!υ Leu Vai Lys iie Leu Asp Leu Ala Vai Lys Giu Tyr Aia Met Us He Giy He Va! Thr GIv He Pro GIy Vd! Giy Lvs Ser Thr Va! Leu Ala Lys Va! Lys GIu ile Leu
Asp Asn Gin GIy i!e Asn Asn Lys lie iie Asn Tyr Giy Asp Phe Met Leυ Ala Thr Aia Leu Lys Leu G!y Tyr Aia Lys Asp Arc, Asp G!u Met Arg Lys Leu Ser Vai Giu Lys Girt Lys Lys Leu Girt iie Asp Aia Aia Lys Giy iie Aia Giu Gb Aia Arg Aia GIy Giy Giu GIy Tyr Leu Pile iie Asp Thr His Aia Vai ile Arg Thr Pro S-?r Giy Tyr *aa Pro Giy Leu Pro Ser Tyr Vai iie Thr Giu iie Asn Pro Ser VaI iie Piie Leu Leu Giu Aid Asp Pro Lvs iie iie Leu Ser Arg Gin Lys Arg Asp Thr Thr Arg Asn Arg Asn Asp Tyr Ser Asp Giu Ser Va! He L-?u Glυ Thr U-? Asn Phe Ala Arg T yr Aia Ala Thr Aia Ser Ala Va! Leu Ala Giy Ser T hr Vai Ly;-. VaI lie VaI Asn VaI GIu Giy Asp Pro Ser ile Aia Aia Asn Giu He iie Arg Ser Met Lys
SEQ ID HQ: 20
Met Arg Vai Leu Vai iie Asn Ser GIv Ser Ser Ser iie Lys Tyr Gin Leu iie Giu Met Giu Giy Giu Lvs Vai Leu Cys Lys Giy lie Ala GIu Arg lie Giy ile Giu GIy Ser Arg Leu VaI His Arg Va! GIy Asp Giu Lys Hss Va! lie Giu Arg GIu Leu Pro Asp His Giu GIu Aia Leu Lys Leu iie Leu Asn 'i hr Leu VaI Asp Giu Lys Leu GIy Va! He I. ys Asp Leu L ys Giu He Asp Aia Vai Giv Hss Arg Vai Vai His G!y Giy Giu Arg Phe Lys Giu Ser Vai Leu VaI Asp Giu Giu Vai Leu Lys Aia He Giu GIu Vai Ser Pro Leu Ala Pro Leu Hi;-. Asn Pre Aia Asn Leu Met GIy iie L ys Aia Aia Met Lys Leu Leu Pro Giy Vai Pro Asn Vai Aia Vai Phe Asp Thr Aia Phe His Gin Thr lie Pro Gin Lys Aia 'f yr Leu Tyr Ala He Pro 'i yr Giu T yr T yr GIu Lys Tyr Lys lie As'g Arg 'f yr Giy Phe His Giy Thr Ser His Arg Tvr Va! Ser L ys Arg Aia Aia GIu He Leu GIv Lys Lvs L eu Giu Giu Leu Lvs iie lie Thr Cys Hss !ie GIy Asn Giy Aia Set VaI Ala Ala VaI Lys Tyr Giy Lys Cys Vai Asp Fhr Ser Met GIy Phe Thr Pro Leu GIu Giy Leu Va! Met Giv Thr Arg Ser Giy Asp Leu Asp Pro Aia iie Pro Phe Phe iie Met Giu Lys Giu Giy iie Ser Pro Gin Giu Met Tyr Asp iie Leυ Asn Lys Lys Ser Giy Vai Tyr GIy Leu Ser Lys Giy Phe Ser Ser Asp Met Arg Asp lie Giu Giu Aia Aia L eu L ys Giy Asp Giu Trp Cys L ys Leu Vai Leu Giu iie Tyr Asp Tvr Arg He Aia Lvs T yr iie GIy Aia Tyr Aia Aia Aia Met Asn GIy Vai Asp Ala !Ie Va! Phe 'i hr Ala Giy VaI Giy GIu Asn Ser Pro iie Thr Arg Giu Asp Vai Cys Ser Tvr Leu Giu Phe Leu Giy Va! L ys Leu Asp L ys Gin Lys Asn Giu Giu Thr He Arg GIy Lys GIu Giy lie He Ser 'i hr Pro Asp Ser Arg Va! Lys Vai Leu Vai Vai Pro Thr Asn Giu GIu Leu Met lie Aia Arg Asp Thr L ys GIu He Vai Giu Lvs iie Giy Arg
SEQ ID NO: 21
Met Arg Arg Met Lys Leυ Pro Ser His Lys Thr Lys iie Vai Aia Thr ile GIy Pro Aia Thr Asn Ser Lys Lys Met He Lvs Lys Leu He Giu Aia Giy Met Asn Va! Aia Arg iie Asn Phe Ser Hss Giy Thr Phe Giu Giu Hss Aia Lys He lie GIu Met VaI Arg GIu Gin Ser Gin Lys Leu Asp Arg Arg VaI Ala iie Leu Aia Asp Leu Pro GIy Leu Lys iie Arg Vai Giy Giu iie L ys Giv Giy Tvr Vai Giu Leu Giu Arg Giv Giu L ys Vai Thr L eu Thr Thr L ys Asp iie GIu Giy Asp GIu 'i hr Thr ile Pro VaI Giu Tyr Lys Asp Phe Pro Lys Leu VaI Ser Lys GIy Asp VaI iie 'i s<r Leu Ser Asp Giy Tyr iie Vai Leu Arg Vai Giu Asp Vai Lys Giu Asn Giu Vai Giu Aia Vai Vai iie Ser Giy Giy Lys Leu Phe Ser Arg Lys Giy H-? Asn lie Pro Lys Aia Tyr Leu Pro Va! Giu Ala He Thr Pro Arg Asp lie Glυ He Met Lys Phe Aia iie Giu His GIy Vai Asp Aid iie GIy Leu Ser Phe Vai Giy Asrt Vai Tyr Asp Vai Leu Lvs Aia Lys Ser Phe Leu Giu Arg Asn GIy Aia Giy Asp Thr Phe Vai iie Aia Lys ile Giu Arg Pro Asp Ala VaI Arg Asn Phe Aon Giu iie Leu Asn Aia A!a Asp Giy iie Met ile Aia Arg GIy Asp Leu Giy Vai Giu Met Pro iie Giu Gin Leu Pro iie Leu Gin Us Arg Leu lie Arg Us Aia Asn Met Giu Gi y Lys Pro Va! i!e Thr Aid Thr Gin
Met Leu VaI Ser Met Thr Met Giu Lys VaI Pro Thr Arg Ate Giu Vs! Thr Asp Va! Aia Asn Aia Ii-? Leu Asp Giy Thr Asp Aia VaI Met Leu Ser Giu Giu Tbr AJa Vdi GIy Lys Phe Pro !!e Giu Aia VaI GIu Met Met Ala Arg lie A!a Lys Va! Thr Giu Giu Tyr Arg G!υ Ser Phe GIy iie Thr Arg M-?t Arg Giu Phe Leυ GIu Giy Thr Lys Arg GIy Thr He Lys Giu Aia iie Thr Arg Ser !Ie lie Asp Aia iie Gys Thr iie Giy He Lys Piie iie Leu Thr Pro Thr Lys Thr GIy Arg Thr Ala Arg Leu iie Ser Arg Phe Lys Pro Lys Gin Trp iie Leu Ala Phe S-?r Thr Arg GIu Lys Va! Cy s Asn Asn Leu Met Phe Ser T yr Giy VaI Fyr Pro Phe Cy 3 Mt-I Giu GIu GIy Phe Asn Giu Asn Asp !Ie Va! Arg Leu lie Lvs Giy L eu Giv Leu Va! Giv Ser Asp Asp He VaI Leu Met Thr Giu Giy L ys Pro iie Giu t.vs Thr Vai Giy Thr Asn Set iie Lys lie Phe Gin He Aia
SEQ ID MO: 22
Met Arg Lys Thr Lys iie Vai Ala Thr Leu Giy Pro Ser Ser Giυ Giu Lys Vai Lys Giu Leu Ala Giu Tyr Va! Asp Va! Ph-;1 Arg iie Asn Phe Ala His GIy Asp Giu Thr Ser hhs Arg Lys Tyr Phe Asp Leu iie Arg Thr Tyr Ala Pro Giu Ser Ser lie He Vai Asp Leu Pro Giy Pro Lvs L eu Arg Leu Giy Giu Leu Lvs Giu Pro iie Giu Vai L ys Lvs GIy Asp Lys lie Va! Phe Ser Gin Lys Asp Giy He Pro Va! Asp Asp Giu Leu Phe Tyr Ser Aia Va! Lys Giu Asn Ser Asp iie L eu iie Aia Asp Giv Thr iie Arg Va! Arg VaI Lvs Ser Lvs Aia L ys Asp Arg Va! Giu Giy Thr Va! tie GIu GIy Giy Ii-? Leu Leu Ser Arg Lys GIy He Asn iie Pro Asn Vai Asri Leu Lys Ser GIy He Thr Asp Asn Asp L eu Lys Leu L eu L ys Arg Ala Leu Asp L eu Giv Aia Asp Tyr iie GIy Leu Ser Phe Vai iie Ser Giu Asn Asp Va! Lys Lys Vai Lys Giu Phe Va! Giy Asp Giu Ala Trp Vai iie Aia Lys He Giu Lys S-?r Giu Aia Leu Lys Asn Leu Thr Asn iie Vai Asn Giu Ser Asp GIy iie Met Vd! Aid Arg Giy Asp Leu Giv Vd! Giu Tiir Giy Leu Giu Asn Leυ Pro Leu iie GIn Arg Arg Be Vai Arg Thr Ser Arg Va! Phe Giy Lys Pro Va! lie L-?u Ala Thr Gin Vai L eu Thr Ser Met He Asn Ser Pro iie Pro Thr Arg Aia Giu iie iie Asp iie Ser Asn Ser iie Met Gin Giy VaI Asp Ser U-? Met Leu Ser Asp Giu Thr Aia iie GIy Asn T yr Pro Va! Giu S-?r Va! Arg Thr Leu His Asn iie Ii-? Ser Asn VaI Giu L ys Ser VaI Lvs His Arg Pro iie Giy Pro L eu Asn Ser Giu Ser Asp Aia iie Aia Leu Aia Aia Va! Asn Aia Ser Lys Va! Ser Lys Ala Asp Vai iie Vai VaI T yr Ser Arg Ser Giv Asn Ser lie Leu Arg Vai Ser Arg Leu Arg Pro GIu Arg Asn iie iie GIy Va! Ser Pro Asp Pro Arg L eu Aia Lvs L ys Phe L ys L eu Cys Tyr Giy Vai lie Pro iie Ser iie Asn Lys Lys Met Gin S-?r tie Asp Giu Ii-? lie Asp Va! Ser Ala Lvs Leu Met Gin GIu Lys iie Lys Asp Leu Lys Phe Lys Lys iie Vai iie Vai Giy GIy Asp Pro Lvs Gin Giu Aia Giy Lys Thr Asn Phe Vai iie Vai Lys Thr Leυ GIu Gin Gin Lys Lys
): 23
Met Arg Ser Thr Lys iie Va! Cys Thr Vai Giy Pro Arg Thr Asp Ser Tyr Giu Met iie Giu Lvs Met iie Asp L eu GIy Vai Asn Vai Phe Arg iie Asn Thr S-?r His GIy Asp Trp Asn GIu Gin Giu GIn Lys Ii-? Leu Lys iie Lys Asp Leu Arg Giu Lys Lys Lys Lys Pro VaI Aia He Leu lie Asp Leu Aia Giy Pro Lys iie Arg Thr Giy Tyr Leu Giu Lys Giυ Phe VaI Giυ Leυ Lys Giυ GIy Gin He Phe Thr Leu Thr Thr Lys Giu He Leu Giy Asn GIu His iie Va! Ser Va! Asn Leu Ser Ser Leu Pro Lys Asp Vd! Lys Lys Giy Asp Thr iie Leu Leu Ser Asp Giy Giu iie Vai Leu GIu Va! He Giυ Thr Thr Asp Thr Giυ Vai Lys Thr Vai Vai Lys 1VaI GIy GIy Lys iie Thr His Arg Arg Giy Vai Asn VaI Pro Thr Aia Asp Leu Ser Va! Giu Ser iie Thr Asp Arg Asp Arg Giu Phe He Lys Leu Giv Tiir Leu His Asp Va! GIu Phe Phe Ala Leu Ser Phe VdI Arg Lvs Pro Giu Asp Va! Leu Lvs Aia Lys Giu Giu lie
Arg Ly^ His GIy Lys Giu He Pro Va! He Ser Lys lie Giu Thr Lys Ly=. Aia Leυ GIu Arg Leu Gb Giu He He Lys VaI Ser Asp GIy lie Met VaI AJa Arg Gi-/ Asp Leu Giy Vai Giu He Pro He Giu Giu VaI Pro iie VaI Gin Lys Giu We lie Ly=. Leυ Ser Lys Tyr Tyr Ser Lys Pro Vai iie Va i Aia Thr Gin U-? Leu Giu Ser Met Ii-? Giu Asn Pro Phe Pro Thr Arg Aia Giu Vai Thr Asp lie Aid Asn Aid iie Phe Asp GIy Ala Asp Aia Leu Leu Leu Thr Ma Giu Thr Aia VaI Giy Lys His Pro Leυ Giu Aia iie Lys VaI L-?u Ser Lys Vai Aia Lys Giu Ala Giu Lys Lys Leu Giu Phe Phe Arg Thr lie GIu T yr Asp Thr Ser Asp !Ie Set GIu Aia iie Ser His Ala Cys Trp Gin Leu Ser Giu Ser Leu Asn Ala !. ys Leυ !Ie iie Thr Pro Thr iie Ser Giy Ser Thr Aia Vai Arg Vai Ser L ys Tvr Asn Vai Ser Gin Pro iie Vai Aia Leu Thr Pro Giu GIu Lys Thr T yr Tyr Arg Leu Set Leu Va! Arg Lys Vai U-? Pro VaI Leu Aia GIu Lvs Cvs Ser GIn Giu Leu Giu Phe iie Giu L ys GIy Leu L ys Lvs Va! Giu Giu Met Giv Leu Ala GIu Lys Giy Asp Leu Va! Vai Leu Thr Ser GIy Vai Pro GIy Lys Va! GIv T hr T hr Asn Thr iie Arg Va! Leu Lys Vai Asp
SEQ ID NO: 24
Met Arg Arg Vai L ys Leu Pro Ser His Lvs Thr L ys iie VaI Aia Thr iie GIy Pro Aia Thr Asn Ser Arg Lvs Met iie Lys Gin Leu lie Lys AJa GIv iViei Asn VaI Ala Arg iie Asn Phe Set His Giy Ser Phe Giu GIu His Ma Arg Vai iie Giu iie iie Arg Giu Giu Ala Gin L ys Leu Asp Arg Arg VaI Aia iie Leu Aia Asp L eu Pro GIy Leu Lys iie Arg Vai Giy GIu He Lys GIv Giy T yr VaI Giu Leu Lvs Arg Giy Giu Lys Vai iie Leu Thr Thr Lys Asp VaI Giu Giv Asp Giu Thr Thr iie Pro Vai Asp Tyr Lvs Giy Phe Pro Asn L eu VaI Ser Lvs Giy Asp iie iie Tyr Leu Asn Asp GIv Tyr iie VaI Leu Lys Vai Giu Asn Va! Arg Giu Asn GIu Vai Giu Ala Va! Vai Leu Set Giy Giy Lvs Leu Phe Ser Arg Lys Giy Vai Asn iie Pro Lys Aia Tyr Leu Pro Vai Giu Aia iie Thr Pro Lys Asp Phe Giu iie Met Lys Phe Ala He Giu His Giy Va! Asp Aia lie GIy Leu S-?r Phe Vai GIy Ser VaS Tyr Asp Va! Leu Lys Aia Lys Ser Phe Leu Giu Lvs Asn Asn Aia Giu Asp Va! Phe Vai lie Aia Lys iie Giu Arg Pro Asp Aia Vai Arg Asn Phe Asp Giu He Leu Asn Ala Ala Asp GSy iie MeE iie Aia Arg Giy Asp Leu GSy Vai GIu Met Pro iie GIu Gin Leu Pro He L eυ Gin Lvs L ys Leu iie Arg L ys Aia Asn Met Giu Giy L ys Pro Va! iie Thr Ala Thr Gin Met Leu Vai Ser Met Thr Thr Giu Lys Vai Pro Thr Arg AJa GIu Va! T hr Asp Va! AJa Asn AJa iie Leu Asp GSy T hr Asp Aia Vai Met Leu Ser Giu Giu Thr Aia iie Giy Lvs Phe Pro iie Giu Thr Va! Giu Met Met Giy L ys iie Aia Lvs Vai Thr GIu Giu T yr Arg Giu Ser Phe GIy Leu Ser Arg iie Arg Giu Phe Met Giu iie Lys Lys GIy Thr iie Lys Giu Aia He Thr Arg Ser iie iie Asp Aia iie Cys Thr iie Asp iie Lys Phe lie Leu Thr Pro Thr Arg Thr Giy Arg Thr Aia Arg Leu iie Ser Arg Ph-? Ly=. Pro Lys Gin Trp iie Leυ Ala Phe Ser Thr Asn GIu Arg Va! Cys Asn Asn Leu Met Phe Ser Tvr Giy Vai Tyr Pro Phe Cys Leu Giu Giu Giy Pi ie Asp Giu Asn Asp iie Vai Arg Leu !!■? Lys Giy Leυ GIy Leυ Va! Giu Ser Asp Asp Met Va! Leu Met Thr GIu Giy Lys Pro He GIu Lys Thr VaI Giy Thr Asn Ser He Lvs iie Phe Gin iie Ala
Met Lys Va! Leυ Va! iie Asn Aia Giy Ser Ser Ser Leu Lys Tyr Gin Leu Ii-? Asp Met Thr Asn GIu Ser Ala Leυ Aid Vai Giy Leu Cys Giu Arg iie Giy iie Asp Asn Ser He iie Thr Gin Lys Lys Phe Asp Giv Lvs Lys Leu Giu Lys Leυ Thr Asp Leu Pro Thr His Lys Asp ASa Leυ Giu GSυ Vai Va! Lys Aia L-?u Thr Asp Asp Giu Pile Giy Vai ISe Lvs Asp Met Giy Giu lie Asn Aia VaS Giy His Arg Vai Vai His Giy Giy Giu Lys Phe Thr Thr Ser ASa Leu Tyr Asp Glυ Gly Val Giu Lys Aia iie Lys Asp Cy3 Phe Giu Leu Aia Pro Leu His Asn Pro Pro Asrt
Met Met Giy lie Ser Ala Gys Ala Giu iie Met Pro G!y Thr Pro Met Va! lie Vai Phe Asp Thr Ala Phe His Gin Thr Met Pro Pro Tyr Aia Tyr Met Tyr Aia Leu Pro Tyr Asp Leu Tyr Giu Lys His Giy Va! Arg Lys Tyr Giy Pile His G!y Thr S-?r Hi=. Lys Tyr Va! Aia Giu Arg ASa ASa Leυ Met Leu GSy Lys Pro ASa Giu Gb Thr Lys iie iSe Thr Cys His Leu Gly Asn Gh/ Ser Ser He Thr Aia VaS Glυ GSy GSy Lys Ser VaS Glυ Thr Ser Met Giy Phe Thr Pro Leυ Giu Gly Leυ ASa Met Gly Thr Arg Cys Giy Ser U-? Asp Pro Aia He Va! Pro Phe Leu Met Giu Ly=. Giu Gly Leυ 'f hr 3'hr Arg Giu iie Asp Thr Leu Met Asn Lys Ly;-. Ser Giy Val Leu GSy Va! Ser GSy Leυ Ser Asn Asp Phe Arg Asp L eu Asp Glu Ala Ala Ser Lys Gh/ Asn Arg Lys Ala Glυ Leu Aia Leu Giu lie Phe ASa Tvr Lys Va! Lys Lys Phe lie GSy Glu Tyr Ser Ais Vai Leυ Asn Giy Ala Asp Aia Val Va! Phe Thr Ala Gly He Giy Glυ Asn Ser Ala Ser iie Arg Lvs Arg iie Leυ Thr Giy Leu Asp Giy Sle Gh/ iie Lys Sle Asp Asp Giu Lys Asn Lys iie Arg Giy Gln Giu lie Asp lie Ser !'hr Pro Asp Aia Lys Vai Arg Va! Phe Vai iie Pro Fhr Asn Giu GSu !. eυ Aia iie Aia Arg GSυ Thr Lys Glυ lie Va! Glu Thr Giu Va! !. ys Leu Arg Ser Ser He Pro Va!
SEQ ID HQ: 26 atgaagatt g gtaltgtaac tggaatt cci ggtgtaggga aaagtactgt c ttggc taaa gttaaagaga tattggataa tcaaggtata aataacaaga tcataaatta Jggagatttf atgttagcaa cagcattaaa attaggctar gctaaagara gagacgaaat gagaaaatta lctgtagaaa agcagaagaa att gcagatt gatgcggcta aaggtatagc tgaagaggca agagcaggtg gagaaggata tctgtt cata garacgcatg etgtgataeg tacaccctct ggatarftac ctggtrfacc gtcatatgta attacagaaa taaatccgfc fgttafcttt ttactggaag clgatcctaa gataataUa lcaaggcaaa agagagalac aacaaggaat agaaatgatt atagtgacga atcagUata ttagaadocd taaacttcgc tagatdtqca gctactqctt ctcjcagtatt agccgcittct actgttaacig tadttgtaaa egtggaacjga gatccfagfa tagcagctaa fgagataata aggtctefga agfaa
atgaaaatcg gtafcgtJac cggtatcccg ggtgftggra aatcfaccgt tctggctaaa gttaaagaaa Jcctggacaa ccagggfatc aacaacaaaa tcatcaacta cggigacUc atgctggcta ccgctctgaa actgggttac gclaaagacc gtgacgaaat gcgtaaactg tctqttgaaa aacacjaaaaa actgoaqatc gacgctgcta adgcjtdtccic tgaagaagot cgtgctgcjtg gtgaaggtta octgttcatc gacacccacg cfgttafccg faccccgtct ggftacctgc cgggtcfgcc gtcttacgtt atcaccgaaa tcaacccgtc fgttafcttc ctgctggaag otgacccgaa adtcatcctg tetegteagd aacgtcjacdo oacccgtadc ogtaacgact dctctciacga dtctgttdtc cfggaaacca tcaactfcgc tcgttacgct gctaccgctt cfgctgttct ggcfggfkt accgtfaaag tt atcgttaa cgttgaaggt gacccgtcta togctgctad cgaaatcatc ogttctatga aatag
atgaiggcgt accftgtctt tctaggacct ccaggtgcag gaaaaggaac ctecgcaaag agatfgcagg aaafaacggg gaftccfcat atatccaccci gtgacatttt oagggacatt gtaaaaaaag agaacgacgd gottgggaaa aagdtaaaag agatcdtgga aaggggagaa ctcgttccgg acgaacfcgt gaacgaggtt gfgaaaagaa gactcfoaga aaaagattgf gaaagaggat tcafactgga oggctatcca dgaacogttg cteaggcgga attcctcgac ggctttttga aaactoaaaa cdaagagctc acggctgctg tdotctttga agtfcctgag gaagtggtcg ftcagaggcf cacggccaga aggatctgcc cgaaatgtgg aagaatttac aatt tgattt cgctccctcc aadagaagac gaactgtgcg dtgdttgtaa dcjtgaagctc gttoagagag aagacgacaa dcjaagaaaca gtgagaoaca gatacaaggt ttatctcgaa aagaeaoagc caqtgattga ttactacgat aaaaagggea ttctcaaacg agtggatggt accafaggaa fagacaacgt gatcgctgaa gtgttaaaga iaatagggtg gagtgaiaaa tga
SEQ lD NO: 29 atgaiggoct aicAggiUt tctt ggteca cegggggcag gcaaaggiac alatgcgaaa cgUtacagg aaatcaocgg cakiccgcae attageacgg gcgaoattft fcgtqataft gtcaaaaagg aaaatgacga aftaggtaag aaaatfaaag aaattatgga gogcggegag Ugglgccgg aegaaotggt gaatgaagU gtcaaacgtc ggotgtciga aaaggaitgc gaacgiggct ttatittgga cggttacccg cgtaeagtag ctoaggcaga gfttetegac ggettcetga agacfcagaa taaggagtta acggctgcgg tcctgttega ggtgoetgaa gaggtggtcg ttcagcgtct gaccgcgcgg cgUiictgcc cgaaglgtgg tcgtatttac aaccAgaitE cacUcclcc aaaagaagsi gaacfgfgtg atgactgcaa agtaaaactg gtgcaacgcg aagatgataa agaggaaact gtgcgccatc gctacaaagt atatctggaa aadacccaac cggttatcga ttattatgat aaaaaaggca ttttgaaacg cgttgatggq accatcqgca tcgataacgt gattgccgaa gttctcaaaa tcaftgggtg gagtgataaa
SEQ e NO: 30 algaacc&ga Uttcciggg iccgcctggg gcaggcaaag gcacccaggc gaaacgkjtg tetgaaaagt acggtatccc gcagaUagi accggcgata tgctgcgtga agcggttgct aagggtacgg aacfggggaa aaaggcgaaa gaatatatgg acaaagggga acitgticcg gatgaaglag iϊaliqgaai cglgaaagas cgcctccagc aaccgga&tg Egagaagggc tltaticigg acggttUcc gcqtacgtta gcacaagccg aagctctqqa cqaaatgtta aaagaattga ataaqaaaat tgacgccgta atcaacgtgg tcgtaccgga agaggaag&t gtcaagcgla Uacclaicg tegcacUgc cgcaatlgcg gcgccgtgUi ccatctcatt Lilgcacctc caaaagagga taataaatgf gataaatgcg gcggfgagct ttatcagcgt gatgacgata aagaagagac agtccgcgag cgttaccgfg tgtafaaaca gaacacagag ccattg<atcg atiattaccg [aaaaaggga atcctgtatg a&glggaigg taciaaagac aicgaaggag tUggaaaga aaftgaggcg attctggaaa aaattaaaag c
Met Lys We Giy He Vai Thr Gly U-? Pro G!y Vai Gly Lys S-?r Thr Val Leu AJa Lys Va i Lys Giu He Leu Asp A=.n GIn Giy We Asn Asrt Lys lie iie Asrt Tyr Giy Asp Phe Met Leu A^a Thr Aia Leu Ly3 Leu Giy Tyr Aia Lys Asp Arg Asp Giu Met Arg Lys Leu Ser Va i Glυ Lys Gln Ly=. Lys Leu Gln lie A=.p Aia A! a Lys Giy iie Aia Giu Glu Ma Arg Aia Gly Glv Giu Gly T-/r Leu PUe iie Asp Thr Hu Ala Vai iie Arg Thr Pro Ser Giy Tyr Leu Pro Gh/ Leu Pro Ser Tyr Vai !!•? Thr Giu H-? A;>n Pro Ser Val lie Phe Leu Leu Glu Ala Asp Pro Lys iie He Leu Ser Arg Gin Lys Arg Asp Thr Thr Arg Asn Arg Asn Asp Tyr Ser Asp Glu Ser Vai lie Leu Glυ Thr iie Asn Phe Aia Arg ]"yt Ala Ala ]"hr Ala Ser Aia Va! Leu Ala Giy Ser Thf Va! Lys Vai iie Val Asn Va! Giu Giy A;-ρ Pro Ser iie Ala Aia Am Giu iie i!e Arg Ser Met Lvs
SEQ e NO: 32
Met Met Aia Tyr Leu Vai Phe Leυ Giy Pro Pro Gly Ala Giy Lys Giy Thr Tyr Aia Lys Arg Leu Gin Giυ lie Thr Gly iie Pro H& iie Ser Thr Gly Asp lie Phe Arg Asp lie Val Lys Lvs Glu Asrt Aap G!υ Leu Giy Lys Lys iie Lys Glu lie Met Glu Arg Giy Giu Leu Vai Pro Asp Giυ Leu Val Asn Giu Vai Val Lvs Arg Arg Leu Ser Giυ Lys Asp Cy s Giu Arg GIy Phe lie Leu Asp Gh/ Tyr Pro Arg Thr Va! Aia Gin Aia Giυ Phe Leu Asp GIy
Phe L-?u L ys Thr GIn Asn Lys Giu Leu Thr Aia ASa VaI Leυ Phe Giu VaI Pro G!u Giu Vs! Va! Va! GIn Arg Leu Thr Aia Arg Arg He Cys Pro Lys Cys Qy Arg lie Tyr Asn Leu He Ser Leu Pro Pro Lys Giu Asp Giu Leu Gys Asp Asp Gy s Lys Va! Lys Leu VaI G!n Arg G!υ Asp Asp Lys Giu GIu Thr VaI Arg His Arg Tyr Lys Va! Tyr Leu Giu Lys Thr Gin Pro VaI lie Asp Tyr Tyr Asp Lys Lys Giy lie Leu Lys Arg VaI Asp Gh/ Thr lie GIy H-? Asp Asn VaI !Ie AIa GIu VaS Leυ Lys Sie lie GIy Trp Ser Asp Lys
SEG ^D NO: 33
Met Asn GIn GIu Gin Va! Ser Pro Leu GIy GIy
SEQ ID NO: 34
Met Asn GIn Giu Gin VaI Ser Pro Leu Giy Giv Lys iie G!y He VaI Thr Giy !!e Pro Giy VaS GIy Lys Ser Thr VaI Leu Aia Lys VaI Lys Giu lie Leu Asp Asn GIn GIy SIe Asn Asn Lys !!e iie Asn Tyr GIy Asp Phe Met Leu Aia Thr Aia L eu L ys Leu GIy Tvr Aia L ys Asp Arg Asp Glυ Met Arg Lvs L eu Ser Vai GIu Lys GIn Lvs L ys Leυ Gin lie Asp Aia Aia Lys Giy lie Aia GIu Giu Aia Arg Aia Giy GIy Glυ Giy T yr Leu Phe lie Asp Thr His Aia VaI lie Arg Thr Pro Ser Giv Tvr L eu Pro Giv Leu Pro Ser Tyr Vai lie Thr Giu !!e Asn Pro Ser Va! iie Phe Leu Leu Giu Aia Asp Pro Lys iie iie Leu Ser Arg Gin Lys Arg Asp Thr Thr Arg Asn Arg Asri Asp I'yr Ser Asp Giu Ser Vai iie Leu Giu Thr iie Asn Phe Aia Arg Tyr Aia Aia Thr Aid Ser Aia Vai Leυ Aia Giy Ser Thr VaI Lys VaI lie Vai Asn Vai GIu GSy Asp Pro Ser SIe Ala Ala Asn Giu lie iie Arg Ser Mei Lys
Met L ys !!e Giy iie Vai Thr GSy iie Pro G!y Vai Giy Lvs Ser Thr Va! Leu Ala Lvs Vai Lvs GIu lie Leu Asp Asn GIn Giy He Asri Asn Lys He iie Asn T yr Giy Asp Phe Met Leυ ASa Thr Ala Leu Lys Leυ GSy Fyr Ala Lys Asp Arg Asp Giu Met Arg Lys Leu Ser Vai GSu Lys Gin Lys Lys Leu Gin lie Asp Aia Aia Lys Giy iie Aia Giu Giu ASa Arg Aia GSy Giy Giu GIy Tyr Leυ Ph-? Ii-? Asp Thr His Ala Va! Sie Arg Thr Pro Ser Giy Tyr Uu Pro GIy Leu Pro Ser Tyr Vai lie Thr Giu iie Asn Pro Ser VaI lie Phe Leu Leυ Giu Aia Asp Pro Lvs He iie Leu Ser Arg Gin Lys Arg Asp Thr Thr Arg Asn Arg Asn Asp Tyr Ser Asp GIu S-?r VaS ISe Uu GSu Thr lie Asn Ph-? Aia Arg Tyr Aia Aia Thr Aia Ser Aia Vai Leu Aia Giy Ser Thr Vai Lys Vai iie VaI Asn Vai Giu Giy Asp Pro Ser iie Ala Ala Asn Giu SIe iie Arg Ser Met Lys Giy Giy Asn GSn Giu GIn Vai Ser Pro Leu
Met Asn Gin Giu Gin Vai Ser Pro Leu Giy Giv Lys iie Giy iie Vai Thr Giy lie Pro Giy Vdi Giv Lys Ser Thr Vai Leu Ala Lys Vai Lys GIu lie Leu Asp Asn GIn Giy Sie Asn Asn Lys iie iie Asn Tyr Giy Asp Phe Met Leu Aia Thr Aia Leu Lys Leu Giy Tyr Aia Lys Asp Arg Asp Giυ Met Arg Lys Leu Ser Vai Giu Lys Gin Lvs Lys Leυ Gin lie Asp Aia Aia Lys GIy Sie AIa Giu GIu Ala Arg Ala Giy Giy Giυ Giy Tyr Leu Pile iie Asp Thr His Aia Vai lie Arg Thr Pro Ser Giv Tvr Leu Pro Giv Leu Pro Ser Tyr Vai iie Thr Giυ iie Asn Pro Ser Vai iie Phe Leu Leu Giυ Aia Asp Pro L ys He lie Leu Ser Arg GIn L ys Arg Asp Thr Thr Arg Asn Arg Asn Asp Tyr Ser Asp Glυ Ser Va! lie leu Glu Thr He Asn Phe Aia Arg Tyr Aia Aia Thr Aid Ser Aia Vai Leu Ala Gly Ser
Thr Va! Lys Val He Vai Asn Val Giu Gly Asp Pro Ser He Ala AUT Asn Glu lie U-? Arg Ser Met Lys Gly Gly Asn Gin Glυ Gin Va! Ser Pro Leu
SEQ e NO: 37 atgaatcaag aacaagtcag eoegcJggge ggoatcateg cctatcfggt ftttcttggt ccacoggggg caggcaaagg tacctatgcg aaaogrltac aggaaatcao cggcatcccg caoarlagea cgggcgacat irltcgigai aEigtcaaaa aggaaaaEga cgaattaggϊ aagaaaatta aagaaatfat ggagcgcggc gagttggtgc cggacgaact ggtgaatgaa gttgtcaaac gJoggcigto tgaaaaggat lgcgaacgtg gcUiatttt ggacggtUic ccgcgtacag Uigctcaggc agagtitctc gacggerlcc tgaagactca gaataaggag ttaacggctg cggtcctgtt cgaggfgcct gaagaggtgg tcgttcagcg tctgaccgcg cggcgtatet gcccgaagfg tggtcgfatt tacaacctga tttcacttcc tccaaaaciaa gatgaactcit gtgatgactg caaagtaaaa ctggtgcaac gcgaagatga taaaciaggaa actgfgcgcc akgctecaa agtatafcfg gaaaaaaccc aaccggtfat cgattattaf gafaaaaaag gcattftgaa acgcgttgat gggaccatcg gcatcgataa cglgattgcc gaagticica aaatcaltgg gtggagtgat aaataggkg acgc
Met Asn Gin Giu Gin Va! Ser Pro leu Gi v Giy !le iie Aia Tyr Leu Vai Phe leu Giy Pro Pro Giy Aia Giy lys Gly Thr 'f yr A!a Lys Arg Leu Gln G!υ He Thr Glv He Pro His He Set Thr Gly Asp lie Phe Arg Asp lie Vai Lys Lys Giu Asn Asp Glu Leu Giy Lys Lys lie Lys Giu iie Met Giu Arg Giy Giu Leu Va! Pro Asp Glu Leu Vai Asn Giu Vai Vai Lys Arg Arg Leu Ser Glυ Lys Asp Cys Glυ Arg Giy Phe He Leu Asp Giy 'f yr Pro Arg Thr Vai Aia Gin Aia Giu Phe Leu Asp Giy Phe Leu Lvs Thr Gln Asn Lys Giu Leu Thr Ma Aia Va! Leu Phe Giu Vai Pro Giu Glυ Vai Vai Vai Gin Arg Leυ Thr Aia Arg Arg lie Cys Pro Lys Cy;-. Giy Arg iie Tyr Asri Leu iie Ser Leu Pro Pro Lvs Giu Asp Giu Leu Cvs Asp Asp Cys Lvs Va! Lys Leu Va! Gin Arg Giu Asp Asp Lys Giu Giu Thr Vai Arg His Arg Tyr Lys Val Tyr Leu Giu Lys Thr Gin Pro Va! He Asp Tyr Tyr Asp Ly;-. Lys Giy iie Leu Lys Arg Vai Asp Giy Thr lie Glv lie Asp Asn Vai iie Aia Giu Vai Leu Lys iie lie Glv Tip Ser Asp Lys
SEQ ID HQ: 39 atgatggcct atctggttft tcttggtcca ccgggggcag gcaaaggtac cfatgcgaaa cgtttacagg aaakaccgg cafαrcgcac attagcacgg gcgacatttt tcgtgatatt gtcaaaaacig aaaatgacga attaggtaag aaaattaaaci aaattatgga gcgcggcciag tt ggtgccgg acgaaclggi gaaigaagti gtcaaacglc ggctgtetga aaaggaUge gaacgtggci tUiirltgga cggtUicccg ogtacagtag cfeaggeaga gtftctcgac ggcttcctga agactoagaa taaggagtfa acggotgcgg tcctgttcga ggfgcotgaa gagglgglcg itcagcgtcl gaccgcgcgg cgtatctgcc cgaagtgigg lcgtaitlac aacctgattt caMcclcc aaaagaagat gaactgtgtg atgactgcaa acjtaaaactg gtgcaacgcg aagatgataa agaggaaaci gtgcgccatc gctacaaagt atatctggaa aaaacccaac cggttatcga ttattatgat aaaaaaggca ftttgaaacg cgttgatggg accatcggca tcgafaacgt gaftgccgaa gttctcaaaa tcattcjggtcj gagtcjataaa ctgggcggca atcaagaaca agtcagcccg ctgtaa
SEQ ID HO: 40 Met Met Ala Tyr Leu Va! Phe Leu GIy Pro Pro GSy ASa GIv Lys GSy Thr Tyr Ala Lys Arg Leu Gin GSu iSe
Thr Giy He Pro He iie Ser Thr GIy Asp ISe Phe Arg Asp He Va! Lys Lys Gk) Asn Asp GIu Leu GIy Lys Lys He Lys GIu Sie Met GIu Arg Giy GSu Leu VaI Pro Asp GIu Leu Va! Asn GSu VaI VaI Lys Arq Arg Leu Ser GIu Lys Asp Cy=. GIu Arg GIy Phe He Leu Asp G!y Tyr Pro Arg Thr VaI Aia Gin Aia Glυ Phe Leu Asp Giy Phe Leu Lys Thr Gin Asn Lys GIu Leu Thr Aia Aia VaI Leu Phe GIu VaI Pro GIu GIu VaI VaI VaI GSn Arg Leu Thr ASa Arg Arg He Cy=. Pro Lys Cy=. Giy Arg iie Tyr Asn Leu He Ser Leu Pro Pro Lys Glυ Asp GIu Leu Cys Asp Asp Cys Lys Va! Lvs Leu Vai Gin Arg GIu Asp Asp Lys Giu GIu I'hr VaI Arg His Arg T yr Lys Va! I'yt L eu GIu L ys Thr Gin Pro Vai He Asp Tyr Tyr Asp Lvs L ys GSy lie L eu Lys Arg Va! Asp GSv Thr Sie GIy iSe Asp Asri VaI lie Ala Giu VaI L-;ιu Lys SIe iie GIv Trp Ser Asp Lys Leu G!y GIy Asn GIn Glυ GSn Vai Set Pro
Leu
SEQ © NO: 41 atgaatcaag aacaagtcag cccgctgggc ggeatcatcg cctatetggt Uitcttggt ccaccggggg caggcaaagg taccU'itgcg aaacgtttao aggaaatcac eggcateoog cacattagca cgggcgaear ttttcgtgat aϊtgtcaaaa aggaaaafga ogaattaqgt aagaaaatUi aagaaattaϊ ggagcgcggc gagUggtgc cggacgaaci ggtgaatgaa gUgtcaaac gtcggctgk tgaaaaggat tgcgaacqtg gctttatttt ggacggtϊac ccgogtacag tagctcaggc agagtttoto qaogqcitoo Jgaagactca gaataaggag Uaacggctg cggkctgrl cgaggtgcct gaagaggtgg tcgttcagcg lclgaccgcg cggcglatci gcccgaagtg tggtcgtati tacaacctga tttcacttco tcoaaaagaa gatgaaetqt gtgatgaotg caaagtaaaa ctggtgcaac gcgaagafga taaagaggaa acigtgcgcc atcgclacaa agUiiatctg gaaasasccc aaccggitat cgaUailat gataaaaaag gcatitigaa acgcgtt gat gcigaccatcg cjcdtcgataa cgtgdttgcc gaagitctca aaatcdttgg gtggagtgat aaactgggcg gcaatcaaga acaagfcacic ccgctgtaa
Met Asn Gin Giu Gln Vai Ser Pro Leu Giy Giy iSe He A!a Tyr Leu Vai Phe Leu Giy Pro Pro Giy Aia Giy Lvs Gly '( hr 'i yr Aia Lys Arg Leu GSn Glu Sle "f hr Glv Sle Pro His Sle S-?r Fhr GSy Asp We Phe Arg Asp He Va! Lvs Lys Giu Asn Asp Glu Leu Giy Lys Lys lie Lys Giu iie Met Giu Arg Gly Giu Leu Vai Pro Asp GSu Leu Va! Asn Gk) Val Val Lys Arg Arg Leu Ser Glυ Lys Asp Cys Glυ Arg Giy Phe iSe Leu Asp Gly Tyr Pro Arg Thr Vai Aia Gin Ala Giu Phe Leu Asp Gly Phe Leu Lys Thr Gln Asn Lys Giu Leu Thr ASa Aia Vai Leu Phe Giu Val Pro GSu Glυ Va! Val Val GSn Arg Leu Thr Ala Arg Arg lie Cys Pro Lys Cys Gly Arg He Tyr Asn Leu lie Ser Leu Pro Pro Lvs Glu Asp Giu Leu Cvs Asp Asp Cys Lys Va! Lys Leu Va! Gin Arg Giu Asp Asp Lys Giu GSu Thr \'al Arg His Atg Tyr Lys Val Tyr Leu GIu Lys "fhr Gin Pro Va! He Asp Tyr Tyr Asp Ly;-. Lys Giy lie Leu Lvs Arg VaS Asp Giy Thr Sfe Giy lSe Asp Asn Va! iSe Ala Giu Vai Leu Lys S!e !Se Giy Trp Ser Asp Lvs Leu Gly Gly Asn Gln Giu Gln Vai Ser Pro Leu
gattoaaaoc aaqgcaacaa tcaqcaaaac taceagcaat aoaciecagaa ccjgtaaceaa oaaeaaggta aeaacagata ccaaggttat caagcUaca atgcfcaagc αraacctggg ggfgggtact accaaaatfa ccaaggttat tctgggfao: aacaaggfgg ctateaaeag tacaatcccg aogeccigtta ceageaacag tataatcctc aaggaqgcta tcaacagtac aatectcaaq qcggttatoa gcaeoaatto dateeaeaag gtggcegtgg aaattaeaaa aactteadct acaataacaa tttgcaagga tatcaagctg gttfccaacc acagtctc aa ggiatgfctt igaacgactt tcaaaagcaa caaaagcagg ccgctcccaa accaaagaag actftgaagc ttgtctccaci ttcctgtatc aagttggcca atgctaccaa gaaggttgac acaaaacctg cogaatctga taagaaagag gaacjagaagt ctgctgaaac caaagaacca actaaagagc caacaaaggt cgaagaacca gttaaaaagg aggagaaacc agtccagact gaagaaaaga cggaggaaaa atcggaactt ccaaaggtag aagaccttaa aafctctgad tcaacacata ataccaacaa tgeeaatgtt accagfgctg atgccttgat caaggaacag gaagaagaag iggatgacga agttgttaac gatatgtttg gfggtaaaga tcacgtttct tt aatUtca tgggkatgt tgatgccggt aaaiclacia tgggtggtaa tctaclatac ligsc tggcl ctgtggataa gagaactatt gagaaatatg aaagagaagc oaaggargoa ggcagaoaag gttggtactt gtcatgggtc atggatecca acaaagaaga aagaaatgat ggtaagaeta tegaagEtgg iaaggcc lac ttigaaactg aaaaaaggcg tt aLaccaUi ttggalgctc clgglca&aa aafgtacgtJ tccgagatga tcggfggfgc ttctcaagct gafgftggtg ftttggtcat ftccgccaga aagggtgagt acgaaaccgg Uitgagaga ggigglcaaa ctcgtgaaca cgccctattg go;aagaco; aaggtg&taa laagatggtt gtcgtegtaa aUiagatgga tgacccaacc gttaactggt ctaaggaacg tJacgaoeaa tgfgJgagta atgtcagcaa fttcttga
SEQ ID HQ: 44
Asp Ser Asn &!n Glv Asn Asn Gin Gln Asn Tyt Gin Gin '( vr Set Gin Asn Gly Asπ Gln Gin GIn G!</ Asn Asn Arg Tyr Gin Glv Tyr Gln Ala Tyr Asn Ala CAn Ala Gin Pro Gly Giy Glv Tvr Tvr Gin Asn Tyr Gin Giy Tvr Ser G!y Vyr Gln Gin Gly Gly "f vr Gln Gln Tyr Asn Pro Asp Ala Gly Tyr Gin Gln Gin Tyr Asn Pro Gln Giy Giy Vyr Gln Gin Tvr Asn Pro Gin Giy Giy Tyr Gin His Gln Phe Asn Pro Gln Giy Glv Arg Giy Asn Tyr Lys Asn Phe Asn '[ vr Asn A;-.n Asn Leu Gin Giy Tyr Gin Ala Giy Phe Gln Pro Gin Ser Gin Giy Met Ser Leu Asn A;-.p Phe Girt Lys Gin Gin Lys Gin Ala AJa Pro Lys Pro Lys Lys Thr Leu Lys Leu Val Ser Set Ser Cys lie Lvs Leu Ala Asn Aia Thr Lys Lys VaS Asp Thr Lys Pro Ala Giυ Ser Asp Lys Lys Giυ Giu Giυ Lys Ser Ala Giυ Thr Lys G!u Pro Thr Lys Giu Pro Thr Lys Val Giu Giu Pro Val Lys Lys Giu Giu Lys Pro Val Gin Thr Giu Giu Lvs Thr Giυ Giu Lys Ser Giu Leu Pro Lys V si Giu Asp Leu Lvs He Ser Giu Ser ]'hr His Asn Thr Asn Asn Ala Asn Vai Thr Ser Ala Asp Aia Leu lie Lys Giu Gin Giυ Giu Giu Val Asp Asp Giu Va! Va! Asn Asp Met Phe Glv Giy Lys Asp His Vai Ser Leu lie Phe Met Gly hiss Vai Asp Aia Gly Lys Ser ]'hr Mel Gly Giy Asn Leu Leυ Tvr Leu Thr Glv Ser Vai Asp Lys Arg Thr lie Giu Lys Tvr Giu Arg Giu Aia Lys Asp Ala Giy Arg Gin Giy Trp Tyr Leυ Ser Trp Va! Met Asp Fhr Asn Lvs Glu Giυ Arg Asn Asp Giy Lys Thr lie Glu Val Giy Lys Aia Tyr Phe Giu Thr Giu Lys Arg Arg Tyr Thr lie Leu Asp Aia Pro Giy Hu Lys Met Tyr Vai Ser Giu Met He Giy Giy Aia Ser Gln Aia Asp Vai Gly Vai Leυ Vai iie Ser Ala Arg Lys Giy Giu Tyr Giυ Thr Giy Phe Glu Arg Gly Giy Gin Thr Arg Giu Hu Aia Leu Leu Aia Lys Tiir Gin Giy Vai Asn Lys Met Vai Vai Vai Vai Asn Lys Met Asp Asp Pro Thr Vai Asn Trp Ser Lys Giυ Arg Tyr Asp Gin C ys Va! Ser Asn Vai Ser Asn Phe Leu
atggactcta dccdgggtaa eaaccageag aactaccagc agtactctca gaacggfeac cagcagcdgg gtaaoaaccg ttaccagggt tac caggctt acaacgctca ggcfcagccg ggtggtggtf acfaccagaa ctaccagggt tactccggat atcaacaggg tggttaocad caatdtadtc cagacgctcig ttaccagcag cagtacaacc ccjcagcigtgci ttaccagcdci tacaacccgc aacigcgcjata tcaacaccag ttcaakcgc agggfggfcg tggtaacfac aaaaacttca actacaacaa caacctgcag ggttaccagg ctggttaa SEQ e NO: 48
Met Asp Ser Asn Gln Gly Asn Asn Gln Gln Asn 'i yr Gln Gin Tyr Ser Gln Asn Giy Asn Gln Gln Gin G!y Asn Asn Arg Tyr Gin Giy Tvr Gln Ala Tvr Asn Ala Gin Ala Gln Pro Glv Glv Glv Tyr Tyr Gln Asn Tyr Gin Giy Tvr Set Giy Tyr Gln Gln Gly Gly Tyr Gin Gln Tyr Asn Pro Asp Aia Giy Tyr Gin Gin Gln Tyr Asn Pro Gin Gly Gly Tyr Gin Gin Tyr Asπ Pro Gin Giy Giy Tvr Gln He Gin Phe Asn Pro Gln Giy Gly Arg Gly Asn Tyr Us Asn Phe Asn Tyr Asn Asn Aan Leu Gin Giy Tyr Gin Ala Giy
SEQ ID NO: 47 atggactcta accagggtaa caaccagcag aactaccagc agtactctca gaacggtaac eageagcagg gfaaeaaeog tiaccagggt ϊaccaggctt aeaacgcica ggctcagecg ggigglggit aefaccagaa ciaccagggt tactccggti atcagcaagg tggcfaccaa caatafaatc cagacgctgg cfatcaacag caatataatc otcagggtgg ttaccagcag facaacccgc aaggcggtta lcaacciccag tt eaatcegc agggtggtcg tggtaaciac aaaasclica actacaacaa caacctgcag ggttaccagg c tggaatUii gaagafcggc aUgtgaeog gcattccggg ogtrggoaaa agcaccgttc tggeaaaggt gaaggagato ctggacaacc agggcattaa taacaaaati atiaattaig gtgattttat gclggcgacc gcgctgaagc tgggcUicgc aaaagatcgl gacgaaatgc gcaaaclgag cgtggaaaaa cagaagaagc tgcagaftga tgcggcgaag ggcattgcgg aagaggcacg cgcgggcggc gaaggctacc igUtatega Uicccatgcg gtgatccgca ccccgagcgg tialclgccg ggcctgccgt ctiacgtgat Eacggaaatc aacccgagcg ttatϊtttct gctggaggca gatccgaaga ttattctgag ccgccagaag cgcgatacca cccgcaaccg caacgattat agcgacgaaa gcgttatcci ggagaccaic aactitgcgc gclatgcggc aaccgcgagc gcggttctgg caggddae cgtUtaagtg aicgtgaacg tggagggtga tccaagcatc gcggcgaacg aaatcattcg cagcafgaaa taagfcgacg c
Met Asp Ser Asn Gin Giy Asn Asn Gln Gin Asn Tyr Gln Gin Tyr Ser Gln Asn Giy Asn Gin Gln Gin Gly Asn Asn Arg Tyr Girt Gly Tyr Gin Aia Tyr Asn Aid Gin Ala Gin Pro Giy Giy Giy Tyr Tyr Gin Asn Tyr Gin Giy Tyr Set Giy Tyr Gln Gin Gly Gly Tyr Gin Gln Tyr Asn Pro Asp Ala Giy Tyr Gln Gin Gln 'i yr Asn Pro Gin Giy Gly Tyr Gin Gin Tyr Asπ Pro Gln Gly Giy Tvr Gln He Gin Phe Asn Pro Gin Gly Giy Arg Gly Asn Tyr Us Asn Phe Asn Tyr Asn Asn Asn Leu Gln Giy Tyr Gln Ala Giy ikι MeE Ly;-. lie Gly iie Vai "f hr Giy He Pro Giy Val GSv L vs Ser Thr Vai Leu Ala i.ys Val Lvs Giυ He Leu Asp Asπ Gln Gly lie Asn Asn i.ys lie lie Asn Tyr Giy Asp Phe Met Leu Aia Thr Aia Leu Lys Leu Giy Vyr Ala Ly s Asp Arg Asp Giu Met Arg Lys Leu S-?r Val GSu Lys Gin Lys Lys Leu Gln iie Asp Aid Aid Lys Giy iie Aia Glu Glu Aia Arg Aia Giy GSy Giu Gly Tyr Leu Phe He Asp Thr His Ala Vai lie Arg Thr Pro Ser Giy Tyr Leυ Pro Giy Leu Pro Ser Tyr Vai We Thr Giu lie Asn Pro Ser Va! iie Phe Leu Leu Giu Aia Asp Pro Lys iie iie Leu Ser Arg Gin Lys Arg Asp Thr Thr Arg Aan Arg Asn Asp Tyr Ser Asp Glu Ser Vai lie Leu Glu Thr We Asn Phe Ala Arg Tyr Ala Al3 Thr Ala Ser Aia Vai Leu Aia Giy Ser Thr Vai Lys Vai iie Vai Asn Vdi Giu Giy Asp Pro Ser iie Aia Ala Asn Giu iie lie Arg Ser Met Lys
atgaagatcg gcaftgtgac cggcattccg ggcgttggca aaagcaccgf tcfggcaaag gtgaaggaga tcctggacaa ccagggcatt aataacaaaa ttattaatta tggtgatttt dtgctggcga ccgcgctgad gcigggetac gcaaaagatc gtgacgaadt cjegeaaaetg agegtggaaa aaeagaagaa getgcagatt gatgcggcga agggeatige ggaagaggca cgcgcqqgcq gcgaaggcta cctgtftatc gatacccatg cggfgatccg caccccgagc ggftaicigc cgggcctgcc gtcttacgtg aftacggaaa tcaacccgag cgttattitt ctgciggagg cagatecgaa gattaitetg agccgceaga agegegatac caecegcaac cgcaaegdtt aiagegaega aagcgltatc ctggagacca fcaacttfgc gcgctafgcg gcaaccgcga gcgcggfk t ggcaggctct accgftaaag tgatcgtgaa cgtggaggqt gatecaagea tegeggcgaa egaaateatt cgcageatga aacagtcqag tatggacici aaccaggcjta acaaccagca gaactaccag cagtactctc agaacggiaa ccagcagcag ggtaacaacc gtfaccaggg tfaccaggct tacaacgetc aggctcagcc gggtggtggt tactaccaga aeϊaccaggg ttactccggt tak÷agcaag gtggctacca acaaEaiaat ocagacgotg gctatcaaca gcaatataat cctcagggtg gttaocagca gtacaacccg caaggcggtf atcaacacca gttcaatccg cagggtggk g&gg£aacta caaaaacUc aaclacaaca acaacctgca gggtlaccag gctggttaag tcgacgc
SEQ ID MO: 50
Met L ys lie G!y U-? Va! Thr G!y He Pro G!y \/al GIy Lys Ser Thr Va! Uu A!a Ly=. \/a! Lys GIu He Leυ Asp Asn Gin GIy i!e Asn A;-.n Lvi lit? lie Asn Tyr GIv Asp Phe MeE Leu AL'i Thr Aia L-;ιu Lys Leu t3ly T yr Aia Lys Aip Arg Asp G!u Met Arg Lvs Leu Ser VaI GIu Lys G!n Lys Lvs L eu GIn !!e Asp Afa A!a L ys GIv fie A!a G!υ GIu Ala Arg Ala GIy G!y G\u G!y Tyr Leu Phe He Asp Thr Hss AJa VaI lie Arg ϊhr Pro Ser GIy Tyr Leu Pro GIy Leυ Pro Ser Tvr VaI !Ie Thr GIu He Asn Pro Ser VaI He Phe Leu L eu GIu Aia Asp Pro L ys !Ie He L eu Ser Arg Gin Lys Arg Asp Thr Thr Arg Asn Arg Asn A;-.p T yr Ser Asp G!υ Ser VaI !!•? Leu GIu 'f hr lie Asn Phe Ala Arg Tyr Ala Ala Thr Aia Ser Afa Va! Leu Ala GIy Ser Thr Vaf Lvs VaI lie Va! Asn Va! GIu Gfy Asp Pro Set He AJa Ala Asn GIu !!e f!e Arg Ser Met Lvs Gin Set Ser Met Asp Ser A;-.n Gin G!y Asn Asn GIn Gin Asn Tyr Gin GIn Tyr Ser Girt Asn Giy Asn GIn GIn Gin Gh/ Asn Asn Arg Tvr Gin GIy Tvr Gin Ala Tyr Asn Ala Gin Ala GIn Pro Giy GIy G!y Tyr Tyr GIn Asn Tyr Gin G!y Tyr Ser Giy Tyr Gin G!n GIy Giy Tyr Gin Gin Tyr Asn Pro Asp Ala Gfy Tyr GIn Gin G!n Tvr Asn Pro GIn Giv GIy Tvr Gin Gin Tyr Asn Pro G!n GIv G!y Tvr G\α His Gin Phe A;-.n Pro Gin GIy Giv Arg Giy Asn T yr Lys A;-.n Phe Asn T yr Asn A;-.n Asn Leυ GIn GIy T yr Gin Ala Giy
atggactcta accagggtaa caaccagcag aactacragc agtactctca gaacggtaac cagcagcagg gtaacaaccg ttaccagggt taccaggctt acaacgctca ggctcagccg ggtggtggtt aetaceagaa ctaccagggt tactccggtt atcagcaagg tggctaccaa caatafcaatc cagacgctgg ctatcaacag caatataatc ctcagggtgg ttaccagcag tacaacccgc aaggcggtta tcaacaccag ttcaatccgc agggtggtcg tggtaactac aaaaacttca actacaacaa caacctgcag ggttaccagg ctggaattat gaϊggcciat ctggttUtc itggtccacc gggggcaggc aaaggUicct aigcgaaacg Hlscsggaa atcaccggca tccegcacat tagcacgggc gacattfttc gtgafattgt caaaaaggaa aatgaogaar taggtaagaa aattaaagaa attatggagc gcggcgagtt ggtgccggjic gaactggtga aigaagϊtgt caaacg&cgg cEgicigaaa aggaUgcga acgtggcttt atittggacg gtiacccgcg tacagtagct caggcagagt ttctcgacgg cttcctgaag acteagaata aggagttaac ggctgcggtc ctgttcgagg tgcctgaaga ggtggtcgtt cagcgfctga ccgcgcggcg tatctgcccg aagtgtggtc gfcatttacaa cctgatttca cttcctccaa aagaagatga actgtgtgat gactgcaaag taaaactggt geaaegcgaa grftgataaag aggaaactgt gcgccatcgc tacaaagtat atctggaaaa aacccaaccg gjtatcgatt attatgataa aaaaggcatt tfgaaacgcg ttgatgggac catcggcatc gataacgtga ttgccgaagt tctcaaaatc attgggtgga gtgrftaaata g SEQ ID HQ: 52
Met Asp Ser Asn GIn Giv Asn Asn G!rι GIn Asn Tyr Gin GIn Tvr Ser Gin Asri GIy Asn Gin Gin GIn Giy Asn Asπ Arg Tyr Gin Giy Tyr Gin Ala Tyr Asn Aia Gin Aia Gin Pro G!y Giy GIy Tyr Tyr Gin Asn Tyr Gin Giy Tyr Ser GIy T yr Gin GIn Giy Giy Tyr GIn Gin Tyr Asri Pro Asp Aia G!y T yr Gin GIn Gin Tyr Asn Pro GIn GIv GIv Tvr Gin Gin Tvr Asn Pro Gin GIy Giv Tyr Gin His Gin Phe Asn Pro Gin Giy Giv Arg GIv Asn Tyr i. ys Asn Phe Asn 'i vr Asn Asri Asn Leu GIn Giy T vr GIn Ala Giy lie Met Met Aia T yr Leu VaI Phe Leu Giy Pro Pro Giy Aia Giv Lvs Giy Thr Tyr Aia Lvs Arg L eu Gin Giu lie Thr Giy lie Pro His iie Ser Thr Giy Asp lie Phe Arg Asp lie VaI Lvs Lvs GIu Asn Asp Glυ Leυ Giy Lvs Lvs iie Ly;-. Giu He Met Giu Arg Giv Giu Leu VaI Pro Asp Giu Leu Va! Asn Giu Va! Va! Ly=. Arg Arg Leu S-?r Giu Ly=. Asp Cy=. Giu Arg Giy Pile iie Leu Asp Giy Tyr Pro Arg Thr Va! Aia Gin Aia Giu Phe Leu Asp Giy Phe Leu Lys Thr Girt Asn Lvs Giu Leu Thr Aia Aia Vai Leu Phe Giu VaI Pro Giu Glυ Va! VaI Va! GIn Arg Leu Thr Aia Arg Arg iie Cy=, Pro Lys Cy=. Giy Arg iie Tyr Asri Leu He Ser Leu Pro Pro Lys GIu Asp GIu Leu Cy;-. Asp Asp Cys Lvs Va! Lys Leu VaI GIn Arg Giu Asp Asp Lvs Giu Giu Thr Vai Arg His Arg Tvr L ys Va! Tvr L eu Giu Lvs Thr Gin Pro Va! lie Asp Tyr Tvr Asp Lvs Lys Giy He Leu Lvs Arg VaI Asp GIy Thr iie GIy iie Asp Asri Va! lie Ala Giu VaI Leu Lys iie iie GIy Trp Set- Asp L ys
SEQ e NO: 53
Ala Thr Giy Ala Thr Giy Giy Cys C ys Thr Aia Thr C ys "f hr GIv Giv Thr Thr ]"hr Thr Thr Cys T hr "f hr GIv Giv Thr Cys Cvs A!a Cys Cvs Giv Giy G!y Giv Giv Cvs Aia Giv Giy Cvs Aia Ala A!a GIv Giy Thr Aia Cys Cvs T hr Aia Thr GIy Cys Giy Ala Ala Ala Cys Giv Thr ]"hr Thr Ala Cvs Ala GIy GIy Aia Ala Ala Thr Cys Ala Cvs Cvs GIy Giv Cys Aia Thr Cvs Cys Cvs GIy Cys Ala Cys Aia Thr Thr Ala GIy Cys Ala Cys Giy GIy Giy Cys Giy Ala Cvs Aia Thr T hr Thr Thr Thr C ys GIv Thr Giy Ala Thr Aia Thr Thr GIv Thr Cys Aia Ala Ala Ala Ala Giv Giv Ala Ala Ala Aia Thr Giv Aia Cvs Giv Aia Aia Thr Thr Ala Giv GIy Thr Ala Ala Giy Aia Aia Aia Aia T hr Thr Ala Ala Ala GIv Ala Ala Aia T hr Thr Ala Thr Giy GIy Aia GIy Cys Giv Cys GIy GIy Cys Giy Ala Giy Thr Thr GIy GIy Thr GIy Cys Cys GIy GIy Aia Cvs Giy Aid Aia Cvs Thr GIy Giv Thr Giy Aia Ala Thr Giv Ala Aia Giy Thr Thr Giy Thr C ys Aia Ala Aia Cys Giy Thr C ys Giy Giy Cys Thr Giy Thr Cys Thr Giy Ala Aia Aia Aia Giy GIy Aia Thr Thr Giv Cys GIy Aia Ala Cvs Giy Thr Giv Giy Cvs Thr Thr Thr Ala Thr Thr Thr Thr GIy Giy Aia Cys Giy Giy Thr Thr Ala C ys Cys C ys Giy Cys Giy Thr Ala Cys Ala Giy Thr Aia Giy C ys Thr Cys Aia Giy Giy Cys Ala GIy Aia GIy Tiir Thr Thr Cys Thr Cys GIy Aid Cys Giy Giy Cys Thr Thr Cys Cvs Thr Giy Ala Ala Giy Aia C ys 'i hr Cy;-. Ala Giy Aia Ala Thr Aia Aia GIy GIy Ala GIv Thr Thr Ala Ala Cvs GIy GIv Cys Thr GIy Cys Giy GIy Thr Cvs Cys Thr GIy Thr Thr Cvs Giv Ala Giv GIy Thr GIv Cvs Cys Thr GIy Aia Aia GIy Ala Giy GIy Thr GIy GIy Thr C ys Giv Thr 'i hr Cys Aia GIy Cys GIy Thr C vs Thr Giy Aia Cys Cvs Giy Cys Giv Cvs GIy Giy Cvs GIv Thr Ala Thr Cys Thr Giy Cys Cvs Cys Giy Aia Aia GIy Thr Giy Thr Giv Giy Thr Cys Giy Thr Aia Thr Thr Thr Aia Cys Aia Aia Cys Cys Thr GIy Ala Thr Thr Thr Cys Ala Cys Thr Thr Cys Cys Thr Cvs Cys Aid Aia Ala Ala Giy Aia Ala Giv Ala Thr GIv Ala Aia Cys Thr Giy Thr Giy Thr GIy Aia Thr Giy Aia Cys Thr Giy Cys Ala Aia Aia Giy Thr Aia Ala Aia Aia C ys Thr Giy GIy Thr Giy Cys Aia Aia Cys Giy Cvs Giv Ala Ala Giv Ala Thr Giy Aid Thr Ala Ala Ala Giv Ala Giy Giy Aid Aid Aid Cys Thr GIy Thr Giv Cys Giy Cys Cys Ala Thr Cys Giy Cys Thr Aia Cys Ala Aid Aia GIy Thr Ala Thr Ala Thr Cys Thr GIy GIy
Aia Ala Aia Ala Ala Aia C ys Cys Cy=. Ala Ala Cys Cy=. Giy G!y Thr Thr Aia Thr Cys GIy Aia Thr Thr Ala Thr Thr Ala Thr GIy AJa Thr Ala Ala Ala Ala Aia Aia Giy GIy Cys Aia Thr Thr Thr Thr Giy Aia Aia Aia Cys GIv Cys GIy Thr Thr GIy Aia Thr Giy Giy Giy Aia Cys Cys Aia Thr Cys Giy Giy Cys Aia Thr Cys GIy Aia Thr Na Aia Cys Giy Thr GIy Aid Thr Thr Giy Cys Cys Giy Aia Aia Giy Thr Thr Cys Thr Cys Aia Aia Aia Aia Thr Cys Aia Thr Thr Giy Giy GIy Thr Giy Giy Aia Giy Thr Giy Ala Thr Ala Ala Ala Cy=. Thr GIy Thr Cy=. Giy Aia GIy Fhr Ala Thr Giy GU/ AJa Cys 'i hr Cys Thr Aia Ala C ys Cys Ala GIy GIy GIy Thr Aia Ala Cy;-. Ala AJa Cys Cys Aia GIv C vs Aia Giy Aia Aia Cvs Thr Aia Cys Cys Aia GIy Cvs Aia GIv Thr Aia Cys Thr Cys Thr Cvs Aia GIy Ala Aia Cys GIy GIy T hr Ala Aia Cys C ys Aia GIy C ys Ala GIy Cys AJa GIy GIy GIy T hr AJa Aia C ys Aia Aia Cvs Cys GIy Thr Thr Ala Cys Cys Ala Giy GIv Giy Thr Thr Aia Cvs Cys Aia GIy Giy Cys Thr Thr Aia Cys Aia Aia Cys Giy Cys T hr Cys Aia Giy GIy Cys Thr Cys Ala GIy C ys Cys Giy GIy Giy Thr Giy GIy Thr GIv GIv Thr Thr Aia Cys Thr Aia Cys Cys Aia GIv Ala Aia Cys Thr Aia Cys Cy% Aia Giy Giy Giy Thr Thr Aia Cys Thr Cys Cys Giy GIv Thr Thr AJa Thr Cys Aid GIy Cys Aia Aia Giy Giy Thr GIy Giy Cys Thr Aia Cvs Cvs Ala Aia Cys Aia Ala Thr Aia Thr Ala Aia Thr Cys Cys Aia GIv Aia Cys GIv Cys Thr GIy GIy Cys Thr Aia Fhr Cvs Aia Ala Cys Ala Giy Cys Ala Aia T hr Ala Thr Aia Aia I'hr Cvs C ys T hr Cys AJa GIy GIy Giy Thr Giy GIv Thr Thr Aia Cys Cvs Aia GIv Cys Aia Giy Thr Aia Cvs Ala Ala Cys Cvs Cys GIy Cys Aia Aia Giy Giy Cys Giy Giy T hr Thr Aia Thr Cys Ala Ala Cvs Aia Cys Cys Aia GIy Thr Thr C ys Aia Aia Thr C ys Cys Giy Cvs Ala Giy Giy Giy Thr GIy Giy Thr Cys Giy Thr GIy Giy Thr Ala Ala Cvs Thr Aia Cy-, Ala Aia Aia Ala Aia Cvs T hr Thr Cvs Ala Ala Cys I'hr Aia C ys AJa AJa Cys Aia Aia C ys AJa AJa Cys C ys T hr Giy C ys AJa Giy GIv Giy Thr Thr Aia Cy% Cvs Aia Giy Giy Cys Thr Giy Giy Thr Thr Ala Ala Giy Thr Cys Giy Aia Cys Giy Cys
SEQ ID MO: 54
Met Met Aia Tvr 1. eu Va! Phe Leu GIv Pro Pro Giy Aia Giy I. ys GIy Thr Tyr Aia 1. ys Arg i. eu Gin GIu lie Thr GIy Ii-? Pro His He Ser T hr Giy Asp lie Phe Arg Asp He VaI Lys Lys GIu Asn Asp Glυ L-?u GIy LyS Lys He 1. ys GIu lie Met GIu Arg Giy GIu L eu Vai Pro Asp GIu L eu Vai Asn GIu Va! Vai Lys Arg Arg Leu Ser GIu Lys Asp C ys Giu Arg Giy Phe iie Leu Asp GIy Tyr Pro Arg Thr Vai Aia GIn Ala Giu Phe Leu Asp GIy Phe Leu Lys Thr Gin Asn Lys Giu Leu Thr Aia Aia V'ai Leu Phe Giu Vai Pro Giu Giu VaI Vai Vai Gin Arg Leu Thr Aia Arg Arg ile C ys Pro Lys C ys Giy Arg He Tyr Asn Leu lie Ser Leυ Pro Pro Lys GIu Asp Glυ Leu Cys Asp Asp Cys Lys VaI Lys Leu Vai Gin Arg Giu Asp Asp Lys Giu Giu Thr Vdi Arg His Arg Tyr Lys VaI Tyr Leu Giu Lys Thr GIn Pro Vai ile Asp Tyr Tyr Asp Lys Lys GIy U-? Leu Lys Arg VaI Asp Giy Thr iie Giy H-? Asp Asn Vai lie Ala Giu VaI Leu Lys lie iie GIy Trp Ser Asp Lys Leu Ser Ser Met Asp Ser Asn Gin GIy Asn Asn Gin GIn Asn Tyr GIn Gin Tyr Ser Gin Asn Giy Asn GIn Gin GIn Giy Asn Asn Arg Tyr Gin Giy Tyr Gin Aia Tyr Asn Aia Gin Aia GIn Pro GIv GIy Giy Tyr Tyr GIn Asn Tvr Gin Giy Tyr Ser Giy Tyr Gin GIn Giy Giy Tyr Gin Gin Tyr Asn Pro Asp Aia GIy Tyr Gin Gin Gin Tyr Asn Pro Gin Giy Giy Tyr Gin Gin Tyr Asn Pro Gin Giy GIy Tvr GIn His Gin Phe Asn Pro Gin Giy Giy Arg Giy Asn Tyr Lys Asn Phe Asn Tyr Asn Asn Asn Leu Gin GIv Tvr Gin Aia Giy SEQ e NO: 55 gglaacaa÷c agcagascla c
G!y Asn Asn Gin G!n Asn Tyr
SEQ ID HQ: 57 atgatgatgg cgidaagga egciacatea agcgtggatg gcgetagtgg cgctggtcag Etggtacegg aggttaaigc tic Lgaccc t cftgcaatgg atocfgJage aggttotteg aeagcagtcg egactgctgq acaagrraaf eotatfgatc cctggataat ϊaataatttt glgcaagccc cccaaggtga aiUactati iccccaaala aiaececxgg LgalgUitg UigalUga gtEtgggice ccaicitaat cctttcUgc tccatcJatc acaaatgtat aatggttqgg tJggtaacat gaqagtcagg attatgetag otggtaatgo cϊttacigog gggaagataa tagtttcctg cdtacecect ggttttggtt oacatdatct tdetatdgea caagcdactc tctttccaca tgtgattgct gatgttagga ctrfagaccc cattgaggtg cctttggaag atgttaggaa tgttctcttt cataataatg atagaaafca acaaaccatg cgcottgtgt gcatgclgta cacccco;L cgcactggtg g&gg&actgg lgaltcttlt gtagttgcag ggcgagUcit gacitgcccc agiccigail tlaalttoti gtttftagtc cctcctacgg fggagcagaa aaccaggccc ttcacactcc caaaJctgcc attgagttct ctgfctaact cacgtgcccc teteceaatc agiagiatgg gcatitcccc agacaaEgic cagagtglgc agticeaaaa lgglcggtgt actctggatg gccgcctggt tggcaccacc ccagtttcaf tgtcacatgt fgccaagafa agagggaccJ ccaatggcac tgtaatcaac ctfactgaat tggatggcac cicccUtcac cc ttttgagg gccctgcccc calϊgggtti ccagaccicg giggttgiga ttggcatøtc aalatgacac ag£Uggo;a tJctagccag acccagtatg afgtagacac cacccctgac acttttgtcc cccatcttgg ftcaaftcag gcaaatggca ttggcagtgg taaEtatgti gglgttctta gctgg<atUc ccccccatca cacccglclg gctcccaagt tgacctttgg aagalcccca atUilgggic aagtattacg gaggcaacac atctagcccc ttctgtatac ceccctggtt tcggagaggt attggtcttt ttcatgtcaa aaatgccagg tcctggtgct taiaatttgc cctgktatf accacaagag tacafttcac atcitgcfag tgaacaagcc cctactgtag gtgaggctgc cctgctccac tdtgttgaec ctgataccgg tcggaatctt ggggaattca aagcataccc tgatggtttc ctcacttgtg tccccdatgg ggctagctcg ggfccacaac agclgccgal caatggggk tltgtctttg tticaigggl giccagalil iaicsaliaa cigcctglggg aactgccagc tcggcaagag gtaggcttgg tctgcgccga taa
Met Met Met Ala Ser Lys Asp Ala Thr Ser S-?r Va! Asp Giy Aia Ser Giy Ala Gly Gin Leu Va i Pro Glυ Val Asn A^a Ser Asp Pro Leu Ala Met Asp Pro Vdl Aia Gly Set Ser Thr A^a Val Ala Thr Aia Giy Gin Va! Asn Pro ile Asp Pro Trp He lie Asn Asn Phe Val Gin A!a Pro Gln Giy Glu Phe Thr !ie Ser Pro Asn Asn Thr Pro Giy Asp Va! Leu Phe Asp Leu Set Leu Giy Pro His Leu Asn Pro Phe Leu Leu His Leu Set Gin Met Tyr Asn Giy Trp Val Giy Asn Met Arg Va! Arg U-? Met Leu Ala G!y Asn A!a Phe Thr Aia Giy Lys iie iie Va! Ser Cys lie Pro Pro Glv Phe Glv Ser His Asn Leu Thr lie A!a Gin Ala Thr Leu Phe Pro His Va! He Ala Asp Val Arg Thr Leu Asp Pro iie Glu \>'a\ Pro Leu Gb Asp Va! Arg Asn Val Leυ Phe Hss Asn Asn Asp Arg Asn Gin Gin Thr Met Arg Leu Val Cys Met Leu Tyr Thr Pro Leu Arg Thr Gi v Giy Giy Thr Giy Asp Ser Phe Va! Va! Aia Gly Arg Va! Met Thr C ys Pro Ser Pro Asp Phe Asn Phe Leu Phe Leυ Va! Pro Pro Thr Val Giυ Gin Lys Thr Arg Pro Phe Thr Leu Pro Asn Leu Pro Leu Ser Ser Leu Ser Asn Ser Arg Aia Pro Leu Pro lie Ser Ser Met GIy lie Ser Pro Asp Asn Va! GIn Ser VaI Gin Phe GSn Asn GIy Arg Cys Thr Leu Asp Gi-/ Arg Leu
VaI GSy Thr Thr Pro Va! Ser Leu Ser His Va! ASa Lys lie Arg GIy Thr Ser Asn GSy Thr Va! He Asn Uu Thr G!u Leu Aop GSy Thr Pro Phe His Pro Phe GIu G!y Pro Ala Pro ISe GIy Phe Pro Asp Leu Giy G!y Cys Asp Tip His !!■? Asn Met Thr GSn Phe GSy His Ser Ser Gin Thr GSn Tyr Asp VaS Asp Thr Thr Pro Asp Thr Phe Vai Pro Hi3 Leu GIy Ser iie Gin ASa Asn G!v lie GSy Set Gh/ Asn Tyr VdS GIy VaI Leu Set Trp iie Ser Pro Pro Ser His Pro Ser GSy S-?r Gin VaS Asp Leυ Tip Lys He Pro Asn Tyr Giy Ser Ser He Thr G!u ASa Thr He Leυ Ala Pro Ser \/a\ Tyr Pro Pro Giy Phe Giy GIu Va! Leu Va! Ph-;' Phe Met Ser Lys Met Pro GSy Pro Giy Ala Tvr Asn S. eu Pro Cys Leu Leu Pro GSn GIu Tvr He Ser His L eu Ala Ser GIu GIn ASa Pro Thr VaS GSy GSu ASa ASa Leu Leu Hss T yr Vai Asp Pro Asp T hr GIy Arg Asn Leu GSy Giu Phe Lys A!a T yr Pro Asp GSy Phe Leυ Thr Cys VaI Pro Asn Giy ASa Ser Ser Giy Pro GSn GIn Leu Pro !Se Asn GSy Va! Phe Vai Phe Va! Ser Frp VaI Ser Arg Phe Tyr GIn Leu Lys Pro Va! Giy I'hr Ala Ser Ser Aia Arg GSy Arg Leu Giy Leu Arg Arg
SEQ ID NO: 59 atgatgatgg cJSrraaaga cgctacctct tctgttgaog gtgcrtctgg tgciggSrag otggtϊcogg aagttaaogc ttetgaocog ctggcUitgg acccggttgc tggttcttct accgctgttg daccgctgg tcaggtiaae ecgatcgace egtggatcat caacaaclic gttcaggcSr cgoagggrga attcaccatc Jctccgaaca acaccccggg tgaegttetg tJogaoctgJ ctctgggtcc gcacctgaac ccgtt cctgc tgcacclgtc tcagatgUic aacggttggg Uggiaaeat gcgigltcgt atcatgctgg ctggtaacgc Utcaccgcl ggtaaaatoa tcgtttcttg cafcccgccg ggtttcggtt ctcacaacct gaccatcgct oaggotaccc tgttcccgca cgttatoget gacgticgUi ccctggaccc gatcgaagU ccgc&ggaag acgttcgiaa cgticigUc cacaacaacg accgUiacca gcagaccaEg cqtctggttt goatgotgta oaooccgctq cgtdccggtg gtggtaocgg tgactctttc gttgttgctg gtcgtgttat gacctgcccg tctccggact tcaacttcct gttcctggtt ccgccgaccg ttgaacagaa aacccgfccg tt caccctgc cgaacctgcc gctgtcttct ctgtctaact ctcgtgctcc gctgccgatc fcftctatgg gtatcJctcc ggaoaacgtt cagtctgtfc agttccagaa cggtcgftgo accctggacg gtcgtctggt tggEaccacc ccggUlcic tgktcacgt Egctaaaatc cgtggtacct ctaacggtac cgUaEcaac ctgaccgaac rggacggtac cccgttccac cogttcgaag gteoggcSrc gatcggtttc ccggacctgg gfggttgcga ctggcacatc aacatgaccc agUcggtca cfcttctcag acccagiacg acgtigacac caccccggac accitcgUc cgcacclggg tlclatccag gotaacggra Jcggttctgg taactacgtt ggrgttctgt cttggatcfc fccgccgtct caccogtcfg gttctcaggf tgacctgtgg aaaalcccga acLicggUc ttcUitcacc gaagctaccc acciggctcc gtctgtUcic ccgccgggti tcgg&gaagt tctggtUic ttcatgtcta aaatgoogqg tccqggtgot taoaacctgc cgtqcctgot qccgcagqad tacatotctc aoctggcttc tgaaoaggct ccgaccgttg gtgaagctgc tctgctgcac facgtfgacc cggacaccgg tcgtaacctg ggtgaattca aagcttaccc ggacggtttc otqaoctgog ttccgaacgg tgcttcttct ggtccgcago aqctgocgat eaacggtgti ttcgttttcg tttcttgggt ttctccjtttc taocagctga aaccggttgg taccgcttct ktgctcgtg gtcgtcfggg tctgcgtcgt tag
atgdtgdtgg cttotaaaga cgctacctct tctgttgacg gtgcttctgg tgctggtcag ctggttccqg aagttaacgc ttctgacccg ctggctatgg acccggttgc tggtfcttct accgctgtfg ctaccgcfgg tcaggtfaac ccgafcgacc cgtggatcat caacaacttc gttcaggctc cgcagggtga attcaccatc tctccgaaca acaccccggg tgacgttctg ttcgacctgt ctctgggtoc gcacctgaac ccgttcctgc tgcacctgtc kagatgfac aacggttggg ttggtaacat gcgtgttcgt atcatgcfgg ctggtaacgc ttfcaccgct ggtaaaatca tcgtttcttg cateccgccg gqtttcggtt ctcacaacct gaccatcgct caggctaccc tgttocogcd cgttatcgct gaegttogta coetgcjaeee gaiogaagit eegetggaag; acgttcqtaa egtteteittc odcaaeaaog; acegtaacod gcagaccafg cgtctggtft gcafgctgfa caccccgctg cgtaccggig giggiaccgg igactcttfc gttgttgctg gtcgtgtfat gacctgcccg teteocigaoi tcaacttcct gttcetggtt eogeocjaeeg ttgaacagaa aaeecgteog; ttcaccctgc egadcotgce gctgtctfcf ctgtctaact ctcgtgcfcc gctgccgatc tctfcfatgg gtaicfrtccggacaacgtf cagfctgftc agtfccagaa cggtcgftgc aoeotggaeg gtcgtetggt tcigtaccacc oeggtttoio tgioteaccit tgctaaaatc egtggtaeet etaacggtao cgttatcaac cfgaccgaac tggacggtac cccgttccac ccgftcgaag gtccggctcc gatcggtttc ccggacctgg gfggftgcga ctggcacatc aacatgaccc agtixggtca ctcfteteag acccaglacg acgtigaoac caocccggac accitcgtte cgcaectggg ttctatccag gotaaoggta Joggttotgg taactacgtt ggtgttctgt ettggatefe fccgccgtct eaceogtefg gttctcaggf tgaootgtgg aaaatcccga acUicggUc ttcLilcacc gaagctacoc accAggetcc gtetgϋtac ccgccgggti tcggtgaagt tctggtUic ttcatgtcta aaatgccggg fccgggtgct tacaacctgc cgtgcctgct gccgcaggaa tacafctctc acctggcttc tgaacaggct ccgaccgtlg g&gaagclgc tctgctgcac tacgttgacc cggacaccgg tcgtaacctg ggtgaattca aagcUaccc ggacggtUc ctgacctgcg ttccgaacgg fgcttcttct ggtccgcagc agctgccgaf caacggtgtf ttcgttttcg tttcttgggt ttcfcgttfc taccagctga aaccggttgg taccgcttct tctgctcgtg gtcgtctcigg tetcjegtcgi atgatggcct atctggtttt tcttggtcca ccggggcicag geaaaggtae ctatgcgaaa cgtftacagg aaatcaccgg catcccgcac attagcacgg gcgacafttt tcgtgataft gfcaaaaagg aaaatgacga altaggtaag aaaaUaaag aaa&tatgga gcgcggcgag ttggtgccgg acgaactggt gaatgaagU gtcaaacgtc ggctgtctga aaaggattgc gaacgtggct ttattttgga cggttacccg cgtacagtag ctcaggcaga gfttctcgac ggcttcctga sgaclcagsa taaggagtia acggctgcgg icctgtlcga ggϊgcclgaa gaggtggtog Ucagcgict gaccgcgcgg cgtatctgcc cgaagtgtgg tcgtattfac aacctgattt cacttcctcc aaaagaagat gaacfgtgtg atgactgcaa agtaaaacfg gtgcaacgcg aagatgataa agaggaaac t gtgcgccatc gctacaaagE aUilcEggaa aaaacccaac cggtlatcga ttatUilgal aaaaaaggca ttttgaaacg cgttgatggg accatcggca tcgataacgt gattgccgaa gttcfcaaaa tcattgggtg gagtgataaa
SEQ ID HQ: 81
Met Met Met Aia Ser Lvs Asp Ma Thr Ser Ser Va! Asp Glv Ala Ser G!v Ala Giy G!n Leu Va! Pro Glu Vaf Asn Aia S-?r Asp Pro Leu Ala M-?t Asp Pro Val AJa Gly Ser Ser Thr Aia Va i Ala Thr AJa Gly Gin Vai A=.n Pro lie Asp Pro Trp lie lie Asn Asn Phe Vd! Gin Aia Pro Gin GSy Glu Phe Thr lie Ser Pro Asn Asn Thr Pro Gly Asp Vai Leu Phe Asp Leu Ser Leu Giy Pro His Leu Asn Pro Phe Leu Leυ His Leu Ser Gin Met Tyr Asn Giv Trp Va! Glv Asn Met Arg Va! Arg He Met Leu Aia Giy Asn Aia Phe Thr Aia Glv Lvs He iie Val Ser Cys He Pro Pro Gly Phe Giy Ser His Asn Leu Thr lie Aia Gin Ala Thr Leυ Phe Pro His Va! lie Ala A;-p Val Arg Thr Leu Asp Pro iie Glu Vai Pro Leu Glu Asp Va! Arg Asn Va! Leu Phe His Asn Asn Asp Arg Asn Gin Gln Fhr Met Arg Leυ Val Cvs Met Leu Tyr Thr Pro Leu Arg Thr Gly Gly GU/ Thr Giy Asp Ser Phe Vai Vai Aia Giv Arg Val Met Thr Gys Pro Ser Pro Asp Phe Asn Phe Leu Phe Leu Va! Pro Pro Thr Vdi Glu Gin Lys Thr Arg Pro Phe Thr Leu Pro Asn Leu Pro Leυ Ser Ser Leu Ser Asn Ser Arg Aia Pro Leu Pro He Ser Ser
Met Giv lie Ser Pro Asp Asn Vdi Gin Ser Vdi Gin Phe Gin Asn Giv Arg Gys Thr Leu Asp Gly Arg Leu Vai Giy Thr Thr Pro Vai Ser Leu Ser His Va! Aia Lys iie Arg Giy Thr Ser Asn Giy Thr Val lie Asn Leυ Thr GSu Leu Asp Giy Thr Pro Phe His Pro Phe G!u Gly Pro Aia Pro !Se Giv Phe Pro Asp Leu Giy Giv Cys Asp Trp His He Asn Met Thr Gln Phe Giy His Ser Ser Gin Thr Gin Tyr Asp Val Asp Thr Thr Pro Asp Thr Phe Va! Pro His Leu Giy Ser iie Gin Ala Asn Giy !Se Giy Ser Giy Asn Tyr Vai Gly Vai Leu Ser Trp He Ser Pro Pro Ser His Pro Ser Giy Ser Gin Va! Asp Leu Trp Lvs He Pro Asn Tyr Giy Ser Ser He Thr GSu Aia Thr His Leu Aia Pro Ser Va! Tyr Pro Pro Gh/ Phe Glv Giu Val Leu Va! Phe Phe Met Ser Us Met Pro Gly Pro Gly
Ala Tyr Asn Leu Pro Cys Leu Leu Pro Gin Glu Tyr ile Ser His Leu Ala Ser Glu Gln Ala Pro Thr Val Giy Giu Aia Ala Leu Leu His Tyr Va! Asp Pro Asp Thr Gly Arg Asn Leu Giy Glu Phe Lys Ala Tyr Pro Asp Giy Phe Leυ Thr Cys Val Pro Asn Giy Aia Ser Ser Giy Pro Gin Gh Leu Pro ile Asn Gly Va! Ph-? Val Phe Val Ser Trp Va! Ser Arg Phe Tyr Gin Leu Lys Pro Val Gly Thr Ala Ser Ser Aid Arg Giy Arg Leu Gly Leu Arg Arg
Met Met Ala Tyr Leυ Va! Ph-? L-?u Giy Pro Pro Giy Ala Gly Lys Giy Thr Tyr Ala Lys Arg Leυ Gin G!ι.i He Thr G!y li-? Pro His He Ser 'i hr G!y Asp He Phe Arg Asp lie Va! Lys Lys G!u Asn Asp Glu L-?u Gly Lys Lys He L ys Glu He Met Giu Arg Giy Glu Leu Val Pro Asp Giu Leu Val Asn Glu Va! Val Lys Arg Arg Leυ Ser Giu Lys Asp Cys Glu Arg Giy Phe ile Leu Asp Giy Tyr Pro Arg Thr Val Aia Gln Ala Giu Phe Leu Asp Gly Ph-? Leυ Lys Thr Gln Asn Lys Giu Leu Thr Aia Aia Val Leu Phe Giu Val Pro Giu Giu Va! Val Val Gln Arg Leu l'hr Ala Arg Arg He Cys Pro Lvs Cys Gly Arg ile 'f yr Asn Leu ile Ser Leu Pro Pro Lys Giu Asp Glu Leu Cys Asp Asp Cys Lvs Va! Lys t.eυ Va i Gln Arg Giu Asp Asp Lvs Giu Giu Thr Val Arg His Arg Tyr Lvs Val Tvr Leu Glu Lys Thr Gin Pro Vai ile Asp Tyr Tyr Asp Lys Lys Gly lie Leu Lys Arq Val Asp Gly Thr lie Gly He Asp Asn Va! ile Aia Giu Va! Leu !. ys lie lie Giy Trp Ser Asp Lys
SEQ ID NO: 62
Met Ala Ser Asn Phe Thr Gln Phe Va! Leu Va! Asp Asn Gly Glv Thr Giy Asp Vai Thr Va! A!a Pro Ser Asn Phe Aia Asn Giy Vai Aia Glu Trp ile Ser Ser Asn Ser Arg Ser Gin Aia Tyr Lvs Va! Thr Cys Ser Va! Arg Gin Set Ser Ala Gln Asn Arg Lys Tvr Thr ile Lys Val Giu Vai Pro Lys Vai Ala Thr Gln Thr Vai Gly Giy Val Giu Leu Pro Vai Aia Aid Trp Arg Ser Tyr Leu Asn Met Glu Leu Thr lle Pro He Phe Aia Thr Asn Ser Asp Cys Giu Leu He VaS Lys Aia M-?i Gin Gly Leυ Leu Lys Asp Giy Asn Pro He Pro Ser Aia ile Aia Aia Asn Ser Gly He Tvr
SEQ ID HQ: 63
Set Lys Thr He Val L-?u Ser Va! Giy Glu Ala Thr Arg Thf L-?u Thr Glu He Gln Ser Thr Aia Asp Arg Gin li-? Phe Glu Giu Lvs Val Giy Pro Leu Vai Giy Arg Leu Arg Leu Thr Aia Ser Leu Arg Gin Asn Giy Ala Lys Thr Ala Tyr Arg Va! Asn Leu Lys L-?u Asp Gin Ala Asp Va! Va! Asp Cys Ser Thr Ser Va! Cys Gly Glu Leu Pro Lys Va! Arg Tyr Thr Gin Va! Trp Ser His Asp Vai Thr lie Vai Aia Asn Ser Thr Giu Aid Ser Arg Lys Ser Leu Tyr Asp Leu Thr Lys S-?r Leυ Vai Val Gin Aia Thr Ser Glu Asp Leu Vai Va! Asn Leu Va! Pro Leu Giy Arg
Met Ser Lys Thr lie Vai Leu Ser Vai Giy Glu Ala Thr Arg Thr Leu Thr Giu lie Gln Ser Thr Aia Asp Arg Gin iie Phe Giu Glu Lys Va! Giy Pro Leu Va! Gly Arg Leυ Arg Leu Thr Ala Ser Leυ Arg Gln Asn Giy Aia Lys Thr Aia Tyr Arg Vai Asn Leu Lys Leu Asp Gln Ala Asp Vai Vai Asp Ser Giy Leu Pro Lvs Vai Arg Tyr Thr Gln Va! Trp Ser His Asp VaS Thr ile Va! Aia Asn Ser Thr Giu Aia Ser Arg Lys Ser Leυ Tyr Asp Leυ Thr Lys Ser Leu Va! Ala Thr Ser Gin Vai Giu Asp Leu Vai Va! Asn Leu Va! Pro Leu Giy Arg Tyr Giy Ser Lys Thr iie Val Leυ Ser Val Giy Glυ Aia Thr Arg Thr Leu Thr Glu He Gin Ser Thr Ala Asp Arg Gln He Phe Glu Giu Lys Vai Glv Pro Leu Vai Gly Arg Leu Arg Leu Thr Aia Ser Leu Arg Gin Asn Giy Aia Lys Thr Ala Tyr Arg Vai Asn Leu Us Leu Asp Gin Ala Asp Val Val Asp Ser Gh/ Leu Pro Us Va! Arg Tyr Thr Gin Vai Trp Ser
H ss Asp Val Thr He Val Aia Asn Ser Thr Gk) Ala Ser Arg Lys S-?r Leυ Tyr Asp Leυ Thr Ly s Ser Leu Va! Aia Thr Ser Gin Va! GSu Asp Leu Va! Val Asri Leu Va! Pro Leu G!y Arg
SEQ e NO: 65
Met Lys Leu Leu Lys Vai Ala Aia iie Aia Aia iie Vai Phe Ser Giy Ser Ala Leu Aia Gly Va! Va! Pro Gln Tvr Gly Gly Gly Gly Aia His Gly Gly Gly Gly A;-.n Asn Ser Giy Pro A;-.n Ser Giu Leu Asn H-? Tyr Gin Tvr Giy Giy G!y Asn Ser Ala Leu Ala Leu Gln Thr Asp Ma Arg Asn Ser Asp Leυ Thr !!e Thr Gin His Giy Giy Gly Asn Giy Aia Asp Va! Giy Gin Giy Ser Asp Asp Ser Set iie Asp Leu Thr Gin Arg Giy Phe Giy A;-.n Ser Ala Thr Leυ Asp Gln Trp Asn Gly Lys Asn Ser Giu Met Thr Va! Lys Gln Phe Gly Gly Giy Asn Gly Aia Aia Va! Asp Gln Thr Aia Ser Asn Ser Ser Vai Asn Va! Thr Gln Va! Gly Phe Gly Asn Asn Ala Thr Aia He Gln Tyr
SEQ ID MO: 66
Met Lys Leu Leu Lys Vai Aia Aia Phe Aia Aia iie Vai Vai Ser Giy Ser Aia Leu Aia Giy Vai Va! Pro Gin Trp Gly Gly Gly Gly Asn Hss Asn Gly Gly Gly A;-.n Ser Ser Gly Pro Asp Ser Thr Leu Ser He Tyr Gin Tvr Gly Ser Aia Asn Ala Aia Leu Ala Leυ Gin Ser Asp Aia Arg Lys Ser Giu Thr Thr iie Thr Gin Ser Gly Tyr Giy Asn Gly Aia A;>p Va! Gly Gin Gly Ala Asp A;>n Ser Thr lie Giu Leυ Thr Gin Asn Gly Phe Arg Asn Asn Ala Thr U-? Asp Gln Trp Asn Ala Lys Asn Ser Asp iie Thr Vai Gi v Gln Tvr Gi v Gly Asn Asn Aia Aia Leu Va! Asn Gin Thr Ala Ser Asp Ser Set Va! Met Val Arg Gln Vai Gly Phe Giy Asn Asn Ala Thr Aia A;-.n Gin Tyr
Met Met Aia Tyr Leu Vai Phe Leu Giy Pro Pro Giy Aia Giy Lys Giy Thr Tyr Aia Lys Arg iie Gin Giu Lys Thr Gly iie Pro He iie Ser Thr Gly Asp lie Phe Arg Asp He Va! Lvs Lys Glu Asn Asp Giu Leu Giy Lys Lys iie Lys Glu He Met Glυ Lys Giy Glu Leu Vai Pro Asp Giu Leu Va! Asn Giu Vai Vai Ly;-. Arg Arg Leu Ser Glu L ys Asp Cys Giu Lys Giv Phe iie Leu Asp Giy Tyr Pro Arg Thr Va! Aia Gln Ala Giu Phe Leu Asp Ser Phe Leu Glu Ser Gln Asn Ly ;-. Gin Leu Thr Ala Aia Va! Leu Phe A;-.ρ Va! Pro Glu Asp Va! Va! Va! Gin Arg Leu Thr Ser Arg Arg He Cys Pro Lys Cys Giy Arg He Tyr Asn Met He Ser Leυ Pro Pro Lys Giu Asp Giu Leu Cys Asp Asp Cys Lys Vai Lys Leu Va! Gin Arg Asp Asp Asp Lys Giu Glu Thr 1Val Arg His Arg Tyr Lys Vai Tyr Leu Giu Lys Thr Gin Pro Vd! lie Asp Tyr Tyr Giv Lys Lys Giy He Leυ Lys Arg Vai Asp Giy Thr iie Gly iie Asp Asn V'3l Va! Ala Giu Vai Leu Lys He He Giy Trp Ser Asp Lys Giy Ser Giy Vai Va! Pro Gln Tyr Giy Giy Gly Giy Asn His Gly Giy Giy Giv Asn Asn Ser Giy Pro Asn Ser Giu Leυ Asn lie Tyr Gln Tyr Giy Giy Giy Asn Ser Ala Leu Aia Leu Gln Thr Asp Ala Arg Asn Ser Asp Leu Thr iie Thr Gln His Giy Gly Giy Asn Gly Aia Asp Va! Giy Gin Giy Ser Asp Asp Ser Ser He Asp Leu Thr Gin Arg Giy Phe Giy Asn Ser Ala Thr Leu Asp Gin Trp Asn Giy Lys Asn Ser Glu Met Thr Val Lys Gin Phe Giy Gly Gly Asn Gly Aia Aia Vai Asp Gin Thr Aia Ser Asn Ser Ser Vd! Asn Vai Thr Gin Vd! Giy Phe Giy Asn Asn Aia Thr Aia Hss Gin Tyr
SEQ ID NO: 68 Met Gin Phe Ser Thr Leu Thr Thr Val Phe Aia Leu Vdi Aid Aia Aia Val Aia Ala Pro His Gly Ser Ser Gly
G!y Asn Asn Pro Vai C ys S-?r Ala Gln Asn Asπ Gin Vsl Cys C ys Asn Giy Leυ Leυ Ser Cys Ala Val Gin Val Leυ Giy Ser Asn Cys Asn Giy Asn Ala Tyr Cys Cys Asn Thr Glu Ala Pro Thr Gly Thr Leu lie Asn Vai Ala Leu Leυ Asn Cys Vai Ly=. Leu Leυ
SEQ ID HQ: 89
MeE Lyi Phe Ser Leu Aia Aia Va! Ala Leu Leu Gly AJa Vai Va! Ser Ala Leu Pro Ala Asn Glu Ly;-. Arg Gin Ala Tyr He Pro Cvs Ser Giy Leu Tyr Giy Thr Ser Gin Cys Cys Aia Thr Asp Vai i.eυ Giv Val Aia Asp Leu Asp Cys Giy Asn Pro Pro Set Ser Pro Thr Asp Aia Asp Asn Phe Ser Aia Vai Cy;-. Aia Giu He Giv Gln Arg Ala Arg Cys C ys Val Leu Pro lie Leυ Asp Gin Giy lie Leυ Cys Asn Thr Pro Thr Gly Va! Gin Asp
SEQ ID HQ: 70
Vai Pro Pro Pro Cys Asp Leu Ser He Lys Ser Lys Leu Lys Gin Va! Glv Aia Thr Ala Gly Asπ AJa Ala Val Thr Thr Thr Giy Thr Thr Ser Gly Ser Giy Val Vai Lvs Cy% Vai Va! Arg Thr Pro Thr Ser Va! Giu Lys Lys Aia Ala Vai Giy Asn Thr Giy Leu Set Ala Val Ser AJa Ser Aia Aia Asn Giy Phe Phe Lys Asn Leu Glv Lys Ala 'i hr Thr Giu Vai Lvs Thr Thr Lys Asp Gly Thr Lys Vai Lvs Thr Lys Thr Aia Giy Lys Gly Lys Thr G!y Giy Thr Aia Thr Thr lit- Gln lie Ala Asp Ala Asri Giy Giy Val Ser Giu Lys Ser Leu Lys Leu Asp Leu Leu Thr Asp Gly Leu Lys Phe Vai Lys Vai Thr G!u Lys Lys Gln Giy Thr Aia Thr Ser Ser Ser Giy His Lys AJa Ser Giy Vai Giy His Ser Val Phe Lys Vai Leu Asn Glυ Aia Glυ Thr Giu Leu Giu Leu Lys Gly Leu
Met Lys Trp Phe i.eυ Phe Leu Leυ Thr Thr Aia Va! i.eυ Aia Aia Vai Vai Ser Aia His Giu Giυ Asp Gly Va! Cys Asn Ser Asn Aia Pro Cys 'i vr Hss Cys Asp Aia Asn Giy Glu Asn Cys Ser Cys Asn Cys Giu Leu Phe Asp Cys Giu Aia Lys Lys Pro Asp Giy Ser Tyr Aia His Pro Cys Arg Arg Cys Asp Aia Asn Asn lie Cvs Lys Cys Ser Cys Thr Aia lie Pro Cys Asn Giυ Asp His Pro Cys His His Cys His Giυ Giu Asp Asp Giy Asp Thr His Cys His Cys Ser Cys Giu His Ser His Asp His His Asp Asp Asp Thr His Giy Giu Cys Thr Lys Lys Aid Pro Cys Trp Arg Cys Giu Tyr Asn Aia Asp Leυ Lys His Asp Val Cys Giy Cys Giυ Cys Ser Lys Leυ Pro Cys Asn Asp Giu He Pro Cys Tyr Arg Lvs Giu Gly Giy Vdl Vdl Ser Cys Asp Cys Lys Thr iie Thr Cys Asn Giu Asp His Pro Cys Tyr His Ser Tyr Glu Giu Asp Giy Val Thr Lys Ser Asp Cvs Asp Cys Giu hhs Ser Pro Glv Pro Ser Glu
SEQ ID NO: 72
Met Arg Vai Leu VsS iie Asn Ser Giy Ser Ser Ser lie Lys Tyr Gin Leu lie Giu Met Giu Giy Giυ Lys Va! Leu Cys Lys Giv lie Aia Glu Arg lie Giv He Giu Giy Ser Arg Leu Vai His Arg Vai Gly Asp Giu Lys His Vai iie Giu Arg Giu Leu Pro Asp His Giu Giu Ala Leu Lys Leu iie Leυ Asn Thr Leυ Val Asp Giu Lys Leu Giy Vai iie Lys Asp Leu Lys Giu iie Asp Aia Vai Giy His Arg Vdi Vai His Gly Giy Giu Arg Phe Lys Giu Ser Vdi Leu Vai Asp Giu Giu Vai Leu Lys Aia lie Giυ Giu Vai Ser Pro Leu Aia Pro Leu Hss Asn Pro Aia Asn Leu Met Giy iie Lys Aia Ala Met Lys Leu Leu Pro GIy Va! Pro Asn Vd! Aia Va! Phe Asp Thr Ala Phe His Gin Thr iie
Pro Gin Ly=. Aia Tyr Leu Tyr Aia ϋ-? Pro Tyr Giu Tyr Tyr Giu Ly=. Tyr Lys i!e Arg Arg Tyr G!y Phe Hi=, Giy Thr Ser His Arg Tyr Va! Ser Lys Arg Aia Aia Giu iie Leu Gh/ Lys Lys Leu Giu Giu Leu Lys iie We Thr Cys His iie Giy Asn Giy Ate Ser Vs! A!a Aia Vai Lys Tyr Giy Lys Cys Va! Asp Thr Ser Met Giy Phe Thr Pro Leu Giu Giy Leu Va! Met Giy Thr Arg Ser Giy Asp Leu Asp Pro Aia iie Pro Phe Phe iie Met Giu Lys Giu Giy iie Ser Pro Gin GIu Met Tyr Asp U-? Leu Asn Lys Lys Ser Giy VsS Tyr Giy Leu Ser Lys Giy Phe Ser Ser Asp Met Arg Asp !!e Giu Giu Aia Aia Leu Lys Giy Asp Giu T rp Cys Lys Leu Vai Leu Giu !!e Tyr Asp Tyr Arg iie Aia L ys Tyr iie Giy Aia Tyr Aia Aia Aia Met Asn G!y Va! Asp Aia lie Va! Phe Thr Aia Giy Vai Giy Giu Asn Ser Pro iie "f hr Arg Giu Asp Vai C ys Ser T yr Leu Giu Phe Leu Giy Va! Lys Leu Asp Lys Gin Lys Asn Giu Gki Thr lie Arg Gi v t.vs Giu Giy iie iie Ser Thr Pro Asp Ser Arg Va! L ys Va! Leu Vai Vai Pro Thr Asn Giu Giu Leu Met !ie Aia Arg Asp Thr Lys Giu iie Va! Giu Ly;-. iie Giy Arg Va! Pro Pro Pro Cys Asp Leu Set tie !. ys Ser L ys Leu t.vs Gin Vai Giv A!a Thr Ala Giv Asn Aia A!a Vai Thr Thr Thr Giy Thr Thr Ser Giv Ser Giy Vai Vai Lys Cys Vai VdI Arg Thr Pro Thr Ser Va! Giu Lys Lys Aia Aia Vai Giy Asn Thr Giy Leu Ser Aid Vai Ser Aia Ser Aia Aia Asn Giv Phe Phe L ys Asn L eu Giy Lys Aia Thr Thr Giu Vai L ys Thr Thr Lys Asp Giv Thr Lys Va! Lys T hr Lys Thr Aia Giy Lys Giy Lys Thr Giy Giy T hr AJa Thr Thr U-? Gin !Ie Aia Asp Aia Asn Giv Giv Va! Ser Giu t.vs Ser Leu t.vs L eu Asp Leu Leu Thr Asp Giy Leu Lys Phe Vai Lvs Vai Thr Giu t.vs Lys Girt Giy Thr Aia Thr Ser Set Ser Giy His Lys Aia Ser Giy Vai GIy His Ser Vai Phe Lys VaI Leu Asn Giu Aia GIu Thr Giu L eu G!u L eu L ys Giv Leu
SEQ e NO: 73
Vai Pro Pro Pro Cys Asp Leu Ser iie Ly=, Ser Lys Leu Ly=, Gin Va! Giy Ala Thr Aia Giy Asn Ala A!3 Va! Thr Thr Thr GIv Thr Thr Ser GIv Ser Giy Vai Va! L ys Cys Vai Va! Arg Thr Pro Thr Ser Va! Giu Lvs L ys Aia Aia Vai Giy Asn Thr Giy Leu Ser Aia Vai Ser Aia Ser Ala Ala Asn GIy Phe Phe Lys Asn Leu Giy Lys Aia Thr Thr G!u VaI L ys Thr Thr Lvs Asp GIv Thr Lvs VaI L ys Thr Lvs Thr Aia Giy L ys Giy Lvs Thr Giv GIv Thr Aia Thr Thr lie Gin iie AJa Asp Aia Asn Giy Giy Vai Ser Giu Lys Ser Leu Lys Leu Asp Leu Leu 'i hr Asp Giy Leu L ys Phe VaI L ys Vai Thr Giu L ys L ys Gin Giy Thr Aia Thr Ser Ser Ser GIv His Lvs Aia Ser Giy VaI Giy His Set VaI Phe Lys Vai Leu Giu Aia GIu Thr GIu Leu Giu Leu Lys Giy Leu Met Arg VaI Leu Vai iie Asn Ser Giy Ser Ser Ser iie Lys Tyr Gin Leu He Giu Met Giu Giy Giu Lys Va! Leu Cys Lys Giy iie Aid Giu Arg iie Giy We Giu G!y Ser Arg Leu Vai His Arg Va! Giy Asp Gb Lys Hss Va! !Ie GIu Arg Giu Leu Pro Asp Hss GIu Giu Aia Leu Lys Leu lie Leu Asn Thr Leu Vd! Asp Giu Lys Leu Giy Vai iie Lys Asp Leu Lys Giu iie Asp Aia Vai GIy Hss Arg Va! Vai Hss GIy G!y Giu Arg Phe Lys G!u Ser Va! Leu Va! Asp GIu GIu Va! Leu Lys Aia U-? Giu Giu Vai Ser Pro Leu AJa Pro Leu Hss Asn Pro AJa Asn Leu Met Giy iie Lys AJa AJa Met Lys Leu Leu Pro G!y Vai Pro Asn Vai Aia Va! Phe Asp Thr Aia Phe His Gin Thr iie Pro Gin Lys Aia Tyr Leu Tyr Na He Pro Tyr Giu Tvr Tyr Giu t.vs Tyr L ys lie Arg Arg Tyr Giv Phe f-hs Giv Thr Ser Hss Arg Tyr Va! Ser L ys Arg Aia Aia Giu !Ie Leu Giy Lys Lys Leu Giu Giu Leu Lys Ii-? !!e Thr Cy=, His iie G!y A=,n GIy Aia Ser Vai Aia Aia Vai Lys Tyr Giy Lys Cys Vd! Asp Thr Ser Met Giy Phe Thr Pro Leu Giu Giy Leu Vai Met Giy Thr Arg Ser Giy Asp Leu Asp Pro Ala iie Pro Phe Pile He Met Giu Lys Giu Giy !Ie Ser Pro Gin GIu Met Tyr Asp He Leu Asn Lys Lys Ser Giy Va! Tyr Giy Leu Ser Lys Giy Phe Ser Ser Asp Met Arg Asp iie Giu Giu Aia Aia Leu Lys GIy Asp Giu Trp Cys Lys Leu Vai Leu Giu iie Tyr Asp Tyr Arei He Aid Lys Tyr ile Giy Aia Tyr Aid
Aia Ala Met Asn GIy Va! Asp Ala He Vai Phe Thr Ala G!y Va! GIy Gk) Asn Ser Pro lie Thr Arg GIu Asp VaI Cys Ser Tyr Leu GIu Phe Leu GIy VdI Lys Leu Asp Lys Gin Lys Asn Giu Giu Thr ile Arg Giy Lys Giu GIy ISe He Ser Thr Pro Asp Ser Arg Va! Lys VaI Leυ Va! Vai Pro Thr Asn Giu Glυ Leυ Met ile Aia Arg Asp Thr Lys Glυ lie Vai GIu Lys iie Giy Arg
SEQ ID MO: 74
Met I. vs Tvr Thr Leu Aia Leu Leu Phe L eu Thr Aia He !Ie Aia Thr Phe Va! Ala Aia His L ys His His Asp His GIy Lys Ser C ys Sor Lys Sor His Pro C ys T yr His C ys Hss T hr Asp C'vs Giu Cys Asn His His His Asp Asp Cys Asn Arg Ser He Arg Cys Trp His Lys Vai His GIy Vai Vai Ser Giy Asn C ys Asn Cys Asn Leu Leu Thr Pro Cys Asn Gin Lys His Pro Cys Trp Arg Arg His GIy Lys Lys His GIy Leu His Arg Lys Phe His GIv Asn Aia C ys Asn Cys Asp Arg L÷u Vai Cys Asn Aia Lys His Pro Cys Trp His Lys His Cys Asp C ys Phe Cys
SEQ e NO: 75
Ser Lys Leu Pro Cy;-. Asn Asp Giu His Pro Cys T vr Af g Ly;-. Giu GIy GIy Va! Va! Ser Cys Asp C ys Lys
SEQ e NO: 76
Ser L vs Leu Pro Ser Asn Asp Giu His Pro Ser Tvr Arg Lys Giu GIy GIy Vai Va! Ser Ser Asp Ser L ys
SEQ e NQ: 77
Lys Thr Ii-? T hr Cys Asn Giu Asp His Pro Cys ]'yr His Ser Tyr GIu GIu Asp GIy Va! Thr Lys Ser Asp Cys Asp Cys Giu
SEQ e NO: 78
Met Arg iie He Leu Leu GSy Ala Pro GSy Ala GIy Lys GIy Thr GIn Aia GIn Phe !Ie Met GIu Lys T yr Gh' He Pro Gin SIe Ser Thr GIv Asp Met Leu Arg Ala Aia Va! L ys Ser GIy Ser Giu Leυ Giy Lys Gin Aia Lvs Asp iie MeE Asp Aia GSy Lys Leu Va! T hr Asp Giu Leu VaI He Ala Leu Vai Lys GIu Arg iie Ala GIn Giu Asp Cys Arg Asn GSy Phe Leu Leu Asp GSy Phe Pro Arg Thr iie Pro GIn Aia Asp Aia Met Lys GIu Ala Giy Sie Asn Va! Asp Tyr VaI Leυ Giu Phe Asp Vai Pro Asp Glυ Leυ lie Vai Asp Arg He Va! Giy Arg Arg Va! His Ala Pro Ser GSy Arg Vai Tyr His Vai Lys Phe Asn Pro Pro Lys Va! Glυ Giy Lys Asp Asp VaI Thr Giy Giu Giu Leu Thr Thr Arg Lys Asp Asp Gin Giu Glυ Thr Vai Arg Lys Arg Leu Va! Giu Tyr His Gin Met Thr Ala Pro Leu U-? Giy Tyr Tyr Ser Lys Glυ Aia Giu Aia Giy Asn Thr Lys Tyr Aia Lys VaS Asp Giy Thr Lys Pro Vai Aia Giu Vai Arg Aia Asp Leu Giu Lys lie Leu Giy Met Lys Us Thr Lys He Va! Cys Thr iie Gly Pro Lys Thr Glu Ser Giu GSu Met Leu Ala Lys Met Leu Asp
Aia G!y Met Asn Vai Met Arg Leu Asπ Phe S-?r Hi=. Gly Asp Tyr Ala Giu His Giy Gin Arg He Gln Asn Leu Arg Asn Vdi Met Ser Lys Thr Gly Lys Thr Ala Ala iie Leu Leu Asp Thr Lys Giy Pro Giu He Arg Thr Met Lys Leυ Giu Gly Giy Asπ Asp Vai Ser Leu Lys Ala Giy Gln Thr Phe Thr Phe Thr Thr Asp Lys Ser Vai [le Giy Asn Ser Glu Met Val Ala Val Thr Tyr Giu Giy Phe Thr Tbr Asp Leu Ser Va! Giy Asn Tbr Va! Leu Va! Asp Asp Giy Leυ lie Gly Met Glυ Va! Thr Aia iie Glυ Giy Asn Lys Vai We Cys Lys Val Leu Asπ Asn Giy Asp Leu Giy Glu Asn Lys Giy Vai Asn Leu Pro Giy Val Ser lie Ala Leu Pro Ala Leu Ala Glυ Lys Asp Lys Gin Asp Leu lie Phe Gly Cys Giu Gin Giy Va! Asp Phe Va! Aia Afa Ser Phe f!e Arg Lys Arg Ser Asp Val iie Giu iie Arg Giu Hss Leu Lys Aia His Gly Glv Giu Asn !le His lie He Ser Ly;-. He Giu Asn Gin Giu Gly Leu Asn Asn Phe Asp Giu lie Leu Giu Ala Ser Asp Giy lie Met Vai Aia Arg Giy Asp Leu Giy Va! Giu He Pro Vai Giu Giu Val lie Phe Ala Gin Lys Met Met iie Glu Lys Cys lie Arg Ala Arg Lys Val Val lie Thr Aia "f hr Gin Met Leu Asp Ser Met He Lvs Asπ Pro Arg Pro Thr Arg Aia Giu Ala Glv Asp Vai Aia Asπ Aia lie Leu Asp Giy Thr Asp Aia Vai Met Leu Ser Giy Giu Ser Aia Lvs Giy Lys Tyr Pro Leu Giu Aia Vai Ser iie Met Aid Thr iie Cys Giu Arg Thr Asp Arg Vai Met Asn Ser Arg Leu Giu Phe Asn Asπ Asp Asn Arg Lys Leu Arg iie Thr Glu Ala Va! Cys Arg Giy Ala Val Glu Thr Ala Giu Lys Leu Asp Aia Pro Leu iie Vai Val Aia Thr Gln Giy Gly Lys Set Ala Arg Afa Vai Arg Lvs Tyr Phe Pro Asp Ala Thr lie Leu Ala l. eu Thr Thr Asn Giu Lys Thr Aia His Gln l. eu Vai Leu Ser Lys Gly Val Val Pro Gin Leu Val Lys Giu iie Thi Ser Thi Asp Asp Phe ]'γr Arg Leu Giy Lys Giu Leυ Aia Leu Gin Ser Gly Leu Ala His Lys Giy Asp Val Vai Vai Met Va! Ser Glv Aia Leu Val Pro Ser Glv Thr ]'hr Asn Thr Ala Ser Val His Val Leu
SEQ e NO: 80
Met Ser Ser Lys Leu Vai Leu Va! Leu Asn Cvs Glv Ser Ser Ser Leu Lvs Phe Aia lie iie Asp Afa Va! Asπ Gly Giu Glu Tyr Leu Set Gly Leu Ala Giu Cys Phe Hss Leu Pro Glu Ala Arg lie Lys Trp Lys Met Asp Giy Asn Lys Gin Glu Aia Aia Leu Giy Aia Giy Aia Aia His Ser Glυ Aia Leu Asn Phe ife Vai Asn Thr iie Leυ Aia Gin Lys Pro Glu Leu Ser Ala Gin Leu Thr Ala He Gly His Arg !le Va! His Giy Giy Glu Lys 'i yr "fhr Ser Ser Vai Vai iie Asp Giu Ser Vai iie Gin Glv lie Lys Asp Aia Aia Ser Phe Aia Pro Leu His Asn Pro Aia His Leu iie Glv He Glu Glu Aia Leu Lys Set Phe Pro Gln Leu Lys Asp Lys Asn Val Ala Val Phe Asp Thr Aia Phe His Gin Thr Met Pro Giu Giu Ser Tyr Leu Tyr Aia Leu Pro Tyr Asn Leu Tyr Lys Giu His Giy lie Arg Arg Tyr Gly Aia His Giy Thr Ser His Phe Tyr Va! Thr Gin Giu Ala Aia Lys Met Leu Asπ Lys Pro Va! Giu Glu Leυ Asn iie iie Thr Cys His Leu Giy Asn Giy Giy Ser Va! Ser Aia iie Arg Asn Giy Lvs Cys Vai Asp Thr Ser Met Giy Leυ Thr Pro Leu Glυ Giy Leu Val Met Giy Thr Arg Ser Giy Asp lie Asp Pro Ala He lie Phe Hss Leu His Asp Thr Leu Giy Met Ser Val Asp Aia iie Asn Lys Leu Leu Thr Lys Giu Ser Giy Leu Leu Giy Leu Thr Giu Val Thr Ser Asp Cys Arg Tyr Vai Giu Asp Asπ Tyr Ala Thr Lys Glu Asp Na Lys Arg Ala Met Asp Va! Tyr Cys His Arg Leu Afa Lys Tyr !le Giy Aia Tyr Thr Aia Leu Met Asp Giy Arg Leu Asp Aia Vai Vai Phe Thr Giy Giy He Giy Glυ Asn Aia Ala Met Va! Arg Giu Leu Ser Leu Gly Lys Leu Giy Va! Leu Gly Phe Glυ Val Asp His Giu Arg Asn Leu Aia Ala Arg Phe Glv Lys Ser Glv Phe iie Asn Lys Giu Gly Thr Arg Pro Aia Vai Vai lie Pro Thr Asn Giu Giu Leu Val lie Aia Gln Asp Aia Ser Arg Leυ Thr Aia SEQ e NO: 81
Met L ys Asn Ly 3 VaI VaI Vai Vai Thr G!y Vai Pro GIy Va! G!v Ser ]"hr ϊhr Ser Set Gin Leu Ala Met Asp Asn leu Arg L y? GIu GIv Va! Asn Tyr L ys Met Va! Ser Phe Giy Ser Va! Met Phe Giu Va! Aia Ivs Giu G!u Asn Leu Va! Ser Asp Arg Asp G!n Met Arg Lys Me! Asp Pro GIu ϊhr GIn Lys Arg !Ie G!n Lys Met Ala Giy Arg L ys iie Aia Giu Met Aia L ys Giu Ser Pro Va! Ala Va! Asp Thr His Ser Thr Va! Ser Thr Pro L ys GIv Tyr Leu Pro Giy Leu Pro Set Trp Vai Leu Asn Giu Leu Asn Pro Asp Leu lie iie Vai Va! Giu Thr Thr Giy Asp GIu lie Leu Met Arg Arg Met Ser Asp GIu Thr Arg Va! Arg Asp Leu Asp Thr Ala Ser Thr He GIu GIn His GIn Phe Met Asn Arg Cys Ala Aia Met Ser Tyr GIy Va! Leu Thr GIv A!a Thr Vai Lys iie Va! Gin Asn Arg Asn GIy Leu Leu Asp GIn Aia Vai Giu GIu Leυ Thr Asn Va! Leu Arg
SEQ e NO: 82
Met Lys Asn Lys Leu Va! Va! VaI Thr GIy Va! Pro GIy Vai GIy GIv Thr ]"hr !Ie ϊhr Gin Ly;-. Ala Met GIu Lys L eu Ser Giu Giu GIv !!e Asn Tyr L ys Met Va! Asn Phe GIy Thr Va! Met Phe Giu Va! Aia Gin GIu GIu Asn Leu Vai GIu Asp Arg Asp GIn Met Arg Lys Leu Asp Pro Asp Thr GIn Lys Arg U-? Gin Lys Leu Aia GIv Arg L ys He Ala GIu Met Va! L ys Giu Ser Pro Va! Va! Va! Asp Thr His Ser Thr !!e Lys Thr Pro Us GIv Tyr leu Pro GIy Leu Pro Vai T rp Va! Leu Asn GIu Leu Asn Pro Asp Ii-? Ht? lit? VaI VaI GIu Thr Ser GIy Asp GIu iie L eu lie Arg Arg Leu Asn Asp GIu Thr Arg Asn Arg Asp Leu GIu Thr Thr Ala GIv !!e Giu Giu His GIn He Met Asn Arg Ala Aia Aia Ev1-?t Thr Tyr GIv Va! Leu Thr GIy Ala Thr Va! Lys He lie Gin Asn Lys Asn Asn Leu Leu Asp Tyr Aia Va! Giu GIu Leu lie Ser Va! Leu Arg
Met Asn He Vs! Leu Met Giy Leu Pro Giy Aia Giy Lys GIy Thr Gin Aia Asp Arg He Va! GIu Lys Tyr GIy Thr Pro His lie Ser Thr Giy Asp Met Phe Arg Aid Aia iie Gin Giu GIy Thr Giu Leu GIv Va! Lys Ala Lvs Ser Phe Met Asp GIn Giy Ala Leu Vai Pro Asp Giu Va! ϊhr lie GIy U-? Va! Arg GIu Arg Leu Ser Lys Ser Asp Cys Asp Asn GIy Phe Leu Leu Asp GIv Phe Pro Arg Thr Va! Pro Gin Ala Giu Ala L eu Asp Gin Leu Leu Aia Asp Met G!y Arg Lys He Giu His Vai Leu Asn lie Gin Va! Giu Lys Giu Giu Leu He Aia Arg Leu Thr Giy Arg Arg He Cys Lvs Va! Cvs Giy Thr Ser Tyr His Leu Leu Phe Asn Pro Pro Gin Vai Giu Giy L ys Cvs Asp L ys Asp Giy GIy GIu Leu Tyr Gin Arg Aia Asp Asp Asn Pro Asp ϊhr VaI ϊhr Asn Arg L-?u G!u VaI Asn Met Asn Gin ϊhr Ala Pro Leu Leu Aia Phe Tyr Asp Ser Lys Giu Va! Leu Va! Asn lie Asn GIy Gin Lys Asp lie Lys Asp Vai Phe Lys Asp Leu Asp Va! iie Leu Gin GIy Asn Giy Gin
Met Asn Leu Va! Leu Met GIv Leu Pro GIy Ala GIy Lvs GIv Thr GIn GIy Giu Arg lie Va! GIu Asp Tyr Giy lie Pro His lie Ser Thr Giy Asp Met Phe Arg Aia Ala Met Lys Giu GIu Thr Pro Leu Giy Leu Giu Ala Lys Ser Tyr iie Asp Lys GIy Giu Leu Va! Pro Asp Giu Vai Thr lie Giy lie Va! Lys G!u Arg Leu GIy Lys Asp Asp Cvs GIu Arg Giy Phe Leu Leu Asp Giy Phe Pro Arg Thr Vai Ala Gin Ala GIu Ala Leu Giu Giu He Leu GIu Giu Tyr GIy Lys Pro He Asp Tyr Va! lie Asn i!e GIu Va! Asp Lys Asp Vai Leu Met Giu Arg Leu Thr Giy Arg Arg iie Cys Ser VaI Cys GIy Thr Thr Tyr His Leu VaI Phe Asn Pro Pro Lys Thr Pro GIy He Cys Asp Lys Asp
GIy GIy GIu Leu Tyr GIn Arg Ala Asp Asp Asn GIu GIu Thr VaI Ser Lys Arg Leu GIu VaI Asn Met Lys GIn Thr GIn Pro Leu Leu Asp Phe Tyr Ser GIu Lys GIy Tyr Leu Ala Asn VaI Asn GIy GIn GIn Asp He GIn Asp VaI Tyr Ala Asp VaI Lys Asp Leu Leu GIy GIy Leu Lys Lys
The invention is now described in specific embodiments in the following examples and with reference to the accompanying drawings in which:
Figure 1 shows activity of adenylate kinase (AK) enzymes after treatment at 7O0C (A), 80'C (B) and 90βC (C);
Figure 2 shows the stability of a range of AK enzymes recombinantly expressed in E.coli. Genes encoding AK enzymes were cloned and expressed as described in Example 3. All genes were expressed from the vector pET28a except for S.acidocaldarius clone I which was expressed from pET3a as described previously. Expression levels were similar for each clone but a proportion of the Pyrococcus furiosυs (P. fu) enzyme was in the insoluble fraction and this is likely to have reduced the amount of this enzyme being assayed. The stability of the recombinant enzymes was measured following incubation at 80°C for 30 minutes in a crude E.coli lysate at 10- fold serial dilutions from 1 mg/ml total cellular protein (such that column 12 is equivalent to 1 fg/ml total protein). Enzymes from Thermotoga maήtima and Archaeoglobus fulgidus showed significantly greater stability than the other enzymes tested, although the remaining enzymes (Sulfolobus solfataricus (S. so P2), Aeropyrum pernix and P. fu) showed similar activity to the S.acidocaldarius enzyme used as the basis of previous assays (data labelled as S. ac I);
Figures 3A & 3B show the relative levels of non-reporter adenylate kinase activity (Fig 3A) and ATP (Fig 3B) in a variety of samples relevant to clinical diagnosis. Samples from healthy donors were assessed for the levels of ATP generated by non-reporter adenylate kinase (after addition of ADP as substrate; Figure 3A) or present naturally in the sample (Figure 3B). This information can be used to assist in deciding which background reduction steps need to be included in assays for particular samples, although this information does not preclude their use in any assay type, particularly where infections can influence the background levels of either ATP or reporter kinase. Samples are whole blood and sera from sheep, mouse brain homogenate (MBH; representative of tissue biopsy samples), cows' milk, and two saliva samples (1 and 2) collected using either a citric acid fca") method or swab device (V). The relative light units generated from the raw assay are converted into ATP units based on a standard curve;
Figures 4A & 4B show the differential inhibition of reporter kinase and non-reporter (endogenous) tissue kinase using Ap5a (Diadenosine pentaphosphate pentasodium salt) (Figure 4A) and the effect of Ap5a on luciferase (Figure 4B). The reporter adenylate kinases from S. acidocaldarius or T. maritima were purified as described previously. Rabbit myokinase (muscle adenylate kinase) was obtained from Sigma. 100 ng of each enzyme was incubated with the inhibitor at the concentrations shown in reaction buffer (15 mM MgAc. 10 mM tris, 1 mM EDTA pH 7.75) for 5 minutes. ADP was added to a final concentration of 70μM and the reaction incubated before addition of luciferin and luciferase. The RLUs generated following detection with luciferase/ luciferin were converted to equivalent ATP units using a standard curve and the results are shown in Figure 4A. An ICso (the concentration of inhibitor which reduces the activity of the enzyme by 50%) was calculated and gives values of 10.4 μM (Sac), 4.3 μM (Tma) and 0.06 μM (Rabbit myokinase). The presence of Ap5A does not have a detrimental effect on the activity of the luciferase (see Figure 4B);
Figure 5 shows the configuration of a lateral flow device for detection of an analyte in a sample;
Figure 6 shows the configuration of a filtration device for the detection of an analyte in a sample;
Figures 7A and 7B show the effects of further inhibitors on the background activity derived from mammalian tissues or samples and/ or background from other sources (e.g. yeast contamination). Experiments were carried out essentially as described for Figure 4. No adverse effect on the activity of luciferase was observed for any of the inhibitors examined (results not shown). Yeast adenylate kinase was obtained from Sigma. Figure 7A; comparison of inhibition of adenylate kinases by Ap6A, MAK = rabbit muscle AK (myokinase); YAK = yeast AK; SAC = S. acidocladariυs AK; TMA = T. maritima AK. Figure 7B; comparison of Ap5A and Ap6A for inhibition of contaminating background adenylate kinase from either mammalian cells (MAK) or yeast (YAK). AP4A (not shown) and Ap6A gives similar profiles to Ap5A for differentiating between an example of a monomeric (bacterial) reporter adenylate kinases (from Thetmotoga maritima) and an example of a tnmeric (archaeal) adenylate kinase from Sυlfolobυs acidocaldarius when either is compared to a representative example of non-reporter mammalian tissue adenylate kinase (Figure 7A). Aρ4A (not shown) and ApδA do not allow for an assay to distinguish between the bacterial and Archael enzymes and an enzyme of fungal origin (represented here by the AK from Saccharomyces oerevisiae) (Figure 7B) In this case ApSA can still be used to distinguish the reporter adenylate kinases from the yeast enzyme
Example 1 - Pu rification of native adenylate kinase enzymes
Biomass was produced from twenty-four diverse microorganisms (Table 3).
Eight members of the Archaea were represented along with sixteen diverse aerobic and anaerobic bacteria AKs from each of these organisms were purified by affinity chromatography using selective absorption and desorption from Cibacron Blue 3A (Blue Sepharose) All enzymes were further characterised and purified by gel filtration (Superdex G200) This enabled identification of the major AK fraction and estimation of molecular mass
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
Example 2 • Analysis of stability of native adenylate kinases
The stability at 70. 80 and 90°C of adenylate kinases isolated from biomass from organisms was assessed, and the results shown in Fig. 1.
The adenylate kinases were isolated from the biomass by affinity chromatography using selective absorption and desorption from Cibacron Blue 3A (Blue Sepharose). The samples eluted from the columns were diluted 1:10 000 and then 1OuI of each added to a microlitre well. 2.5μl of apyrase was added to each well to destroy the ATP present from the elution buffer, and incubated at 37°C for 30 minutes. The apyrase was inactivated by heat treatment at 65°C for 20 minutes.
AOP substrate was added and incubated at either 70 (panel A). 80 (panel B) or 90°C (panel C) for 30 minutes and cooled to 25°C before the addition of 10μl of D-luciferin- luciferase reagent. The ATP produced was measured as RLU on a plate luminometer.
Example 3 - Expression and purification
Clones expressing representative AKs were secured and recombinant AKs from the archaeon Sulfolobus acidocaldarius and the bacterium. Bacillus stearothermophilus produced. The plasmids were transformed into E.coli and the cell extracts shown to contain protein bands on electrophoresis corresponding to the expected molecular masses of the AKs. AK activity was measured after incubation at the appropriate temperature (80βC for the Sulfolobus acidocaldarius AK and 60°C for the Bacillus stearothermophilus AK). Purification methods for both AKs were established and included an initial heat treatment of incubation for 20min at 80°C, to inactivate and aggregate proteins derived from E.coli, followed by affinity chromatography and gel filtration. The affinity chromatography involved adsorption of the enzyme to Blue Sepharose, followed by specific elution with a low concentration of AK co-factors (AMP+ATP and magnesium ions). The ATP and AMP (Sigma) in the elution buffer were degraded by incubation with mesophile apyrase. which is readily inactivated by subsequent heal treatment. Gel filtration chromatography was scaled up to utilise a preparation grade Superdex column to enable large quantities of both enzymes to be prepared.
Primers were designed for PCR amplification of the AK genes from the organisms identified during the screening of candidate native enzymes.
The microorganisms were grown using individually defined growth conditions and genomic DNA isolated and used as templates for PCR amplification of the adenylate kinase genes from each organism. PCR amplified adenylate kinase genes from the organisms, Thermotoga maritime, Aeropyrum pernix, Sulfolobυs acidocaldarius and Sulfolobus solfataricus were sub-cloned into the vector, pET28a and transformed into a codon enhanced E.coli strain expressing rare tRNAs (Zdanovsky et al, 2000). This E.coli strain is suitable for enhancing expression levels of AT-rich genes.
The success of the transformation was assessed by a mini-expression study, and the results analysed by SDS-PAGE of the culture supernatants before and after induction with IPTG. SDS-PAGE was also used to analyse the supernatants after inclusion of a heat treatment step, which consisted of heating the sample to 80°C for 20 minutes prior to running on the SDS-PAGE gel to remove heat labile proteins present in the sample.
Example 4 - Analysis of the stability of recombinant adenylate kinases
The stability of recombinant tAK enzymes was assessed in crude E.coli cell lysates. Cells were grown essentially as described in Example 3 and lysed by sonication. The
AK activity of the crude extract was determined both before and after heat treatment at 800C for 30 minutes followed by 10-fold serial dilution.
The results (see Figure 2) demonstrate that a wide variety of recombinant enzymes are suitable for the use in the method of the invention. Particularly preferred AKs are those from T.maritima. A.fulgidus and S.solfatahcus. Such enzymes are likely to provide a greater dynamic range for the bioluminescent assay, if required, to provide still further sensitivity.
Example 5 » Genetic modification of adenylate kinases to improve stability
Site-directed mutants were constructed in the AK gene from P.fuhosus, P.horikoshii and S.acidocaldarius as shown in Examples 6-8 and SEQ IDs 17-19 respectively, using standard methods known to those familiar with the art.
in addition to specific changes identified in each gene, the regions underlined in the S.acidocaldarius sequence form the core packing region of the archaeal adenylate kinase trimer structure. Hence amino acid substitutions that disturb the packing of this region are likely to have a major effect in decreasing the thermal and physical stability of the enzyme. Conversely amino acid substitutions that improve the core packing, in particular hydrophobic residues with large side chains, may stabilise the enzyme to heat or other processes. Therefore in addition to the specific mutations already described a number of "selective" approaches were used with localised gene shuffling of related gene sequences in these regions (essentially as described in Stemmer (1994) Nature 370:389-391 and Crameri et al (1996) Nature Biotech. 14:315-319) and random PCR- based mutagenesis using degenerate oligonucleotides or modified nucleotide mixes (e.g. Vartanian et al (1996) Nucleic Acid Res.24:2627-2633). A number of these modifications show altered stability when assessed by recombinant expression in E.coli and rapid assay of adenylate kinase activity in lysed cells at high temperature.
Example 6 - Adenylate kinases from Pyrococcus furiosus genetically engineered to provide improved stability (SEQ IP NO. 17) MPFWIITGI PGVGKSTITR LALQRTKAKF RLINFGDLMF EEAVKAGLVK HRDEMRKLPL (K
TO E) IQRELQMKA AKKI (T TO A) EMAKE HPILVDTHAT IKTPHGY (M TO L) LG LPYEWKTLN PNFIVIIEAT PSEILGRRLR DLKRDRDVET EEOiQRHQDL NRAAAIAYAM HSNALIKIIE NHEDKGLEEA VNELVKILDL AVNEYA
Mutations at one or more or all of the sites indicated modify the stability of the enzyme. In addition to the three defined changes highlighted, modification of the alanine at position 157 to another small hydrophobic residue (such as I, L) or larger hydrophobic residue (such as F) increases the stability of the recombinant protein. Hence, there are 35 variants possible through combination of modifications at these sites. Modification of amino acid 157 to a polar residue such as the T (as observed at the equivalent position in AdkA of P.horikoshii), S Y. D, E, K, R results in a decrease in stability.
Example 7 ■ Adenylate kinases from Pyrococcus horikoshii genetically engineered to provide improved stability (SEQ ID NO. 18)
The modification of either or both of the residues shown in bold and underlined increases the stability of the enzyme (3 variants are possible).
MPFWlITGl PGVGKSTITK LALQRTRAKF KLINFGDLMF EEALKLjgLVK HRDEMRKLPL EVQRELQMNA AKKIAEMAKN YPILLDTHAT IKTPHGYLLG LPYEVIKILN PNFIVIIEAT PSEILGRRLR DLKRDRDVET EEQIQRHODL NRAAAIAYAM HSNALIKIIE NHEDKGLEEA VNELVKILDL AVKEYA
Example 8 ■ Adenylate kinase from Sulfolobus acidocaldarius genetically engineered to provide improved stability (SEQ ID NO. 19)
The modification of the underlined residues shown can increase the stability of the enzyme.
MKIGIVTGIP GVGKSTVLAK VKEILDNQGI NNKIINYGDF MLATALKLGY AKDRDEMRKL SVEKQKKLQI DAAKGIAEEA RAGGEGYLFI DTHAVIRTPS GY (A TO m PGLPSYV ITEINPSyiF L.LEADPKIIL SRQKRDTTRN RNDYSDESVI LETINFARYA ATASAVLAGS TVKVIVNVEG DPSIAANEII RSMK
Example 9 ■ Expression of acetate and pyruvate kinases
Following the methods of Example 3. we expressed acetate and pyruvate kinases: SEQ ID No. 20 - Acetate kinase from Thermatoga maritime SEQ ID No. 21 - Pyruvate kinase from Pyrococcus horikoshii SEQ ID No. 22 - Pyruvate kinase from Sulfolobus solfatahcus SEQ ID No. 23 - Pyruvate kinase from Thermotoga maritime SEQ ID No. 24 - Pyruvate kinase from Pyrococcus furiosus
SEQ ID No. 25 - Acetate kinase from Methanosarcina thermophila
SEQ ID No 78 - Adenylate kinase from E.coli
SEQ ID No 79 - Pyruvate kinase from E.coli
SEQ ID No 80 - Acetate kinase from E.coli
SEQ ID No 81 - Adenylate kinase from Methanococcυs voltae (MVO)
SEQ ID No 82 - Adenylate kinase from Methanococcus thermolithotrophicus
(MTH).
SEQ ID No 83 - Adenylate kinase from Bacillus globisporus
SEQ ID No 84 - Adenylate kinase from Bacillus subtilis
Example 10 - Detection of Hepatitis C in an oral fluid sample
Antibodies are raised against Hepatitis C surface antigens derived from either structural proteins (e.g. E1 and E2) or non-structural proteins (e.g. NS2, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A, NS5B) using standard methods. In brief, the proteins are expressed as either recombinant proteins in E.coli, or synthesized as short immunogenic peptides. Short peptides are conjugated to a suitable carrier, such as HLA, and injected intramuscularly into rabbits or guinea pigs at concentrations of approximately 100μg/ml. Freund's complete adjuvant is used for the first stage of immunization, with incomplete adjuvant used subsequently.
Polyclonal serum is collected after three monthly challenges over a time-course of 3 months. IgG is purified from the blood and conjugated to Tma tAK using standard coupling chemistry. In brief, the antibody is derivatised using SPDP (Pierce Chemical company) at a molar ratio of 3 SPDP to 1 Tma tAK. The free sulfhydryl in the Tma is released by limited treatment with DTT and the protein reacts with the derivitised antibody. The antibody-tAK conjugate is then separated using gel filtration chromatography.
An oral crevicular fluid sample is collected using a suitable swab device. The device is heated for 1 minute at 9O0C in a dry oven and then mixed with 1 ml of solution containing the anti-HCV polyclonal antibody-tAK conjugate. The swab is then rinsed in cold water to remove any unbound conjugate and inserted into a reagent tube containing a reagent mix comprising Mg-ADP, luciferin and luciferase. The swab is incubated for 2 minutes and then the entire reagent tube is inserted into a hand-held hygiene monitor and the read-out measured immediately.
Example 11 - Detection of immune status in a sample of serum or whole blood e.g. following immunisation with measles vaccine or at an early stage following exposure to infectious measles virus
A fragment of the measles glycoprotein, other measles virus surface components or heat inactivated measles virus, is used to coat a solid support, such as a dipstick. A sample of whole blood, diluted 1.2 with PBS including up to 2M urea to inactivate any non-reporter kinase is applied to the dipstick and antibodies against the measles components are allowed to bind (binding step 1; 5 minutes at 300C). Apyrase is added to the blood sample to inactivate any ATP during this phase. After brief rinsing with phosphate buffered saline (PBS; pH7.4), the dipstick is immersed in a solution containing anti-human IgG conjugated to tAK and incubated (binding step 2: 5 minutes at 3O0C). Again the dipstick is rinsed briefly and then placed within a reagent tube. Luciferin/ luciferase and ADP were added simultaneously and the reaction measured using a hand held luminometer after 5 minutes.
Example 12 - Sample preparation for detection of norovirus in stool samples
Norovirus is routinely measured in diarrheal samples (i.e. stool sample) for the purposes of clinical diagnosis.
To reduce the levels of contaminating kinase activity the stool sample is diluted between 1:2 and 1:4 with a buffer designed to inactivate the contaminating kinase. This buffer includes one or more of the following components:
2M urea; 2M guanidine; 1% SDS; 1% deoxycholate; 1% Triton X100
The addition of the above components also makes the norovirus antigen more readily detectable by the antibody conjugates described in the next example, increasing the assay signal as well as reducing assay noise. Optionally, apyrase may also be added to the sample destroy any ATP that may be present.
The same types of additive can also be used as sample processing components for the detection of norovirus in vomitus, a sample which would be useful to test for norovirus but which has not, to date, been suitable for analysis.
Example 13 - Lateral flow assay for the detection of norovirus and/or C-difficile toxin in a stool sample
A reporter kinase conjugate is prepared by conjugating the adenylate kinase from P.abyssi to norovirus VP1 protein or fragments thereof (e.g. the P-domain (located between amino acids 362 and 703). the P2 domain (amino acids 414-589), or sub- fragments of the P1 domain (aa 362-413 or 590-703). The positions within the norovirus correspond to the numbering as described in Chen R, Neill JD, Estes MK, Prasad BV. X-ray structure of a native calicivirus: structural insights into antigenic diversity and host specificity. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. (2006) 103 p8048-53.
A lateral flow device is prepared essentially as shown in Figure 5. The sample-receiving zone is coated with an anti-norovirus antibody or antibodies (to provide detection of the antigenically diverse range of clinical isolates). The reporter kinase conjugate (described above) is then bound to the sample-receiving zone via the antibodies.
The clinical stool sample is processed as outlined in Example 12 above and applied to the sample-receiving zone of the device. In the presence of norovirus, the reporter kinase conjugate is displaced and migrates to the detection zone, via the background- reduction zone. The background-reduction zone comprises an anion exchange membrane which retains any ATP contained within the original sample. By using a buffer at neutral pH (such as PBS) the ATP is retained on the anion exchange membrane whilst the reporter kinase conjugate passes through as it remain below the isoelectric point and is therefore cationic. Non-reporter kinase has previously been removed in the sample preparation phase (see Example 12). The lateral flow device is then snapped in two and the detection zone is then placed into a reagent tube containing ADP, luciferin and luciferase. The presence of norovirus in the original sample is determined by measurement of light output with an assay time of 2-5 minutes.
Similarly a lateral flow device may be provided to detect the presence of C. difficile toxin A or toxin B in a sample. Antibodies to these targets are well described in the literature and can be conjugated to reporter adenylate kinase(s) as described above. The stool sample is processed as in example 12 and the lateral flow assay carried out as described.
Optionally a device may be provided to detect the presence of either C. difficile toxin(s) or norovirus in a sample, enabling differential diagnosis of clinical samples to be carried out. The sample is processed as described in example 12 and mixed with diagnostic reagents for both norovirus and C. difficile toxin(s) in the same reaction. The sample may be run on two separate lateral flow devices set up to capture only one of the two targets or preferentially on a single device with two capture windows. These two devices or two windows are then assayed separately to determine the presence of one or more of the target species.
Example 14 - Detection of legionella in a water sample
The assay is carried out using a device as set out in Figure 6.
A water sample from a cooling tower is sampled at the point of routine maintenance. Typically 50ml of water is added to a syringe which already contains latex beads coated with anti-tegionella antibody (antibody A; or fragment thereof) and the reporter kinase from A. fulgidus chemically conjugated to a second anti-legionella antibody (antibody B). Optionally antibodies A and B may be the same antibody provided there are multiple binding sites on the surface of legionella. Preferably they are different antibodies recognising different epitopes of the legionella. If legionella is present in the water sample, it becomes bound to the latex bead via antibody A. The reporter kinase is bound to the latex bead via the interaction of antibody B with the already-bound legionella.
The syringe is shaken continuously for 5 minutes either by hand or optionally within a suitable automated shaker. The syringe is applied to a filtration device which contains a filter designed to allow the free passage of the water, non-reporter kinase, ATP, uncomplexed reporter kinase conjugate, and any uncomplexed microorganisms, but which will retain anything bound to the latex bead. Thus, any reporter kinase bound to the latex bead will be retained on the filter.
The filter is removed from the filter housing and transferred into a reagent tube. The presence of legionella is assessed by the addition of ADP, luciferin and luciferase and the measurement of light output using a portable luminometer.
Example 15 - Detection of Chlamydia in a swab sample
A swab device is used to collect a vaginal sample from the test individual. The swab is placed in a reagent tube that contains 1M urea to assist in disrupting the tissue and 2μM Apc5A final concentration which blocks the activity of any non-reporter kinase. The presence of Ap5A does not have a detrimental effect on the activity of the luciferase (see Figure 4B), hence even if it is present in the final reaction mixture it does not adversely affect the limits of detection.
A reporter kinase conjugate is prepared by conjugating the adenylate kinase from S. solfataπcυs to a Chlamydia antigen. A suitable Chlamydia antigen is the major outer membrane protein (MoMP) which is present in high copies on the surface of Chlamydia. A series of polymorphic membrane proteins have also been described and may represent suitable target antigens for specific and sensitive detection. Antibodies can be generated to this protein, or peptides derived from it according to conventional protocols.
A lateral flow device is prepared as set out in Figure 5. The sample-receiving zone of the device is coated with an antibody to a Chlamydia antigen. The reporter kinase conjugate is then applied onto the sample-receiving zone of the device, and becomes attached thereto via the interaction between the antigen of the conjugate and the coated antibody.
A small volume of the sample is then spotted onto the sample-receiving zone of the device. Any chlamydia antigen present in the sample displaces the reporter kinase conjugate from the sample-receiving zone and allows flow of the reporter kinase conjugate to the detection zone where it can be measured. The device is then placed in a reagent tube, and with ADP and luciferin/ luciferase reagents. The light output signal is measured within 5 minutes.
As an alternative antigen, antibodies raised to the bacterial lipopolysaccharide from Chlamydia may be employed and conjugated to the reporter kinase. This multivalent target may provide greater sensitivity and specificity than other targets. Optionally more than one of the target antigens may be combined to amplify the signal detected.
Example 16 - Detection of Listeria in a food sample
A food sample suspected of containing Listeria is immobilized onto a microtitre plate by non-specifically binding sample components to the plate, treating the plate to prevent further non-specific binding thereto and washing.
A reporter kinase conjugate is prepared by conjugating an antibody specific to Listeria to the pyruvate kinase from S. solfataricus.
The reporter kinase conjugate is applied to the plate and allowed to bind, prior to further washing/recovery. The plate is now heated to about 9OC for about 1 minute in a cell extraction buffer (in a thermal cycler) to denature any non-reporter AK present and release any ATP that may be trapped within the micro-organism. The plate is then cooled to 370C and a thermolabile ATPase such as apyrase added. The plate is incubated for about 5 minutes to remove the background ATP, then the temperatures is raised to about 900C to denature the thermolabile ATPase. Next, ADP and a mixture of luciferin and luciferase mixture are added simultaneously to the plate. The kinase acts on the AOP to generate ATP, which subsequently reacts with the luciferin / luciferase to produce light. The light output is measured using a hand-held luminometer and is directly proportional to the concentration of the microorganism present.
Example 17 - Detection of Salmonella in a food sample
A solid phase is prepared by coating magnetic beads with a first anti-salmonella polyclonal antibody raised in Guinea pig.
A reporter kinase conjugate is prepared by conjugating the adenylate kinase from T. maritime to a second anti-salmonella polyclonal antibody raised in Guinea pig.
The food sample to be tested is dispersed in a buffer containing 1M urea plus 2μM Ap5A and mixed for 5 minutes, in the presence of the magnetic beads and the reporter kinase conjugate. This mixing can be carried out at either room temperature or an elevated temperature. If Salmonella is present in the food sample, it will bind to the first anti- salmonella antibody on the magnetic bead. In turn, the reporter kinase conjugate will bind to the magnetic bead via the interaction between the second anti-salmonella antibody and the already-bound salmonella.
The magnetic beads are then collected by attraction to a strong magnet and washed with a neutral buffer. The magnet with beads attached is transferred to a reagent tube and ADP, luciferin and luciferase are added simultaneously. The light output signal is read in a luminometer, preferably hand-held, within 5 minutes.
Example 18 ■ Validation of processes for sterilising bulk liquids Preparation of Indicator 1
A first indicator is prepared by covalently attaching 0.1mg of pyruvate kinase from Sulfolobus solfataricus to a polystyrene strip.
Preparation of Indicator 2 A second indicator is prepared by attaching 0.1 mg of the adenylate kinase from A.fulgidus to the inner face of a semi-permeable membrane such as a dialysis tube. The A.fulgidus kinase contains a naturally occurring reactive cysteine residue (i.e. not disulfide-bonded within the native enzyme), which can be reacted with BMPH (Pierce). This generates a group capable of reacting with oxidised carbohydrates, as generated, for example, by the treatment of Visking tubing with a suitable oxidising agent. The enzyme is reacted with the oxidised membrane surface to generate a covalently linked indicator.
Validation
The indicator is then attached within the bulk liquid and the sterilisation process (such as autoclaving, the passage of oxidative gases or other chemical sterilisation) is carried out.
The indicator is removed from the bulk liquid on completion of the process, and the residual activity of the kinase is measured. To achieve the measurement the indicators are first incubated in the presence of apyrase, at a concentration of 10μg/ml for 2 minutes. The apyrase can be inactivated by addition of ApSA at a concentration of 5μM. The two indicators can then be read independently by addition of a combined reagent containing ADP, luciferin and luciferase. The measurement is made within 5 minutes using a hand held luminometer, such as a hygiene monitor.
In this example any non-reporter kinase that might be present is destroyed by the treatment conditions and as such specific kinase-reduction steps are not required. The residual activity is then compared to a defined threshold value.
Example 19 - Validation of the performance of cloth washing cycles using biological detergents
Preparation of Indicator 1
A first indicator is prepared by cross-linking a adenylate kinase from S.solfataricus onto a flexible polystyrene wand using a method based on disulfide bond formation. In this method, the adenylate kinase is derivitised with a heterobifunctional agent such as Suifosuccinimidyi 8-(3'-[2-pyrιdy!dιthιo]- propionamido)hexanoate (SPDP, Pierce chemical company. UK) at a ratio of between 1-3 SPDP. protein The deπvatised kinase is then reduced by reaction with a reducing agent such as ditbiothreitol (DTT), or 2- mercaptoethanesulfonic ac.iό (MESNA), the reducing agent removed by dialysis, and the kinase reacted with a rnaleimide-deπvatised polystyrene surface. Typically, 0.1 mg of kinase is present on the indicator
A second indicator is prepared by the non-specific adherence of an adenylate kinase from S.aαdocaldatius onto a higb-protem binding polystyrene strip The kinase is prepared at a concentration of 0 5-2 mg/ml in a bicarbonate buffer (pH 9 6), optionally containing the stabilising agent sorbitol at between 0.1 and 2% w/v. The kinase in binding buffer is then incubated with the high protein-binding polystyrene strip for a period of 1 -2 hours at 22°C (or 4°C overnight) The residual kinase is removed by washing in a phosphate buffered saline. Typically 0 I mg of kinase is present on the indicator.
Validation of wash cycles
The washer is loaded with the items to be washed, and the indicator is fixed within a suitable holder on the inside of a washer (to facilitate its recovery). The wash cycle is then performed At completion of the cycle, the indicator is removed and the residual activity of the kinase is assessed. In this example the washing process removes and/or inactivates both any non-reporter kinase and any residual ATP. hence neither interfere with the assay The presence of the reporter kinase is determined by the addition of ADP, followed within 1 minute by the addition of lυcifeπn and luciferase
lf the measurement of residual kinase activity is equal to or below a predetermined threshold level, then the load is cleared for further processing
Exanple 20 - Preparation of a fibrin-based indicator device
Preparation of tAK fusions for cross-linking to fibrin A transglutaminase substrate sequence (MNQEQVSPLGG - SEQ ID No: 33) is added on to the N-terminus, the C-terminus, or both N- and C-termini. of the adenylate kinase from S. ackJocaldarius encoded by a codon optimised gene clone. This construct is transferred as an Ndel - Sail fragment into an in-house expression vector (pMTL 1015; as described in WO 2005/123764). The expression construct is confirmed by DNA sequencing and transferred into expressions hosts BL21 or RV308 for subsequent expression.
Similarly, the resynthesised tAK gene from Thermatoga maritima (SEQ ID 29) is fused to the transglutaminase sequence in the three orientations identified above. The cloning and preparation of the expression system is also as described above.
The fusion constructs can also be expressed in other expression vector-host combinations with the addition of affinity tags for subsequent purification. Particularly useful in this context are expression vectors which add 6-histidine tags on either the N- or C-terminus of the fusion proteins, modifications which aid purification and detection but do not interfere with the intrinsic properties of the fusion proteins. Vectors for this type of modification include pET series vectors (Novagen / Merck) and pQE series vectors (Qiagen).
To generate material for the indicator devices the expression strains are grown initially in 8-litre fermenters essentially under static culture conditions. In brief, the strains are prepared as seed stocks and subsequently diluted into the 8-litres of growth media (modified terrific broth containing additional glucose). The cultures are grown under standard fermentation conditions until the cultures reached an optical density (OD at 600nm) demonstrating that they are entering stationary conditions (typically at around an OD ~ 5). The fermenters are then held under minimally aerated conditions for up to 12 hours prior to harvesting of material by continual centrifugation.
Purification of tAK fusions
The harvested material is then purified according to the following protocol. offer A: 20mM Trιs-HCl. 9QOmM NaCl pH 7 5 lash Buffer: 2QmM Tns-HCI; 20OmM NaCL pH 7 5
I: 20mM Tπs-HCI, 20OmM NaCI pH 7.5 l QmM ATP- 1OmM AMP. l QmM MgCl2 buffer: 15mM MgAc (1 M Fluka BioChemska). pH 6 3
1 Weigh frozen celi paste (1Og) and resuspend in 3x (3Oml) volume of Buffer A, μH 7.5.
2 Sonicate on ice (-12,000khz) using 25 cycles of 30 seconds on / 30 seconds off Tal- e 1 mi sample
3 Sonicated cell solution is centπfuged at β.OQOrpm for 30mιns at 4 degrees C Supernatant carefully poured off and 1 mi sampie taken.
4 Supernatant is heat treated at SO degrees C in a water bath for 20 mins. 1 ml sample taken (This step is an optional step depending on thermal stability of the fusion proteins)
5 Heat treated solution centπfuged at 6000 rpm for 30 mins at 4 degrees C. Pour off supernatant and take 1 ml sampie
6 Filter the sample with 0 2 μm low binding filter before loading onto column
7 Equilibrate Blue Sepharose Fast Flow column with 5 Column Volumes (CVs) of Buffer A
3 Load the sample Wash column with wash buffer at 0 2 ml/rmn overnight
9 Elute protein with 100% buffei B at a flow rate of 1 ml/mm collect product in 2.5 mi fractions.
10 Once all proteins have eluted wash column with 100% buffer B at 5 mi/mm for 5 CV s
11 Re-equilibrate column with 5 CVs buffer A
12 Rinse column with 5 CVs 20% Ethanol for storage at 4 'C
Optionally, additional psotesn purification methods are applied to yield a higher purity pioduct ion e xchange chromatogiaphy on either SP-Sepharose Fast Flow or Q- Sephai ose Fast Fiovv resins is particularly effective The samples are then analysed using a standard assay format to identify fractions containing peak adenylate kinase activity. This is confirmed by SDS-PAGE analysis using standard techniques in brief the assay method is earned out using the following protocol.
1 Dilute the purified tAK fusion 1 1000 and 1 - 10.000 in Mg Ac Buffer Add 100 μl per weii
2 Treat with Apyrase (50 μ! 'well at 2.5 units per mi stock concentration. Sigma Grade Vi Apyrase from potato) and incubate for 30 mins at 30*C. with shading to remove ATP
3 Incubate plate at 70°C for 10 mins to denature Apyrase
4 Add 50μl/we!l of ADP (275 μM ADP in MgAc buffer) and seal Incubate at 70°C for 20 mins.
5 Remove plate and allow to cool to room temperature for 20 mins warm Lυciferase / Lucifeπn (UL; reagent to room temperature for 20 mins.
6 Add 200 μl ATP standard to 1 or 2 empty wells per plate
7 Set up injectors on luminometer and prime them with L/L reagent (ATP reagent Biotheπn a) lnject 30 μl L/L reagent /we!! δ Read light generated immediately using luminorneter.
The fractions with peak kinase activity are then dialysed extensively against phosphate buffered saline (PBS pH 7.4) and stored until required Optionally a fusion can be prepared between tAK and the fui! length fibrinogen molecule to provide further means to incorporate the enzymatic activity within the fibrin film
The tAK-fibπn fusion is diluted to around 200 μg-'m! in either PBS or bicarbonate buffer (pH 9.6) and applied to a solid support of 316L grade stainless steel plastic glass os te xtiles The protein is allowed to adhere to the surface for up to 2 hours at room ternperatuse or overnight at 4°C Optionally, additional carrier molecules are added at this stage, e.g. sucrose at concentrations up to 1% w/v, albumin at up 1 mg/ml, pig mucin at up to 0.5% w/v. The addition of such carriers may be particularly important for certain types of indicator but the presence of the carrier should not interfere with subsequent interaction and cross* linking to the fibrin film applied in the next stage.
Overlay of fibrin-containing soil and cross-linking to fibrin-tAK fusion
A solution containing fibrinogen is added to effect the cross-linking of the indicator to the fibrin-containing test soil (biological matrix).
A solution containing up to 3 mg/ml fibrinogen (containing Factor XIII), 2.5 mM CaCl2. and thrombin (up to 5 NIH units per ml) is mixed freshly and added to the coated surface of the solid support. The reaction is allowed to proceed at room temperature for up to 30 minutes, depending on the level of cross-linking required. Optionally, albumin (up to 80 mg/ml) and haemoglobin (up to 80 mg/ml) are added at this stage to provide a tougher and more realistic challenge for cleaning of a blood-like soil. After cross-linking, residual liquid is removed and the indicator device left to dry.
Optionally, the tAK-fibrin peptide fusion is added to the fibrin-containing test soil solution (biological matrix) prior its addition to the solid support surface. Cross-linking of the fibrin peptide to the matrix can be increased by adding more Factor XIII and/or extending the duration of the reaction. Cross-linking can also be enhanced by the use of the tAK fusion protein with fibrin peptides added to both ends of the molecule. Optionally a ftbrinogen- tAK fusion could be added directly to this solution to provide further cross linkage of the indicator.
Covalent chemical cross-linking of tAK to fibrin or fibrinogen. tAK may be chemically joined to fibrin, fibrin peptides or fibrinogen by a wide range of methods familiar to those working in the field. For example purified protein preparations for fibrinogen or fibrin are obtained from commercial sources (e.g. Sigma). The tAK from S.acidocaldaήus is prepared as described above. The tAK is derivatised using the amide reactive reagent SPDP (SPDP (N -Succinimidyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio)-propion3te; Pierce chemical company) according to the manufacturer's instructions. The fibrin or fibrinogen is also derivatised using the same protocol. The derivatised tAK is reduced by reaction with mercaptoethanol to yield a reactive sulfhydryl group. This is then mixed with the SPDP-derivatised fibrin causing the formation of covalent bonds between the two molecules. The concentrations of the reaction partners should be determined empirically following the guidelines within the manufacturer's instructions for SPDP. The chemically linked tAK-fibrin or fibrinogen can be used interchangeably or in addition to the fusion protein.
Uses of fibrin-tAK indicators Use in a washer disinfector
An indicator is prepared as described above. Preferably the solid support is a rectangular stainless steel strip 55mm x 5mm x 0.75mm, which may be coated on one or both surfaces. One or preferably several indicator strips are positioned within the chamber of the washer disinfector. Optimally these may be positioned in sites which may be the most difficult to clean, providing the highest degree of certainty that the wash process has been effective. Alternatively they may be positioned to monitor the function of multiple spray arms (i.e. where these may be independent of each other). The indicator strips are clipped to the shelves or other substructure of the washer-disinfector chamber to ensure that they do not move during the wash treatment. The orientation of the surrogate devices can be modified to provide further information about the efficacy of the wash process, for example by positioning them so that the coated surface are at right angles to the direction of water spray.
The instrument load is added and the standard run cycle performed. At the end of the run the devices are removed from the chamber and the presence of residual tAK-fusion assessed, as outlined below, prior to the removal of the instruments and any subsequent processing. Optionally devices can be removed during the wash process either by interrupting the process at carefully defined points or by using a machine that provides a method of withdrawing the indicator during the run.
Use in endoscope test procedure The indicator device for monitoring an endoscope reprocessing system is essentially similar to that outlined above. A similar size indicator surface, representative of either the stainless steel components within an endoscope, the PTFE tubing or other relevant materials is placed within a tubular chamber. This is attached, via suitable screw, push or bayonet fittings to either the front end of the endoscope or, more preferably the end which makes contact with patient tissues. This is placed within the endoscope reprocessing unit and the ends of the endoscope tubing and indicator device are coupled to the ports in the unit. The process is run as standard and the indicator device removed at the end of the run for analysis, prior to onward processing or the return of the endoscope to use.
Means of assessing cleaning performance
The indicator device is removed at the end of the test process. The indicator strip is then placed into a reagent tube with AOP, luciferin and luciferase, added simultaneously, with signal being read-out on a hand-held luminometer with 2 minutes.
Example 21 - Preparation of tAKSup35 fusion
Clones containing the N-terminal domain of Sup35 from Saccharomyces cerevisae fused to either the N- or C-terminus, or both termini, of adenylate kinases from either S.acidocaldarius or T.maritima are generated by standard DNA manipulation techniques. All clones are transferred as Ndel - Sail fragments into the pMTL1015 expression vector and their sequences verified. The expression constructs are used to transform BL21 or RV308 expression strains and the material grown in large scale fermentation conditions, but with minimal aeration.
Expression and purification of a tAK-Sup35 fusion is essentially the same as for the fibrin-peptide fusions described in Example 20, except that the use of the thermal denaturation step (Step 4) is not part of the purification protocol. In brief, cell paste from the fermenter is resuspended in buffer A, and lysed by sonication. The cell debris is removed (no heat treatment is typically used for these type of fusions) and the supernatant used for column purification as outlined in Example 20. Under certain growth conditions the fusion proteins may be insoluble, being apparent as inclusion bodies within the ceils in this case the cell pellets are prepared and lysed in the same way but the resulting insoluble fraction, containing the inclusion bodies, is collected by centrifugation. This material is washed in a buffer Ce g PBS) containing Triton X100 (up to concentrations of 5%) After each wash the pellet containing the fusion proteins is separated by centrifugation After 5 washes the inclusion bodies are resoiubihsed in PBS containing 8M urea and agitated gently for uμ to 30 minutes Any residual insoluble material is removed by centrifugation. The urea-solubilised material is diaiysed against up to 5 x 10 volumes of PBS to remove the urea and aiiow the fusion proteins to refold Optionally the urea may be removed more rapidly by spraying the urea-solubdised preparation through a fine gauge needle into 100 volumes of rapidly stirred PBS or buffer A as used for purification. The material is allowed to stand at room temperature with stirring for up to 30 minutes pnor to subsequent processing
Subsequent purification of the fusions is earned out essentiaiiy as described in Example 20 The supernatant from either iysed cells or solubilised and refolded inclusion bodies is loaded onto a pre-eqυiiibrated Blue Sepharose Fast Flow column. After extensive washing in buffer A and subsequently in wash buffer the protein is eSuted using buffer B Peak fractions are determined by SDS-PAGE analysis and enzyme assay Fractions are then pooled and dialysed into PBS
Conversion of tAK-Sup35 to an amyloid fonts
The Sup35-tAK fusions when assembled into fibrils are more representative of amyloid psoteins such as prions which are key molecules against which to assess the efficacy of decontamination ρι ocesses
The amyloid form of the Sup35-tAK fusions is generated by either refolding of the purified soluble protein or by modifying the conditions used for dialysis of the urea- resolubihsed inclusion body preparations In the first case a conformational change is induced by e xposure of the fusion proteins to conditions around pH4 (e g by dialysis into a suitably buffeied solution at pH 7 4 optionally containing up to 1 M NaCl) In the latter case the resolubilised fusion proteins in 8M urea / PBS are dialysed for 8-12 hours at room temperature against 2M urea. 30OmM NaCI, in PBS <pH 7.4).
Alternatively, the fibrilisation can be induced by dialysis against 2OmM Tris pHδ.O 1OmM EOTA under similar incubation conditions. Optionally, the fusion proteins may be incorporated into fibrils containing normal Sup35. This is achieved by mixing the fusions with unfused Sup35 expressed in the same way, at ratios between 1 :1 to 1:10 fusion:Sup35.
Deposition of tAK-Sup35 fusions onto soiid support.
Deposition of the fibrils onto a solid support is effected by simple protein adsorption in a suitable buffer (e.g. PBS pH 7.4 Bicarbonate buffer pH 9.6) in the presence of high levels of NaCI. The use of charged or precoated surfaces (e.g. plastics coated with PoIy- L-lysine) is useful in providing surfaces which can more effectively bind the fusion proteins. Optionally, the fibrils may be deposited in a suitable carrier, such as sucrose (to 1%), pig mucin (up to 0.5%), or albumin (up to 1mg/ml).
Overlay of test soil
A test soil (biological matrix) is then overlaid onto the amyloid preparation adhered onto the surface as described above.
Suitable biological matrices in which the amyloid indicator is embedded include e.g. 0.5 % mucin, with or without albumin, a commercial test soil (such as that manufactured by Browne's) or any one of the test soils identified in guidance documents issues by national and international standards committees (e.g. Edinburgh soil as detailed in HTM 01/01 (UK).
Assembly of amyloid fibrils within the test soil
Given the ability of amyloids to self-assemble in complex matrices it is possible for the amyloid-tAK fusion to be mixed with soil components prior to fibril formation and subsequent deposit onto surfaces. This provides further options for indicators in which the amyloid fibrils may be mixed and inter-chelated with other soil components providing a different type of matrix that may be harder to remove from surfaces. Use of tAKSup35 indicator for assessing prion removal from surfaces sn a washing process
An indicator as descπbed above is prepared as fibrils and dried down onto a sleei surface in the presence of 0 5% mucin The indicator is placed within the chamber of a washer disinfector at pre-deterrnined locations The instrument load is added The process is started as per the manufacturer's instructions and any process records completed. Al the end of the process and before any instruments are taken from the machine the indicator devices afe removed and assessed as described in Example 20
Use of tAK-Sup35 indicator for assessing prion inactivation in a protease-based process lndicators as described above are prepared as fibπls with a high ratio of free 5up35"Sup35-tAK (in excess of 5.1 ) and deposited onto solid support stπps in the pi esence of Edinburgh soil The indicator devices ase inserted into a pre-soak bath containing freshly made Prionzyme1*" (Genencor International) pπon inactivation treatment (at 60°C. pH 12} The indicator strips are clipped to the side of the bath such that the ends of the indicators are within the bulk of the liquid Instruments are added as required and processed for 30 minutes The indicator devices are removed from the bath at the end of the process, prior to removal of the instruments and assessed as described in Example 20.
Use of tAK~Sup35 indicator for an oxidative process aimed at destroying prions.
An indicator as described above is prepared as fibrils using only Sup35-tAK. and deposited onto a stainless steel surface (optionally m the presence of 0 1 % w/v sucrose) The indicator is attached to the inside of the Nd of a Genesis M container in which the instruments are prepared for processing and the lid closed The container is inserted into the load chamber of a suitable processor for oxidative challenge (e g the 125L ozone steriliser. TSO: or a vapour phase hydrogen peroxide technology such as that descπbed in published papers by Fichet et a! 2004. Lancet) and the process run according to manufacturers' instructions At the end of the process, the Genesis containei is taken out of the chamber and the indicatoi devices are removed and piocessed as descπbed in Example 20 Example 22 - Detection of a reporter kinase in a sample due to an infection; use for rapid assay of infection in patient sample
A patient presented at the clinic with suspected infection from the obligate intracellular pathogen Burkholderia pseudomallei. A blood sample was removed and dispersed in a buffer containing 1 M urea plus 5μM Ap4A. The sample was assayed by addition of ADP and luciferin / luciferase reagent, incubated for 2 minutes and the light output measured in a hand-held luminometer. The signal generated is directly proportional to the amount of B. pseudomallei within the blood sample.
Detection of a reporter kinase in a sample due to an infection; use for rapid assay of infection in cell models
The study of intracellular bacterial pathogens is complicated by the need to grow them in mammalian cell culture systems. Measurement of viable cells the requires subsequent culture or re-infection into mammalian host cells, both of which are very time consuming methods. A rapid assay, such as provided by the invention, is invaluable in providing information that can be used in real-time to determine the results of an experiment.
A suitable isolate of B. pseudomallei was incubated with a permissive cell culture model capable of supporting growth of the bacteria within the cell. The culture was grown for an appropriate length of time to establish the infection.
Cells were isolated by centrifugation and lysed by resuspension in a buffer containing 1% Triton X-100, 5μM Ap4A. A detection reagent containing ADP, luciferin and luciferase was added and incubated for 5 minutes. The light output was read in a 96-well plate luminometer. The amount of signal generated is proportional to the number of viable B.psudomallei cells within the cell culture. Optionally this rapid assay method can be extended to measure the effects of vaccines or drugs that reduce the number of viable cells within the cell culture.
For example, antibodies raised in a patient immunised with a prototype B. pseudomallei vaccine are mixed with the organisms prior to addition to the permissive cell culture. After an incubation period sufficient to allow uptake of non-neutralised rmcrorganisms. the cells are washed and inoubated for a period of time sufficient to eslabhsh the infection CeHs are then washed and 1/sed as described above, again m the presence of inhibitor The signal measured by simultaneous addition of ADP. lucifeπn and luciferase is proportional to the number of non-neutralised microorganisms giving a measure of the effectiveness of the vaccine and/or the immune response generated in a vaccinated individual Such methods are suitable for high-throughput screening
ln a further example , infected cell cultures afe set up as described above. After the infection is established, antibiotics are used to treat the infected culture, with the express aim of killing the bacteria within the host cells After the antibiotics have been applied, the cultures are incubated for sufficient time for the antibiotic to have its effect The cells rise lysed in the piesence of inhibitor as desci ibed above and the number of viable cells quantified by measurement of the reporter Mnase, by addition of ADP lucifeπn and luciferase

Claims

1. An assay for detecting the activity of a reporter kinase, comprising:
(i) adding said reporter kinase to an assay mixture, wherein said reporter kinase is contacted with ADP, and, no more than 5 minutes after being contacted with the ADP, said reporter kinase is contacted with a bioluminescent reagent.
wherein, prior to contacting the reporter kinase with ADP, the assay mixture is substantially free from non-reporter kinase (ie. kinase other than reporter kinase); and
(ii) detecting light output from the assay mixture.
2. An assay according to Claim 1, wherein the reporter kinase is contacted with the bioluminescent reagent no more than 2 minutes after being contacted with the ADP.
3. An assay according to Claim 1 or 2 wherein, the reporter kinase is contacted simultaneously with the ADP and the bioluminescent reagent.
4. An assay according to any previous claim, wherein, prior to contacting the reporter kinase with the ADP, the assay mixture is substantially free from ATP.
5. An assay according to any previous claim, wherein, prior to contacting the reporter kinase with the ADP, non-reporter kinase is substantially removed or inactivated.
6. An assay according to any previous claim, wherein, prior to contacting the reporter kinase with the ADP, ATP is substantially removed.
7. An assay according to any previous claim, wherein the reporter kinase is an adenylate kinase, preferably a trimeric or monomeric adenylate kinase. δ An assay according to any previous claim, wherein the reporter kinase is a thermostable kinase.
9 An assay according to any previous claim, wherein the assay is completed in less than 15 minutes less than 10 minutes, less than 5 minutes, less than 2 minutes less than 1 minute, or less than 30 seconds.
10 A method for determining the presence of an analyte in a sample, comprising. (ι; exposing the sample to a reporter kinase coupled to a binding agent specific for the analyte so that a complex is formed between the reporter kinase and said anaiyte when present in the sample, (H } separating complexed reporter kinase from uncomplexed reporter kinase; and (in) measuring the activity of the complexed reporter kinase using an assay according to any of Claims 1-9
11 A method for determining the presence of an analyte in a sample, comprising. (ι; providing a solid support comprising a reporter kinase, wherein the reporter kinase is attached to the solid support via a [inker that comprises a binding agent specific for the analyte- (H } applying the sample to the solid support whereby said analyte when present in the sample displaces reportei kinase from the solid support, and
(Hl) measuring the activity of the displaced reporter kinase using an assay according to any of Claims 1-9.
12 A method for detecting the piesence of an analyte in a sample comprising
(ι) providing a solid support on which is attached a first binding agent specific for the anaiyte;
(ιι) e «ρosιng the solid support to the sample so that said anaiyte when pi esent in the sample becomes attached to the solid support via said first binding agent.
(Hl) e «ρosιng the solid support to a reporter kinase coupled to a second binding agent specific foi the anaiyte so that the reportei kinase becomes attached to the solid support via the interaction between the second binding agent and the already- bound anaiyte; ύv) applying the mixture obtained in step t'πi) to a filter membrane wherein the solid support is retained on the filter membrane, and (v) measuring the activity of the retained reporter kinase using an assay according to any of Claims 1-9
13 A method for detecting the presence of an anaiyte in a sample comprising (i) providing a magnetic solid support on which is attached a first binding agent specific for the anaiyte. (H) exposing the solid support to the sample so that said anaiyte when present in the sample becomes attached to the solid support via said first binding agent; (Hl) exposing the solid support to a reporter kinase coupled to a second binding agent specific for the anaiyte. so that the reporter kinase becomes attached to the solid support via the interaction between the second binding agent and the already-bound anaiyte. (ιv) exposing the mixture obtained in step Cm) to a magnet, wherein the solid support is retained on the magnet, and (v) measuring the activity of the retained reporter kinase using an assay according to any of Claims 1-9
14 A method according to Claim 12 or 13 wherein the solid support is selected from the group consisting of a latex bead and a magnetic bead
15 A method of validating a treatment process for reducing the amount or activity of a contaminating biological agent in a sample, comprising the steps of (i) providing a sample that contains or is suspected to contain, a contaminating biologscai agent (i!) subjecting the sample to a treatment process in the presence of a defined amount of a seporter kinase , wheresn the reporter kinase and the contaminating biological agent are both exposed to the treatment process (in) measuring the residual activity of the reporter kinase using an assay according to any cf Claims 1-9; and
(ιv) comparing said residual activity to a predetermined kinase activity wherein the pre-determined kinase activity corresponds to a confirmed reduction in the amount or activity of the contaminating biological agent under the same conditions.
16 A method according lo any of Claims 10 to 15 wherein the method is completed in less than 15 minutes, less than 10 minutes, less than 5 minutes, or less than 2 minutes
17. A method according to any of Claims 10 to 16, wherein, prior to measuring the activity of the reporter kinase, the sample is treated to substantially remove ATP and/ or to substantially remove or inhibit non-reporter kinase
18. A device for detecting the activity of a reporter kinase in a sample, comprising- an elongate flow matrix, wherein said flow matrix comprises. (ι) a sample-receiving zone, and
(iι) a detection zone located downstream of the sample-receiving zone comprising a mixture of ADP and a bioluminescent reagent; and (111) a background-reduction zone, situated between the sample-receiving zone and the detection zone, that removes or inhibits non-reporter kinase present in the sample, wherein, in use a sample is applied to the sample-receiving zone and migrates along the flow matrix through the background-reduction zone where non-reporter kinase is substantially removed or inhibited, and then into the detection zone where ATP generation is detected
19. A lateral flow device for use in an assay for detecting the presence of an analyte in a sample, comprising a backing strip on which is positioned an elongate flow matrix wherein said flow matrix comprises
(ι) a sample-receiving zone containing a reporter kinase attached to the flow matrix via a linker comprising a binding agent specific for the analyte. (is) a detection zone. located downstream of the sample-receiving zone, and containing a mixture of ADP and a biolυminescent reagent; and
(111) a background-reduction zone, situated between the sample-receiving zone and the detection zone, that removes or inhibits non-reporter kinase present in the sample; wherein, in use. a sample is applied to the sample-receiving zone and analyte present in the sample displaces reporter kinase from the flow matrix, said displaced reporter kinase migrates through the background-reduction zone where non-reporter kinase is substantially removed or inhibited, and then into the detection zone where ATP generation is detected.
0. A device according to Claim 18 or Claim 19. further comprising a background- reduction zone, situated between the sample-receiving zone and the detection zone, wherein any ATP present is substantially removed.
21. A device according to any of Claims 18-20. wherein the background-reduction zone comprises one or more of a substance that substantially inhibits or removes non- reporter kinase and' or ATP. such as an immobilised ATPase. an anionic or cationic exchange matrix, and/or a size exclusion matrix
22 A device according to any of Claims 18-21 , wherein the device is portable
23 A method for detecting the activity of a reporter kinase in a sample, wherein the method is conducted using a device according to any of Claims 18 or 20-22. comprising- (ι) applying the sample to the sample-receiving zone (ii) allowing the sample to migrate to the detection zone; and (in) detecting light output from the detection zone
24 A method for detecting the presence of an analyte in a sample, wherein the method is conducted using a device according to any of Claims 19-22 comprising.
(ι) applying the sample to the sample-receiving zone
(ιj) allowing any reporter kinase displaced from the sample-receiving zone to migrate to the detection zone and (iii) detecting light output from the detection zone
25 A method according lo Claim 23 or Claim 24, wherein step w) is earned out by snapping off the detection zone of the device and placing it into a iumsnometer
26 An assay according to any of Claims 1 -9 or a method according to any of Claims 10-17 or 23-24, further comprising the step of recording the light output data obtained in step (H) on a suitable data carrier.
PCT/GB2010/050018 2009-01-07 2010-01-07 Rapid bioluminescence detection system WO2010079357A1 (en)

Priority Applications (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2010204173A AU2010204173B2 (en) 2009-01-07 2010-01-07 Rapid bioluminescence detection system
JP2011544086A JP6042066B2 (en) 2009-01-07 2010-01-07 High speed bioluminescence detection system
US13/143,722 US8512970B2 (en) 2009-01-07 2010-01-07 Rapid bioluminescence detection assay
EP10700590.2A EP2385988B1 (en) 2009-01-07 2010-01-07 Rapid bioluminescence detection system
CA2749021A CA2749021C (en) 2009-01-07 2010-01-07 Rapid bioluminescence detection system
ES10700590.2T ES2588181T3 (en) 2009-01-07 2010-01-07 Rapid bioluminescence detection system
CN201080008250.XA CN102325897B (en) 2009-01-07 2010-01-07 Rapid bioluminescence detection system
HK11112693.2A HK1158272A1 (en) 2009-01-07 2011-11-23 Rapid bioluminescence detection system
US13/958,335 US9046523B2 (en) 2009-01-07 2013-08-02 Rapid bioluminescence detection system

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GB0900151A GB0900151D0 (en) 2009-01-07 2009-01-07 rapid bioluminescence detection system
GB0900151.2 2009-01-07

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/143,722 A-371-Of-International US8512970B2 (en) 2009-01-07 2010-01-07 Rapid bioluminescence detection assay
US13/958,335 Continuation US9046523B2 (en) 2009-01-07 2013-08-02 Rapid bioluminescence detection system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010079357A1 true WO2010079357A1 (en) 2010-07-15

Family

ID=40379227

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/GB2010/050018 WO2010079357A1 (en) 2009-01-07 2010-01-07 Rapid bioluminescence detection system

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (2) US8512970B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2385988B1 (en)
JP (1) JP6042066B2 (en)
AU (1) AU2010204173B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2749021C (en)
ES (1) ES2588181T3 (en)
GB (1) GB0900151D0 (en)
HK (1) HK1158272A1 (en)
PL (1) PL2385988T3 (en)
WO (1) WO2010079357A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201104929B (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013038203A1 (en) 2011-09-14 2013-03-21 Health Protection Agency Thermostable assay reagents
US11344645B2 (en) 2018-12-28 2022-05-31 Asp Global Manufacturing Gmbh Article, system, and method for indication of treatment
WO2022148546A1 (en) 2021-01-08 2022-07-14 Gke-Gmbh Self-contained biological indicator with integrated activation control (ac-scbi)
EP4202055A1 (en) 2021-12-21 2023-06-28 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Enzyme indicators for the process control of sterilization processes

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB0900151D0 (en) 2009-01-07 2009-02-11 Health Prot Agency rapid bioluminescence detection system
US9562253B1 (en) 2012-11-09 2017-02-07 Point Of Care Diagnostics, Llc Distinguishing between a bacterial and non-bacterial infection at the point of care
DE102013205296A1 (en) * 2013-03-26 2014-10-02 Olympus Winter & Ibe Gmbh Method and system for monitoring a reprocessing device for endoscopes
CN117756925B (en) * 2023-12-26 2024-09-13 广东普言生物科技有限公司 Recombinant elastin Pro.ELP, and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1996002666A1 (en) * 1994-07-13 1996-02-01 The Secretary Of State For Defence Capture assays
WO2000046357A1 (en) 1999-02-05 2000-08-10 Microbiological Research Authority Assay with reduced background
WO2000070082A1 (en) * 1999-05-13 2000-11-23 The Secretary Of State For Defence Cell assay, method and reagents
GB2370113A (en) * 2000-12-15 2002-06-19 Lumitech Method for determining cytolysis and cytotoxicity
WO2005093085A1 (en) 2004-03-22 2005-10-06 Health Protection Agency Biological indicator
WO2005123764A1 (en) 2004-06-16 2005-12-29 Health Protection Agency Preparation of protective antigen from bacillus anthracis
WO2009104013A1 (en) * 2008-02-20 2009-08-27 Health Protection Agency Covalently linked thermostable kinase for decontamination process validation

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2856339B2 (en) 1991-02-21 1999-02-10 キッコーマン株式会社 Enzyme immunoassay
US6811990B1 (en) 2001-02-13 2004-11-02 Michael J. Corey Methods and compositions for coupled luminescent assays
GB0308199D0 (en) 2003-04-09 2003-05-14 Acolyte Biomedica Ltd Combined microbiology system
GB0900151D0 (en) 2009-01-07 2009-02-11 Health Prot Agency rapid bioluminescence detection system

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1996002666A1 (en) * 1994-07-13 1996-02-01 The Secretary Of State For Defence Capture assays
WO2000046357A1 (en) 1999-02-05 2000-08-10 Microbiological Research Authority Assay with reduced background
WO2000070082A1 (en) * 1999-05-13 2000-11-23 The Secretary Of State For Defence Cell assay, method and reagents
GB2370113A (en) * 2000-12-15 2002-06-19 Lumitech Method for determining cytolysis and cytotoxicity
WO2005093085A1 (en) 2004-03-22 2005-10-06 Health Protection Agency Biological indicator
WO2005123764A1 (en) 2004-06-16 2005-12-29 Health Protection Agency Preparation of protective antigen from bacillus anthracis
WO2009104013A1 (en) * 2008-02-20 2009-08-27 Health Protection Agency Covalently linked thermostable kinase for decontamination process validation

Non-Patent Citations (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BLASCO R ET AL: "Specific assays for bacteria using phage mediated release of adenylate kinase.", JOURNAL OF APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY APR 1998, vol. 84, no. 4, April 1998 (1998-04-01), pages 661 - 666, XP002575943, ISSN: 1364-5072 *
BURDETTE DS; TCHEMAJENCKO V V; ZEIKUS JG.: "Effect of thermal and chemical denaturants on Thermoanaerobacter ethanolicus secondary-alcohol dehydrogenase stability and activity", ENZYME MICROB TECHNOL., vol. 27, 2000, pages 11 - 18
CRAMERI ET AL., NATURE BIOTECH., vol. 14, 1996, pages 315 - 319
CRISWELL ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 330, 2003, pages 1087 - 1099
DANIEL RM; COWAN DA; MORGAN HW; CURRAN MP: "A correlation between protein thermostability and resistance to proteolysis", BIOCHEM J., vol. 207, 1982, pages 641 - 4
GUPTA, BIOTECH. APPL. BIOCHEM., vol. 14, 1991, pages 1 - 11
HESP J R ET AL: "Thermostable adenylate kinase technology: a new process indicator and its use as a validation tool for the reprocessing of surgical instruments.", THE JOURNAL OF HOSPITAL INFECTION FEB 2010, vol. 74, no. 2, February 2010 (2010-02-01), pages 137 - 143, XP002575945, ISSN: 1532-2939 *
KLIBANOV, ADV. APPL. MICROBIOL., vol. 29, 1983, pages 1 - 28
KLIBANOV, ANAL. BIOCHEM., vol. 93, 1979, pages 1 - 25
LIAO HH.: "Thermostable mutants of kanamycin nucleotidyltransferase are also more stable to proteinase K, urea, detergents, and water-miscible organic solvents", ENZYME MICROB TECHNOL., vol. 15, no. 4, April 1993 (1993-04-01), pages 286 - 92, XP023679774, DOI: doi:10.1016/0141-0229(93)90151-Q
MELIK-NUBAROV, BIOTECH LETTS, vol. 9, 1987, pages 725 - 730
PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA., vol. 103, 2006, pages 8048 - 53
REES DC; ROBERTSON AD: "Some thermodynamic implications for the thermostability of proteins", PROTEIN SCI., vol. 10, 2001, pages 1187 - 94
SCANDURRA R; CONSALVI V; CHIARALUCE R; POLITI L; ENGEL PC.: "Protein thermostability in extremophiles", BIOCHIMIE, vol. 80, no. 11, November 1998 (1998-11-01), pages 933 - 41
SQUIRRELL D J ET AL: "Rapid and specific detection of bacteria using bioluminescence", ANALYTICA CHIMICA ACTA 20020415 NL, vol. 457, no. 1, 15 April 2002 (2002-04-15), pages 109 - 114, XP002575944, ISSN: 0003-2670 *
STEMMER, NATURE, vol. 370, 1994, pages 389 - 391
VARTANIAN ET AL., NUCLEIC ACID RES., vol. 24, 1996, pages 2627 - 2633
VONRHEIN ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 282, 1998, pages 167 - 179

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013038203A1 (en) 2011-09-14 2013-03-21 Health Protection Agency Thermostable assay reagents
US20140315215A1 (en) * 2011-09-14 2014-10-23 The Secretary Of State For Health Thermostable assay reagents
JP2014531206A (en) * 2011-09-14 2014-11-27 ザ セクレタリー オブ ステート フォー ヘルスThe Secretary Of State For Health Thermal stability assay reagent
US11344645B2 (en) 2018-12-28 2022-05-31 Asp Global Manufacturing Gmbh Article, system, and method for indication of treatment
US11850322B2 (en) 2018-12-28 2023-12-26 Asp Global Manufacturing Gmbh Treatment indicator, a method of production thereof, and a method of use thereof
WO2022148546A1 (en) 2021-01-08 2022-07-14 Gke-Gmbh Self-contained biological indicator with integrated activation control (ac-scbi)
EP4202055A1 (en) 2021-12-21 2023-06-28 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Enzyme indicators for the process control of sterilization processes
WO2023117876A1 (en) 2021-12-21 2023-06-29 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Enzyme indicators for the process control of sterilisation processes

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6042066B2 (en) 2016-12-14
US20140030740A1 (en) 2014-01-30
EP2385988A1 (en) 2011-11-16
US8512970B2 (en) 2013-08-20
CN102325897A (en) 2012-01-18
CA2749021A1 (en) 2010-07-15
AU2010204173B2 (en) 2015-11-19
CA2749021C (en) 2018-06-12
JP2012514453A (en) 2012-06-28
AU2010204173A1 (en) 2011-07-21
EP2385988B1 (en) 2016-05-25
US9046523B2 (en) 2015-06-02
ES2588181T3 (en) 2016-10-31
PL2385988T3 (en) 2016-11-30
GB0900151D0 (en) 2009-02-11
US20110318729A1 (en) 2011-12-29
HK1158272A1 (en) 2012-07-13
ZA201104929B (en) 2012-03-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9046523B2 (en) Rapid bioluminescence detection system
US9416396B2 (en) Covalently linked thermostable kinase for decontamination process validation
US20090186368A1 (en) Assay with reduced background
Morlot et al. Interaction of P enicillin‐B inding P rotein 2x and Ser/Thr protein kinase StkP, two key players in S treptococcus pneumoniae R 6 morphogenesis
JP2010533867A (en) Analyte detection assay
US10466245B2 (en) Covalently linked thermostable kinase for decontamination process validation
JP6082999B2 (en) Thermal stability assay reagent
CN102325897B (en) Rapid bioluminescence detection system
US9891225B2 (en) Compositions and methods for simultaneous detection of HCV antigen/antibody
Murdoch Development of a Novel Ultra-Sensitive Immunoassay for the Detection of Prion Protein on Surgical Instruments

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201080008250.X

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10700590

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

DPE1 Request for preliminary examination filed after expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010204173

Country of ref document: AU

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2011544086

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2749021

Country of ref document: CA

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2010204173

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20100107

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010700590

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 13143722

Country of ref document: US